EZ Zone RMC - Thermal Solutions of Texas
EZ-ZONE
®
RMC (Control) Module
User’s Guide
Control Module
0600-0070-0000 Rev. D
December 2013
1241 Bundy Boulevard., Winona, Minnesota USA 55987
Phone: +1 (507) 454-5300, Fax: +1 (507) 452-4507 http://www.watlow.com
TOTAL
CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION
3 Year Warranty
ISO 9001
Registered Company
Winona, Minnesota USA
Made in the U.S.A.
Safety Information
We use note, caution and warning symbols throughout this book to draw your attention to important operational and safety information.
A “NOTE” marks a short message to alert you to an important detail.
A “CAUTION” safety alert appears with information that is important for protecting your equipment and performance. Be especially careful to read and follow all cautions that apply to your application.
A “WARNING” safety alert appears with information that is important for protecting you, others and equipment from damage. Pay very close attention to all warnings that apply to your application.
The safety alert symbol, (an exclamation point in a triangle) precedes a general CAUTION or WARNING statement.
The electrical hazard symbol, (a lightning bolt in a triangle) precedes an electric shock hazard CAUTION or WARNING safety statement. Further explanations follow:
Symbol Explanation
CAUTION – Warning or Hazard that needs further explanation than label on unit can provide.
Consult User's Guide for further information.
Warranty
The EZ-ZONE® RMC (Control) module is manufactured by ISO
9001-registered processes and is backed by a three-year warranty to the first purchaser for use, providing that the units have not been misapplied. Since Watlow has no control over their use, and sometimes misuse, we cannot guarantee against failure. Watlows’ obligations hereunder, at Watlows’ option, are limited to replacement, repair or refund of purchase price, and parts which upon examination prove to be defective within the warranty period specified. This warranty does not apply to damage resulting from transportation, alteration, misuse or abuse. The purchaser must use Watlow parts to maintain all listed ratings.
ESD Sensitive product, use proper grounding and handling techniques when installing or servicing product.
Unit is compliant with European
Union directives. See Declaration of Conformity for further details on Directives and Standards used for Compliance.
Unit has been reviewed and approved by Factory Mutual as a
Temperature Limit Device per FM
Class 3545 standard. See: www.
fmglobal.com
Unit has been reviewed and approved by CSA International for use as Temperature Indicating-
Regulating Equipment per CSA
C22.2 No. 24. See: www.csa-international.org
Unit protected by double/reinforced insulation for shock hazard prevention.
Do not throw in trash, use proper recycling techniques or consult manufacturer for proper disposal.
Enclosure made of Polycarbonate material. Use proper recycling techniques or consult manufacturer for proper disposal.
Technical Assistance
If you encounter a problem with your Watlow controller, review your configuration information to verify that your selections are consistent with your application: inputs, outputs, alarms, limits, etc.
If the problem persists, you can get technical assistance from your local Watlow representative (see back cover), by e-mailing your questions to [email protected] or by dialing +1 (507) 494-5656 between 7 a.m. and 5 p.m., Central Standard Time (CST). Ask for for an Applications Engineer. Please have the following information available when calling:
• Complete model number
• All configuration information
• User’s Guide
• Factory Page
Unit can be powered with either alternating current (ac) voltage or direct current (dc) voltage.
Unit is a Listed device per Underwriters Laboratories®. It has been evaluated to United States and Canadian requirements for
Process Control Equipment. UL
61010 and CSA C22.2 No. 61010.
File E185611 QUYX, QUYX7.
See: www.ul.com
Unit is a Listed device per Underwriters Laboratories®. It has been evaluated to United States and Canadian requirements for
Hazardous Locations Class 1
Division II Groups A, B, C and
D. ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2007. File
E184390 QUZW, QUZW7. See: www.ul.com
Return Material Authorization (RMA)
1. Call Watlow Customer Service, (507) 454-5300, for a Return
Material Authorization (RMA) number before returning any item for repair. If you do not know why the product failed, contact an Application Engineer or Product Manager. All RMA’s require:
• Ship-to address
• Bill-to address
• Contact name
• Phone number
• Method of return shipment
• Your P.O. number
• Detailed description of the problem
• Any special instructions
• Name and phone number of person returning the product.
2. Prior approval and an RMA number from the Customer Service
Department is required when returning any product for credit,
repair or evaluation. Make sure the RMA number is on the outside of the carton and on all paperwork returned. Ship on a
Freight Prepaid basis.
3. After we receive your return, we will examine it and try to verify the reason for returning it.
4. In cases of manufacturing defect, we will enter a repair order, replacement order or issue credit for material returned. In cases of customer misuse, we will provide repair costs and request a purchase order to proceed with the repair work.
5. To return products that are not defective, goods must be in new condition, in the original boxes and they must be returned within 120 days of receipt. A 20 percent restocking charge is applied for all returned stock controls and accessories.
6. If the unit cannot be repaired, you will receive a letter of explanation. and be given the option to have the unit returned to you at your expense or to have us scrap the unit.
7. Watlow reserves the right to charge for no trouble found (NTF) returns.
This EZ-ZONE RMC User’s Guide is copyrighted by
Watlow Electric, Inc., © December 2013 with all rights reserved.
EZ-ZONE RM is covered by U.S. Patent No. 6,005,577 and Patents Pending
TC
Table of Contents
Chapter 1: Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
A Conceptual View of the RMC Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Chapter 2: Install and Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
RMC Installation and Removal on a DIN Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Conventions Used in the Menu Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Chapter 3: Operations Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Analog Input Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Process Value Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Digital Input/Output Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Control Loop Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Special Output Function Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Profile Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Chapter 4: Setup Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Analog Input Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Process Value Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Digital Input/Output Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Control Loop Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
1 • Table of Contents
TC
Table of Contents
(cont.)
Special Output Function Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Communications Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Chapter 5: Profiling Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
How to Setup and Start a Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Chapter 6: Factory Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Custom Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Security Setting Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Security Setting Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Diagnostics Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Calibration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Chapter 7: Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Saving and Restoring User Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Tuning the PID Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Resetting a Tripped Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Open Loop Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Programming the EZ Key/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Using Password Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Modbus - Using Programmable Memory Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
2 • Table of Contents
TC
Table of Contents
(cont.)
Software Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Function Block Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Chapter 8: Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Troubleshooting Alarms, Errors and Control Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Modbus - Programmable Memory Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Control Module Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
How to Reach Us . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
3 • Table of Contents
1
Chapter 1: Overview
Available EZ-ZONE RM System Literature and Resources
Document Title and Part Number Description
EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Access (RMA) User's Guide, part number: 0600-0072-0000
Describes how to connect the RM system into an industrial network, how to use data logging, module backup and the real-time clock.
EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Expansion (RME) User's
Guide, part number: 0600-0073-0000
EZ-ZONE Rail Mount High Density (RMH) User's
Guide, part number: 0600-0074-0000
When additional I/O is needed the Expansion module fills the gap. This document describes common usage and the various types of I/O available.
This module extends the density of the standard RM modules (number of control loops and I/O points).
The User Guide describes common usage, communications and the number I/O points available.
EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Scanner (RMS) User's
Guide, part number: part number:
0600-0071-0000
EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Limit (RML) User's Guide,
0600-0075-0000
EZ-ZONE Remote User Interface (RUI) User's
Guide, part number: 0600-0060-0000
EZ-ZONE RM Specification Sheet, part number:
WIN-EZRM-1113
Watlow Support Tools DVD, part number: 0601-
0001-0000
This module adds monitoring points to the RM system. This document describes common usage and the various types of I/O available.
This module will protect against unwanted thermal runaway and over temperature conditions. The User
Guide describes configuration, programming and communications capabilities.
The RUI provides a visual LED display to the RM configuration and setup menus. This document illustrates and describes connections and also describes the Home Page for each RM module as viewed from the RUI.
Describes RM hardware options, features, benefits and technical specifications.
Contains all related user documents, tutorial videos, application notes, utility tools, etc...
The DVD described above ships with the product and as stated contains all of the literature above as well as much more. If the DVD is not available one can be acquired by contacting Watlow Customer Service at
1-507-454-5300.
As an alternative to the DVD, all of the user documentation described above can also be found on the Watlow website. Click on the following link to find your document of choice: http://www.watlow.com/literature/ index.cfm.
Once there, simply type in the desired part number (or name) into the search box and download free copies. Printed versions of all user documents can also be purchased here as well.
Your Comments are Appreciated
In an effort to continually improve our technical literature and ensure that we are providing information that is useful to you, we would very much appreciate your comments and suggestions. Please send any comments you may have to the following e-mail address: [email protected]
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
4
•
Chapter 1 Overview
Introduction
The EZ-ZONE
®
Rail Mount Control module (RMC) takes the pain out of solving your thermal loop requirements whether it be for a single loop, multi-loop, stand-alone or distributed control applications.
It just got a whole lot easier to solve the thermal requirements of your system. The RMC module is provided in a space-saving, rail-mount package and is highly scalable where you only pay for what you need. For those applications that require the ability to configure/monitor the control over a network, Modbus RTU communications is an option. Other communications protocols are also available (e.g., EtherNet/
IP, DeviceNet, Modbus TCP and Profibus DP) when used in conjunction with an RM Access (RMA) module or when using a Remote User Interface/ Gateway
(RUI/GTW).
Standard Features and Benefits
Integrated PID and over/under safety limit controller in one package
• Provides two mounting options (DIN rail, chassis
mount)
• Reduces wiring time and termination complexity
compared to connecting discrete products
• Reduces panel space and installation cost
• Increases user and equipment safety for over/under
temperature conditions
Integrated power controller output
• Includes the patented NO-ARC, which drives up to
15 amp resistive loads directly
• Reduces component count and cost of ownership
• Saves panel space and simplifies wiring
Current monitoring (traditional or algorithm)
• Detects heater current flow and provides alarm
indication of a failed output device or heater load
• For use in single phase loads
Communication Capabilities
• Supports network connectivity to a PC or PLC
• Watlow Standard Bus or Modbus ® RTU
• Provides plug and play capabilities with Remote
User Interface (RUI’s) and RMA module
• Free standard bus communications port and free
PC software (EZ-ZONE Configurator)
Additional Control Integration Options
• Provides a sequencer function
• Includes programmable timer functions
• Includes programmable counter functions
• Allows for simple math and logic programming options
Advanced PID Control Algorithm
• Offers TRU-TUNE
®
+ adaptive control to provide tighter control for demanding applications
• Provides auto-tune for fast, efficient startup
Integrated Thermal Loop Diagnostics
• Users can easily tell that the entire thermal system is functioning properly
• Provides complete system diagnostics that are far superior to simple discrete level diagnostics
• Allows for flexible synergistic use of hardware, such as using one loop's sensor as a backup to another loop in the event of sensor failure.
• Helps prevent load loss or allow for maintenance to be scheduled when more convenient.
• Provides notification of system problems to help reduce maintenance and service costs
Off-the-Shelf Designed System Solution
• Improves system reliability with a factory integrated solution that minimizes inter-module connections and potential problems at screw termination points.
• Reduces installation cost
• Eliminates compatibility headaches often encountered with using many different components and brands
Controller Handles High Ambient Temperatures
• Operates in an unprecedented temperature range of -18 to 65°C (0 to 149°F) for cabinets and panel enclosures with elevated temperature levels
Memory for Saving and Restoring User-Defined
Parameter Default Settings
• Allows customers to save and restore their own defined defaults for machine parameter settings
• Reduces service calls and downtime due to inadvertent end user parameter adjustments
RMC Modules Allow for Greater Design Flexibility
• Allows PID loops to be added in increments of one.
• Saves money because you do not pay for any more than you need and don’t settle for any less functionality than you need
Synergistic Module Control (SMC)
• Allows outputs selected for control (heat/cool), alarms or events to be located in any physical module, regardless of which module is connected to the input sensor
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
5
•
Chapter 1 Overview
Split-Rail Control (SRC)
• Allows modules to be mounted together or mounted remotely from one another (maximum distance
200 feet or 61 meters)
• Shares control operation via Synergistic Module
Control (SMC) capability
• Allows individual modules to be mounted closer to the physical input and output devices to which they are wired
• Improves system reliability and lowers wiring costs
Factory Mutual (FM) Approved Safety Limit
• Increases user and equipment safety for over/under temperature conditions
• Supports SEMI S2 specification
Agency Approvals: UL
®
listed, CE, RoHS,
W.E.E.E. FM, SEMI F47-0200, Class 1 Div. 2 Rating on Selected Models
• Assures prompt product acceptance
• Reduces panel builder's documentation and agency costs
Removable Connectors
• Assures reliable wiring and reduces service calls
• Simplifies installation
Profile Capability
• Allows ramp/soak programming
• Provides 25 profiles and 400 total steps
Remote Set Point Operation
• Supports efficient set point manipulation from a remote device such as a master control or PLC
• Allows one or more loops to be programmed to control based on another loop's set point eliminating the cost of purchasing additional retransmit and remote set point hardware
Retransmit
• Supports industry needs for process recording
Three-Year Warranty
• Demonstrates Watlow’s reliability and product support
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
6
•
Chapter 1 Overview
A Conceptual View of the RMC Module
The flexibility of the RMC software and hardware allows a large range of configurations. Acquiring a better understanding of the controller’s overall functionality and capabilities while at the same time planning out how the controller can be used will deliver maximum effectiveness in your application.
The RMC can be connected at the system level to as many as 17 modules, one of which can be an Access module and the others (16 maximum) can be any combination of available modules. The user will define each address via the button on the face of each module. Each installed RMC module must have a unique Standard Bus address ranging from 1-9, A-F, where the factory defaults for each is Standard Bus address 1.
• 1 to 12 outputs (various types)
• Modbus RTU communications
As can be seen above the RMC module is fully scalable with regards to power requirements, number of loops, inputs, and outputs.
It is useful to think of the controller in three parts: inputs, functions and outputs. Information flows from an input to a function to an output when the controller is properly configured. An RMC module can carry out several functions at the same time, e.g., PID control, monitoring for several different alarm situations, monitoring and acting upon Digital Inputs and driving output devices such as heaters, audible alarms, lights. Each process needs to be thought out carefully and the controller’s inputs, functions and outputs set up properly.
Getting Started Quickly
The RMC (Controller) can be ordered with up to four PID loops with default loop configurations (all loops) out of the box as follows:
Inputs
Functions
PID
Heat
Power
Process
Alarm
High
Outputs
• Analog Input functions set to thermocouple, type
J
• Control loops 1-4 use Analog Inputs 1-4
• Heat algorithm set for PID, Cool set to off
• Outputs set to off
• Control mode set to Auto
• Set point set to 75 °F
To enable a loop for heat simply follow the steps below:
1. Navigate to the Setup Page
2. Once on the Setup Page navigate to the Output
Menu and then the output of choice
3. Change the default setting of Off to Heat Power
4. Select the desired loop instance
Input
Function
Input Sensor
EZ-ZONE RMC Default Configuration
Analog Input 1
Thermocouple Type J
PID
Controller
Heat
Slot A
Loop 1
Output 1
Off
Output
Function
Heat
Note:
Zones can communicate with one another over the backplane (local and split rail). Once the system is configured and running, changing zone addresses without careful deliberation may cause disruption in operation.
Some of the user selectable ordering options are listed below:
1. Class 2 or SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) equivalent Power Supplies:
• 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 31 watts
• 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 60 watts
• 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 91 watts
2. RMC Module can provide:
• 1 to 4 control loops, limits or CT inputs
• 1 to 9 inputs (various types)
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
7
•
Silence
Alarms
Sequencing
Outputs
Functions
Functions use input signals to calculate a value. A function may be as simple as reading a digital input to set a state to true or false, or reading a temperature to set an alarm state to on or off. Alternatively, if a failure with the primary sensing device should occur, sensor backup could be utilized to avoid an unwanted shutdown.
To set up a function, one of the first things that must be considered is the function source and instance. For example, if the control is equipped with
Digital Inputs (source) and it was decided to use DI 9
(instance) it can then be associated with an Action to reset an individual alarm or all alarms. To configure as such, follow the steps below:
Setup Page (Digital I/O Menu)
1. Navigate to the Setup Page and then to the Digital
I/O menu.
2. Select the desired instance and set the direction to input voltage or input dry contact.
Setup Page (Action Menu)
3. Navigate to the Setup Page and then the Action menu.
4. Set the Action Function to Alarm
5. Select which alarm instance will be reset (0 equals all)
6. Select the Source Function to Digital I/O
7. Select the Source Instance (step 2 above)
8. Select the Source Zone (0 equals the module being configured).
9. Select the Active Level to execute the desired function.
Chapter 1 Overview
This configuration is now complete. When the selected digital input is active the alarm or all alarms that are latched without a currently existing alarm condition will be reset. If a specific alarm instance (1 - 8) is selected (step 5) it will be that instance alone that will be reset. ue is greater than the alarm high set point, the realworld output will be driven on.
Analog
Input
Function
Control
Function
Output
Function
Note:
Alarms will reset automatically when the condition that caused the alarm goes back to a non-alarm state if the alarm latching prompt is set to non-latching
(Setup Page, Alarm Menu).
Keep in mind that a function is a user-programmed internal process that does not execute any action outside of the controller. To have any effect outside of the controller, an output must be configured to respond to a function.
Inputs
The inputs provide the information that any given programmed function can act upon. In a simple form, this information may come from an operator pushing a button, or as part of a more complex function it may represent a remote set point being received from another zone.
Each analog input can be configured for thermistors, thermocouples, or RTDs to read the process variable. It can also read mV/volts, current or resistance, enabling usage of various devices to read humidity, air pressure, operator inputs and other values. The settings in the Analog Input Menu (Setup
Page) for each analog input must be configured to match the device connected to that input.
Each digital input reads whether a device is active or inactive. A RM system can be equipped with multiple digital I/O. Each I/O point must be configured to function as either an input or output with the direction parameter in the digital I/O Menu (Setup
Page).
Another concept that needs to be understood is the difference between an input tied to a real-world device such as a thermocouple and one that is tied to an internal function.
Analog
Input
Function
Control
Function
Output
Function
In the example above the analog input function on the left is tied directly to the control function where its internal output is routed to a real-world output.
With a slight modification of the graphic above the example below now ties the real-world inputs directly to the control and alarm functions. For the sake of this example the following is true:
- Two unique high process alarms are configured for analog inputs 1 and 2
- The logic block is configured as an OR function
- The output function is tied to the internal output of the logical OR function
When either process alarm is true (analog input val-
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
8
•
Alarm
Function
Logic
Function
Output
Function
Outputs
Outputs can perform various functions or actions in response to information provided by a function such as: heat power from the output of the control, using a digital output to serve as a profile event, drive a light on or off, unlocking a door or turning on a buzzer.
Assign an output to a function in the Output
Menu or Digital I/O Menu. Then select which instance of that function will drive the selected output.
For example, you might assign an output to respond to an internal output of a compare function or to retransmit the value of analog input 2 (instance 2).
You can assign more than one output to respond to a single instance of a function. For example, alarm
2 could be used to trigger a light connected to output
1 and a siren connected to digital output 5.
Input Events and Output Events
Input and output events are internal states that are used exclusively by profiles. The source of an event input can come from a real-world digital input or an output from another function. Likewise, event outputs may control a physical output such as an output function block or be used as an input to another function.
Actions
Based on a given input (Digital I/O, Event output,
Logic function, etc..) the Action function can cause other functions to occur. To name a few, starting and stopping a profile, silencing alarms, turn control loops off and placing alarms in non-alarm state.
Chapter 1 Overview
A Conceptual View of RM Hardware Configurations
Due to the scalability and flexibility in the RM system a user has several options available in the way that the hardware can be connected. Listed below are a few examples.
RMC Module Connected to a Remote User Interface (RUI) and a PC
In this configuration the RUI and PC are connected to the RMC module via Watlow's Standard Bus where both will be able to talk directly to the RMC
RMC Module Connected to an Operator Interface Terminal (OIT) through an RUI/Gateway
In this configuration the OIT can be running any of a number of protocols communicating to the RM system through Watlow's RUI/Gateway. Available protocols for the RUI/Gateway follow:
1. EtherNet/IP and or Modbus TCP
2. DeviceNet
3. Modbus RTU
RM
Control
Slot C
RM
Control
Power
Supply
RUI
Gateway
Slot C
Power
Supply
OIT
PC
EZ-ZONE
Configurator
RUI module. The PC running EZ-ZONE Configurator software and the RUI can be used to configure and then monitor the RMC module.
RMC Module Connected to a Programmable
Logic Controller (PLC) on a DIN Rail
In this configuration the PLC can be connected to the RMC module via the Access module using one or more available protocols:
1. EtherNet/IP and or Modbus TCP
2. DeviceNet
3. Modbus RTU
RM System Connected to a Split Rail with OIT
In this configuration both the Inter-module Bus
(backplane communications) and Standard Bus are connected between rails to allow for remote capabilities. It is recommended that the split rail connection not exceed 200 feet. In this configuration the OIT can communicate with all modules (maximum 16 modules any combination with one Access module).
RM
Control
RM
Expansion
RM
Access
Slot C
Slot C Slot C
RM
Control
RM
Access
RM
Control
RM
Expansion
RM
Expansion
Power
Supply
OIT
Slot C Slot C
Slot C
Slot C
Slot C
Power
Supply
PLC
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
9
•
Chapter 1 Overview
RM Control Module Connected to an OIT Running Modbus RTU
In this configuration the control module connected to the OIT is equipped with the Modbus RTU protocol (RMCxxxxxxxxx1xx). It is important to note that
Modbus communications takes place between the
OIT and the control it is connected to. The RM backplane is always using the Standard Bus protocol. If it is desired that the OIT communicate to both control modules, both control modules would need Modbus communications and then pins CC, CA, and CB would need to be daisy chained together.
RM
Control
RM
Control
Slot C
Slot C
Power
Supply
OIT
Module Orientation
The picture below represents one of six possible RM modules. All six will have four slots on the face (slot
A, B, D, and E) and one on the bottom (slot C) not shown. All of these slots are not always used on all modules. On the face of the module there is a button
(white circle) under the Zone address (5) that when pushed and held has the following functions:
1.For any module, push and hold for ~ 2 seconds. The address will intensify indicating that it can now be changed. Release and repeatedly press to change to the desired unique address
2.For the control module, if equipped with the Modbus protocol (RMCxxxxxxxxx1xx) pushing and holding this button for ~ 6 seconds will cause the display to reflect P for protocol. Releasing the button and then pushing it again (within 6 seconds) the display will toggle between N (Modbus) and S
(Standard Bus). Valid addresses for Modbus and
Standard bus range from 1 -16 (1 - 9, A is 10, B is
11, C is 12, D is 13, E is 14, F is 15, and h is 16).
The Access module is shipped at address J or 17
D E
A B
Module Status (Slot A,
B, D, or E)
Protocol (Standard
Bus - red or Modbus - green)
Module outputs 1 through 16, all may or may not be used depending on module type
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
10
•
Chapter 1 Overview
Input
Function
Input Sensor
EZ-ZONE RM-Control Module - System Diagram with 6-Digital Input/Output card in slot E
Output
Function
Analog Input 1, 2, 3, 4
None, CT, Thermocouple, RTD (100, 1k),
Thermistor (5k, 10K, 20k, 40k), Process
(mV, V, mA) or 1k Potentionmeter
Current
Transformer
Sense (CT),
Limit or
PID Controller
Output 1, 3, 5
None, Switched dc/Open Collector,
5A Mechanical Relay Form C, Process, or 0.5A Solid-State Relay Form A
(When ordered, all loops have Ramp/
Soak, max 25 files
& 400 steps.)
Slot A, B, or D
(optional)
Class 1 Div
II not available with mechanical relay outputs.
Output 2, 4, 6
None, 15A NO-ARC Form A,
Switched dc, 5A Mechanical Relay
Form A, or 0.5A Solid-State Relay
Form A
Off, Heat, Cool,
Alarm, Retransmit,
Duplex, Event or Limit
Off, Heat, Cool,
Alarm, Event or Limit
If Limit, this output must be Limit.
Digital Input (or output) 7 - 12
Switch contact or volts dc
6 - Digital
Inputs or Outputs
Digital Output (or input) 7 - 12
Switch contact or volts dc
Off, Heat, Cool,
Alarm, Event or Control
Slot E
RUI,
PC, PLC or HMI
Other RM Modules
Power Supply
EIA - 485 Communications
Standard Bus
(optional Modbus RTU)
Inter-module Bus
20.4 to 30.8 Vac or Vdc
Modbus RTU
Address 1 - 16
Standard Bus
Zone 1 - 16
Supervisory &
Power Board
Slot C
5
6
7
8
Output Status
LEDs
1 9
2 10
3
4
11
12
13
14
15
16
Zone and Status
LED
Zone Selection
Button
D
A
S
E
B
M
Some input/output combinations not possible, see ordering matrix
Indicates Zone
Address
Push to select Zone
Address and Protocol
Card Status
Slots A, B, D, E
Indicates communications activity (Modbus or Standard Bus)
Indicates I/O
Status
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
11
•
Chapter 1 Overview
EZ-ZONE RM-Control Module - System Diagram without 6-Digital Input/Output card in slot E
Input
Function
Input Sensor
Current
Transformer
Sense (CT),
Limit or
PID Controller
Analog Input 1, 2, 3, 4
None, CT, Thermocouple, RTD (100, 1k),
Thermistor (5k, 10K, 20k, 40k), Process
(mV, V, mA) or 1k Potentionmeter
(When ordered, all loops have Ramp/
Soak, max 25 files
& 400 steps.)
Slot A, B, D or E
(optional)
Output 1, 3, 5, 7
None, Switched dc/Open Collector,
5A Mechanical Relay Form C, Process, or 0.5A Solid-State Relay Form A
Class 1 Div
II not available with mechanical relay outputs.
Output 2, 4, 6, 8
None, 15A NO-ARC Form A,
Switched dc, 5A Mechanical Relay
Form A, or 0.5A Solid-State Relay
Form A
Output
Function
Off, Heat, Cool,
Alarm, Retransmit,
Duplex, Event or Limit
Off, Heat, Cool,
Alarm, Event or Limit
If Limit, this output must be Limit.
RUI,
PC, PLC or HMI
Other RM Modules
Power Supply
EIA - 485 Communications
Standard Bus
(optional Modbus RTU)
Inter-module Bus
20.4 to 30.8 Vac or Vdc
Modbus RTU
Address 1 - 16
Standard Bus
Zone 1 - 16
Supervisory &
Power Board
Slot C
Output Status
LEDs
1 9
2
3
4
5
10
11
12
13
6
7
8
14
15
16
Zone and Status
LED
Zone Selection
Button
D
A
S
E
B
M
Some input/output combinations not possible, see ordering matrix
Indicates Zone
Address
Push to select Zone
Address and Protocol
Card Status
Slots A, B, D, E
Indicates communications activity (Modbus or Standard Bus)
Indicates I/O
Status
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
12
•
Chapter 1 Overview
2
Chapter 2: Install and Wire
Dimensions
As can be seen below the dimensions of the RMC module will change slightly based on the type of connector used.
Module Removal Clearance
147.07 mm
( 5.8 in )
Standard Connectors
44.45 mm
( 1.75 in )
75.08 mm
( 3.0 in )
116.08 mm
( 4.57 in )
101.60 mm
( 4.00 in )
15 0
165 mm
( 6.50 in )
Module Removal Displacement
Latch in open position
51.56 mm
( 2.03 in )
Module Removal Clearance
155 mm
( 6.10 )
116.08 mm
( 4.57 in )
Straight Connectors
101.60 mm
( 4.00 in )
44.45 mm
( 1.75 in )
75.08 mm
( 3.0 in )
51.56 mm
( 2.03 in )
15 °
173.90 mm
( 6.85 in )
Module Removal Displacement
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
13
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Dimensions
Chassis Mount Front View (Module Removed) - Screw Connection Pattern
58.67 mm
( 2.31 in )
32.77 mm
( 1.29 in )
51.56 mm
( 2.03 in )
17.53 mm
( 0.69 in )
60.45 mm
( 2.38 in )
35.81 mm
( 1.41 in )
35.05 mm
( 1.38 in )
16.76 mm
( 0.67 in )
The view above is representative of the modular backplane without the module.
Recommended chassis mount hardware:
1. #8 screw, 3/4" long
2. Torque to 10 -15 in-lb
3. No washers of any kind
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
14
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Power Supplies
1 2 3 4
+ + - -
53.00 mm
2.087 in
DSP30
55.6 mm
2.189 in
49.00 mm
1.929 in
32.10 mm
1.264 in
91.00 mm 3.583 in
DC LO
DC OK
DSP30
91.00 mm 3.583 in
71.00 mm
2.795 in
1 2 3 4
+ + - vout ADJ.
DSP60
55.6 mm
2.189 in
49.00 mm
1.929 in
32.10 mm
1.264 in
DC LO
DC OK
DSP60
L N
5 6
L N
5 6
91.00 mm 3.583 in
89.9 mm
3.539 in
1 2 3 4
+ + - vout ADJ.
DC LO
DC OK
5
DSP100
DSP100
L N
5 6
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
56.8 mm
2.236 in
49.00 mm
1.929 in
32.10 mm
1.264 in
Power Supply Specifications
DSP 30 DSP60 DSP100
AC Input Voltage Range
VAC
90 - 264VAC, Class II double insulated (No ground connection required)
Input Frequency
DC Input Voltage range
Inrush Current (115 /
230VAC)
Output Voltage Accuracy
Over voltage
Protection
LED Indicators
Operating
Temperature
Storage Temperature
Operating Humidity
Hz
VDC
A
%
V
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
25 / 50A
47 - 63Hz
120 - 370VDC
30 / 60A 30 / 60A
±1% of Nominal
120 - 145%
Green LED = On, Red LED = DC
Output Low
-25 to +71°C (Derate linearly
2.5%/°C from 55 to 71°C)
-25 to +85°C
20 - 95% RH (non condensing)
Vibration (Operating)
Safety Agency
Approvals
- - - -
IEC 60068-2-6 (Mounting by rail:
Random wave, 10-500 Hz, 2G, ea. along X, Y, Z axes 10 min/cycle,
60 min)
UL1310 Class 2(1), UL508 Listed,
UL60950-1, EN60950-1, CE
For a comprehensive listing of these specifications point your browser to : http://us.tdk-lambda.com/lp/products/dsp-series.htm
•
15
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
RMC Installation and Removal on a DIN Rail
Modular Backplane Connector
The picture on the right shows the Modular Backplane
Connector, both front and rear view. The rear view is bringing in to focus a metal clip. If the DIN rail is grounded the Modular Backplane Connector and the module connected to it will be also (recommended).
Installing the Modular Backplane Connector
Step 1
Hook backplane assembly to upper edge of DIN rail,
(see rear view above, backplane hook detail that mates with upper rail edge is circled)
Step 2
Next, rotate back plane assembly downward to en gage the lower edge of the rail. (Note: Din Rail clipping distance ranges from 1.366 -1.389 inches. The back plane assembly will not latch onto the rail successfully if the rail is out of dimension).
Step 3
For final positioning and locking, the red tab is to be pushed upward to further engage the bottom edge of the rail with an over center snap action latch. (The red locking tab protrudes from the bottom side of the back plane assembly).
Installing Multiple Modular Backplane Connectors
Multiple modules are easily aligned and latched together. Each module includes matched mating geometry that facilitates accurate and consistent interconnections. The recommended method of multi-module attachment is to first attach individual modules to the rail separately and second to laterally slide the modules together until they touch. (Refer to steps 1&2 above). When the multi-module system is attached and laterally positioned to the desired placement the locking tab should be engaged to secure the control system to the rail, (Refer to step 3 above).
Module Installation
In the picture to the right notice that the arrow is pointing at the top lip of the module (on side). When installing the module simply slide this lip over the top of the Modular Backplane Connector and then push down on the rear of the module where it will seat on the two posts just above the green connector.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
16
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Module Removal
To remove a module from the
Modular Backplane Connector find the red tab protruding from the bottom of the module and pull back on it as shown to the right. While pulling back on the red tab the two mounting posts will release the module where the module can then be lifted up and out of the Modular Backplane
Connector.
Removal of the Modular Backplane Connector
A module can be removed from the Modular Backplane Connector by inserting a screw driver into the red locking tab just behind the green connector and applying downward pressure on the tab by lifting the screwdriver upwards.
When released, the tab will move downward and the connector can then be lifted up off of the DIN rail.
Wiring
Slot A
1
T1
S1
R1
T1
S1
Slot B Slot D
Inputs
2 3
T2
S2
R2
T2
S2
T3
S3
R3
T3
S3
B7
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
Z7
Controller Module (RMCxxxxxxxxxxxx)
Slot E Terminal Function Configuration
Universal, RTD, Potentiometer and Thermistor Inputs 1 - 4
4
T4
S4
R4
T4
S4
T_ (RTD) or current +S_ (RTD), thermocouple -, current -, potentiometer or volts -
R_ (RTD), thermocouple + or volts +, potentiometer wiper
Universal/Thermistor Input
Part # Digits 4, 6, 8, 10
Input 1: RMC[1,2,3,4,5,6]xxxxxxxxxxx
Input 2: RMCxx[1,2,5,6]xxxxxxxxx
Input 3: RMCxxxx[1,2,5,6]xxxxxxx
Input 4: RMCxxxxxx[1,2,5,6]xxxxx
Current Transformer Inputs 1 - 4
mA ac mA ac
Current Transformer
Part # Digits 4, 6, 8, 10
Input 1: RMC[7]xxxxxxxxxxx
Input 2: RMCxx[7]xxxxxxxxx
Input 3: RMCxxxx[7]xxxxxxx
Input 4: RMCxxxxxx[7]xxxxx
Common dc +input dc +input dc +input dc +input dc +input dc +input
Internal Supply
Digital Inputs 7 - 12
Digital Inputs/Outputs
Part # Digit 11
Slot A: Option not valid
Slot B: Option not valid
Slot D: Option not valid
Slot E: RMCxxxxxxx[C]xxxx
1
X1
W1
Y1
F1
G1
H1
L1
K1
J1
2
W2
Y2
3
X3
W3
Y3
F3
G3
H3
L3
K3
J3
Outputs
4 5
W4
Y4
X5
W5
Y5
F5
G5
H5
L5
K5
J5
6
W6
Y6
7
X7
W7
Y7
F7
G7
H7
L7
K7
J7
Switched dc / Open Collector Outputs 1, 3, 5 and 7
8
W8
Y8 common dc- (open collector) dc+ dcdc+
Switched DC/Open Collector
Part # Digits 5, 7, 9, 11
Output 1: RMCx[U,D,E,F,G]xxxxxxxxxx
Output 3: RMCxxx[U,D,E,F,G]xxxxxxxx
Output 5: RMCxxxxx[U,D,E,F,G]xxxxxx
Output 7: RMCxxxxxxx[U,D,E,F,G]xxxx
Switched dc Outputs 2, 4, 6 and 8
Switched DC
Part # Digits 5, 7, 9, 11
Output 2: RMCx[E,K,P]xxxxxxxxxx
Output 4: RMCxxx[E,K,P]xxxxxxxx
Output 6: RMCxxxxx[E,K,P]xxxxxx
Output 8: RMCxxxxxxx(E,K,P]xxxx
Universal Process Outputs 1, 3, 5 and 7
voltage or current voltage + current +
Universal Process
Part # Digits 5, 7, 9, 11
Output 1: RMCx[N,P,R,S]xxxxxxxxxx
Output 3: RMCxxx[N,P,R,S]xxxxxxxx
Output 5: RMCxxxxx[N,P,R,S]xxxxxx
Output 7: RMCxxxxxxx[N,P,R,S]xxxx
Form C - Mechanical Relay Outputs 1, 3, 5 and 7
normally open common normally closed
Mechanical Relay 5 A, Form C
Part # Digits 5, 7, 9, 11
Output 1: RMCx[H,J,K,L,M]xxxxxxxxxx
Output 3: RMCxxx[H,J,K,L,M]xxxxxxxx
Output 5: RMCxxxxx[H,J,K,L,M]xxxxxx
Output 7: RMCxxxxxxx[H,J,K,L,M]xxxx
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
18
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Slot A
L2
K2
L2
K2
L1
K1
L2
K2
Slot B Slot D
Outputs (cont.)
L4
K4
L4
K4
L3
K3
L4
K4
L5
K5
L6
K6
L6
K6
L6
K6
B7
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
Z7
Controller Module (RMCxxxxxxxxxxxx)
Slot E Terminal Function Configuration
NO-ARC Form A - Mechanical Relay Outputs 2, 4, 6 and 8
L8
K8 normally open common
NO-ARC 15 A, Form A
Part # Digits 5, 7, 9, 11
Output 2: RMCx[D,J,Y]xxxxxxxxxx
Output 4: RMCxxx[D,J,Y]xxxxxxxx
Output 6: RMCxxxxx[D,J,Y]xxxxxx
Output 8: RMCxxxxxxx[D,J,Y]xxxx
L7
K7
L8
K8
L8
K8
Form A - Mechanical Relay Outputs 2, 4, 6 and 8
normally open common normally open common
Common open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc
Internal Supply
Mechanical Relay 5 A, Form A
Part # Digits 5, 7, 9, 11
Output 2: RMCx[B,F]xxxxxxxxxx
Output 4: RMCxxx[B,F]xxxxxxxx
Output 6: RMCxxxxx[B,F]xxxxxx
Output 8: RMCxxxxxxx[B,F]xxxx
Solid State Relay Outputs 1 - 8
Solid-State Relay 0.5 A, Form A
Part # Digits 5, 7, 9, 11
Output 1: RMCx[G,M,S,T,Y,Z]xxxxxxxxxx
Output 2: RMCx[G,M,S,T,Y,Z]xxxxxxxxxx
Output 3: RMCxxx[G,M,S,T,Y,Z]xxxxxxxx
Output 4: RMCxxx[G,M,S,T,Y,Z]xxxxxxxx
Output 5: RMCxxxxx[G,M,S,T,Y,Z]xxxxxx
Output 6: RMCxxxxx[G,M,S,T,Y,Z]xxxxxx
Output 7: RMCxxxxxxx[G,M,S,T,Y,Z]xxxx
Output 8: RMCxxxxxxx[G,M,S,T,Y,Z]xxxx
Digital Outputs 7 - 12
Digital Inputs/Outputs
Part # Digit 11
Slot A: Option not valid
Slot B: Option not valid
Slot D: Option not valid
Slot E: RMCxxxxxxx[C]xxxx
CC
CA
CB
CZ
CX
CY
Slot C
98
99
CF
CD
CE
Inter-module Bus
Inter-module Bus
Inter-module Bus
Power and Communications
Terminal Function
Power input: ac or dc+
Power input: ac or dc-
Standard Bus EIA-485 common
Standard Bus EIA-485 T-/R-
Standard Bus EIA-485 T+/R+
Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 common
Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 T-/R-
Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 T+/R+
All
Configuration
Standard Bus
RMCxxxxxxxxxAxx
Part # Digit 13
Standard Bus or Modbus
RMCxxxxxxxxx1xx
Part # Digit 13
Inter-module Bus
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
19
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Slot D
Slot A
RMC Front View
Standard Connector
Slot E
Slot B
98 99
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
20
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
RMC Module Isolation Diagram
No Isolation Digital Inputs & Outputs
Controller Power Supply
20.4 to 30.8V
Î (
dc)
20.4 to 30.8V
Å
(ac)
Safety Isolation
No Isolation
Switched DC, Open Collector,
Process outputs
Controller
Low Voltage Power Bus
Low-voltage
Isolation
Analog Input 1 - 4
Mechanical Relay,
Solid-State Relay,
NO-ARC Relay
Outputs
Safety Isolation
Low-voltage
Isolation
Communications Ports
Low-voltage Isolation: 42V peak
Safety Isolation: 1,528V
Å (ac)
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
21
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Warning:
ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)
single-wire termination or two 1.31
mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.
Note:
If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,
B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for
CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.
Low Power
98 99
Controller Module Wiring (RMCxxxxxxxxxxxx)
RMC - All Model Numbers
• 20.4 to 30.8 V Å (ac) / Î (dc) 14VA
• 47 to 63 Hz
• Controller module power consumption, 7 Watts maximum
• 31 Watts maximum power available for P/S part
#:0847-0299-0000
• 60 Watts maximum power available for P/S part
#:0847-0300-0000
• 91 Watts maximum power available for P/S part
#:0847-0301-0000
• Class 2 or Safety Extra Low Voltage (SELV) power source required to meet UL compliance standards
Communications
Slot C
CF CD CE CZ CX CY
-
+
RMC Part # Digit 13 is A
• CF, CD, CE - Standard Bus EIA485 Communications
• CZ, CX, CY - Inter-module Bus EIA485 Communications
• Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisy-chain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network
Communications
Slot C
CC CA CB CZ CX CY
-
+
RMC Part # Digit 13 is 1
• CC, CA, CB - Modbus and Standard Bus EIA485 Communications (selectable via push button under zone address)
• CZ, CX, CY - Inter-module Bus EIA485 Communications
• Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisy-chain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network
Function Modbus-IDA
Terminal
DO
D1 common
EIA/TIA-
485 Name
A
B common
Watlow Terminal
Label
CA or CD
CB or CE
CC or CF
T-/R-
T+/R+ common
Input 1, 2, 3, 4 Thermocouple
RMC
-
+
Slot A, B, D, E
S_
R_
• >20 MΩ input impedance
• 3 microampere open-sensor detection
• Thermocouples are polarity sensitive. The negative lead
(usually red) must be connected to S terminal
• To reduce errors, the extension wire for thermocouples must be of the same alloy as the thermocouple.
Input 1: RMC(1,3,5)xxxxxxxxxxx
Input 2: RMCxx(1,5)xxxxxxxxx
Input 3: RMCxxxx(1,5)xxxxxxx
Input 4: RMCxxxxxx(1,5)xxxxx
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
22
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Warning:
ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)
single-wire termination or two 1.31
mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.
Note:
If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,
B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for
CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.
Input 1, 2, 3, 4 Thermistor
Slot A, B, D, E
RMC Part # Digits 4, 6, 8, 10
• >20 MΩ input impedance
Input 1: RMC(2,4,6)xxxxxxxxxxx
Input 2: RMCxx(2,6)xxxxxxxxx
Input 3: RMCxxxx(2,6)xxxxxxx
Input 4: RMCxxxxxx(2,6)xxxxx
S_
R_
Input 1, 2, 3, 4 RTD
Slot A, B, D, E
S3
S1
S_
R_
2-wire
RTD
RMC Part # Digits 4, 6, 8, 10
S2
S3
Slot A, B, D, E
T_
S_
S1
R_
3-wire
RTD
• platinum, 100 and 1,000 Ω @ 0°C
• calibration to DIN curve (0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C)
• 20 Ω total lead resistance
• RTD excitation current of 0.09 mA typical.
Each ohm of lead resistance may affect the reading by 0.03°C for 100 Ω.
• For 3-wire RTDs, the S1 lead (usually white) must be connected to R terminal
• For best accuracy use a 3-wire RTD to compensate for lead-length resistance. All three lead wires must have the same resistance.
Input 1: RMC(1,3,5)xxxxxxxxxxx
(S1,R1),(T1-S1-R1)
Input 2: RMCxx(1,5)xxxxxxxxx
(S2,R2),(T2-S2-R2)
Input 3: RMCxxxx(1,5)xxxxxxx
(S3,R3),(T3-S3-R3)
Input 4: RMCxxxxxx(1,5)xxxxx
(S4,R4),(T4-S4-R4)
Input 1, 2, 3, 4 Process
Slot A, B, D, E
-
S_
+
R_ volts
RMC Part # Digits 4, 6, 8, 10
Slot A, B, D, E
• 0 to 20 mA @ 100 Ω input impedance
• 0 to 10V
Î
(dc) @ 20 kΩ input impedance
• 0 to 50 mV
Î
(dc) @ 20 MΩ input impedance
• scalable
Input 1: RMC(1,3,5)xxxxxxxxxxx
(S1-/R1+),(T1+/S1-)
+
-
T_
S_ amperes
Input 2: RMCxx(1,5)xxxxxxxxx
(S2-/R2+),(T2+/S2-)
Input 3: RMCxxxx(1,5)xxxxxxx
(S3-/R3+),(T3-S3-R3)
Input 4: RMCxxxxxx(1,5)xxxxx
(S4-/R4+),(T4+/S4-)
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
23
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Warning:
ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)
single-wire termination or two 1.31
mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.
Note:
If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,
B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for
CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard - Dry contact closure
Digital Inputs shall not be used in Class
I Division 2 Hazardous Locations unless switch used is approved for this application .
Input 1, 2, 3, 4 Potentiometer
Slot A, B, D, E
RMC Part # Digits 4, 6, 8, 10
• Use a 1 kΩ potentiometer.
Input 1: RMC(1,3,5)xxxxxxxxxxx (S1/R1)
Input 2: RMCxx(1,5)xxxxxxxxx (S2/R2)
Input 3: RMCxxxx(1,5)xxxxxxx (S3/R3)
Input 4: RMCxxxxxx(1,5)xxxxx (S4/R4)
CW
CCW
S_
R_
Input 1, 2, 3, 4 Current Transformer
Slot A, B, D, E
T_
S_
RMC Part # Digits 4, 6, 8, 10
• Input range is 0 to 50 mA (ac).
• Current transformer part number: 16-0246
• 100 Ω input impedance
• Response time: 1 second maximum
• Accuracy +/-1 mA typical
Input 1: RMC(7)xxxxxxxxxxx (T1/S1)
Input 2: RMCxx(7)xxxxxxxxx (T2/S2)
Input 3: RMCxxxx(7)xxxxxxx (T3/S3)
Input 4: RMCxxxxxx(7)xxxxx (T4/S4)
Example: Using a Current Transformer
3A x 4
12A
L2
Fuse
Turns around CT
L1
SSR
Output N
Controller
CT Input
I s
= I p
T/R = 50mA
CSC = I p(full scale)
= 50mA(R)/T
CSI = Output N
I s
= Current in secondary of current transformer
I p
= Current in primary of current transformer
T = Number of turns through the primary of the transformer
R = Number of turns in the secondary of the current transformer (Turns ratio, assuming one primary turn)
CSC = Current Scaling (parameter found in Current Menu of Setup Page)
CSI = Current Source Instance (parameter found in Current
Menu of Setup Page)
CT Ratio R = 1000:1
12A x 4 = 48A
:
48mA
48mA
CT Secondary Current
CT Primary Current
Turns around CT
Total current
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
24
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Warning:
ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)
single-wire termination or two 1.31
mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.
Note:
If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,
B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for
CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.
Digital Inputs 7 through 12
Common
B7
Slot E
DC Input
D7
DC Input
D8
DC Input
D9
DC Input
D10
DC Input
D11
DC Input
D12
Internal Supply
Z7
Digital Input Event Conditions
• Dry Contact
- Input inactive when >
100KΩ
- Input active when <
50Ω
• Voltage
- Input inactive when <
2V
- Input active when >
3V
• Six user configurable
Digital Inputs/outputs per slot
- Slot E DIO 7-12
Digital Inputs/Outputs 7 through 12
Slot E
B7
Common
D7
Collector out
D8
Collector out
D9
Collector out
D10
Collector out
D11
Collector out
D12
Collector out
Z7
Internal Supply
• Maximum switched voltage is 32VÎ (dc)
• Internal supply provides a constant power output of 750mW
• Maximum output sink current per output is 1.5A (external class 2 or *SELV supply required)
• Total sink current for all outputs not to exceed 8A
• Do not connect outputs in parallel
*Safety Extra Low Voltage
Vdc
RMC Part # Digit 11 is C
Voltage Input
B
_
common
D
_
Dry Contact
D
_
Z
_
24 Vdc
RMC Part # Digit 11 is C
B7
Common
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
Z7
Internal
Supply
Suppressor Note:
Switching pilot duty inductive loads (relay coils, solenoids, etc .) with the mechanical relay, solid state relay or open collector output options requires use of an R .C . suppressor
.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
25
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Warning:
ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)
single-wire termination or two 1.31
mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.
Note:
If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,
B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for
CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.
Switched DC Wiring Example Using DO 7-12
Vdc
Collector Outputs
Internal Circuitry
Collector Outputs
Z_
Internal Supply
B_
Common
D_
D_
Common
B_
D_
D_
D_
D_
D_
D_
Htr 1
Htr 2
Htr 3
Diode
-
+
+
-
+
-
DC90-60C0-0000
Note:
As a switched DC output; this output is a constant current output delivering
750 mW, current limited to 400 mA. The internal supply does have a maximum open circuit voltage of 22 VDC and minimum open circuit voltage of 19 VDC.
Pin Z7 is shared to all digital outputs. This type of output is meant to drive solid state relays, not mechanical relays.
As an open collector output, use an external power supply with the negative wired to B7, the positive to the coil of a pilot mechanical relay and the other side of the coil wired to D_. Each open collector output can sink 1.5 A with the total for all open collector outputs not exceeding 8 amperes. Ensure that a kickback diode is reversed wired across the relay coil to prevent damage to the internal transistor.
Open Collector Wiring Example Using DO 7-12
-
Power Supply
5 to 32 Vdc
+
Fuse
An example fuse is
Bussmann AGC-1 1/2
Relay
D_
Vdc
D_
Quencharc Note:
Switching pilot duty inductive loads
(relay coils, solenoids, etc .) with the mechanical relay, solid state relay or open collector output options requires use of an R .C . suppressor .
D_
D_
Z_
Internal Supply
Internal Circuitry
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
26
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Warning:
ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)
single-wire termination or two 1.31
mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.
Note:
If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,
B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for
CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.
Output 1, 3, 5, 7 Switched DC/Open Collector
RMC Part # Digit 5, 7, 9, 11 is U, D, E, F or G
Slot A, B, D, E
X_ common
W_ dc - (open collector)
Y_ dc +
Switched DC
• 30 mA dc maximum supply current
• short circuit limited to
<50 mA
• 22 to 32VÎ (dc) open circuit voltage
• Use dc- and dc+ to drive external solidstate relay.
• DIN-A-MITE compatible
24V
Switched DC
X_ common
W_
Y_ dc dc +
Open Collector
X1
common
Power Supply
Open Collector
• 100 mA maximum output current sink
• 30VÎ (dc) maximum supply voltage
• Any switched dc output can use the common terminal.
• Use an external class
2 or *SELV power supply to control a dc load, with the load positive to the positive of the power supply, the load negative to the open collector and common to the power supply negative.
24V
W1
_
Y1
dc -
Load
*Safety Extra Low
Voltage
Output 2, 4, 6, 8 Switched DC
RMC Part # Digit 5, 7, 9, 11 is U, D, E, F or G
Slot A, B, D, E
W_ dc -
Y_ dc +
Switched DC
• 30 mA dc maximum supply current
• short circuit limited to
<50 mA
• 22 to 32VÎ (dc) open circuit voltage
• Use dc- and dc+ to drive external solid-state relay.
• DIN-A-MITE compatible
24V common
W_ dc -
Y_ dc +
Quencharc Note:
Switching pilot duty inductive loads (relay coils, solenoids, etc .) with the mechanical relay, solid state relay or open collector output options requires use of an R .C . suppressor .
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
27
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Warning:
ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)
single-wire termination or two 1.31
mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.
Note:
If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,
B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for
CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.
Output 1, 3, 5, 7 Mechanical Relay, Form C
RMC Part # Digit 5, 7, 9, 11 is H, J, K, L or M
Slot A, B, D, E
L_ normally open
K_ common normally closed
J_
• 5 A at 240VÅ (ac) or
30VÎ (dc) maximum resistive load
• 20 mA at 24V minimum load
• 125 VA pilot duty at
120/240VÅ (ac), 25 VA at
24VÅ (ac)
• 100,000 cycles at rated load
• Output does not supply power.
• for use with ac or dc
See Quencharc note.
L _ normally open
K _ common
J _ normally closed
Output 2, 4, 6, 8 Mechanical Relay, Form A
RMC Part # Digit 5, 7, 9, 11 is B, F, L or R
Slot A, B, D, E
L_
K_ normally open common
• 5 A at 240VÅ (ac) or
30VÎ (dc) maximum resistive load
• 20 mA at 24V minimum inductive load
• 125 VA pilot duty at
120/240V Å(ac), 25 VA at
24V Å(ac)
• 100,000 cycles at rated load
• Output does not supply power.
• for use with ac or dc
• See Quencharc note.
L_
K_
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
28
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Warning:
ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)
single-wire termination or two 1.31
mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.
Note:
If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,
B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for
CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.
Output 2, 4, 6, 8 NO-ARC Relay, Form A
RMC Part # Digit 5, 7, 9, 11 is D, J or Y
Slot A, B, D, E
L_ normally open
K_ common
• 15 A at 85 to 264VÅ (ac) resistive load only
• 2,000,000 cycle rating for NO-ARC circuit (preliminary)
• 100 mA minimum load
• 2 mA maximum off state leakage
• Do not use on dc loads.
• Output does not supply power.
• Do not drive another relay or solenoid with this output type.
15
10
5
0
20
25
30 35 40 45 50
Ambient Temperature ( o
C)
55 60 65
L_
K_
Output 1, 3, 5, 7 Universal Process
RMC Part # Digit 5, 7, 9, 11 is N, P, R, or S
Slot A, B, D, E
F_ volts or current -
G_ volts +
H_ current +
• 0 to 20 mA into 800 Ω maximum load
• 0 to 10VÎ (dc) into 1 kΩ minimum load
• scalable
• output supplies power
• cannot use voltage and current outputs at same time
• Output may be used as retransmit or control.
4 to 20 mA
0 to 10 V
F_ negative
G_ volts +
H_ current +
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
29
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Warning:
ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)
single-wire termination or two 1.31
mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.
Note:
If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,
B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for
CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning:
ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.
Outputs 1, 3, 5, 7 Solid-State Relay, Form A
RMC Part # Digit 5, 7, 9, 11 is G, M, S, T, Y or Z
Slot A, B, D, E
L_ normally open
K_ common
• 1 A at 20 to 264VÅ (ac) maximum resistive load
• 20 VA 120/240VÅ (ac) pilot duty
• Optical isolation, without contact suppression
• maximum off state leakage of 105 microamperes
• Output does not supply power.
• Do not use on dc loads.
• See Quencharc note.
L_
K_
1 Amp SSR Derating Curve
1.1
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
Ambient Temperature ( o
C)
50 60 70
Outputs 2, 4, 6, 8 Solid-State Relay, Form A
RMC Part # Digit 5, 7, 9, 11 is G, M, S, T, Y or Z
Slot A, B, D, E
L_
K_ normally open common
• 1 A at 20 to 264VÅ (ac) maximum resistive load
• 20 VA 120/240VÅ (ac) pilot duty
• Optical isolation, without contact suppression
• maximum off state leakage of 105 microamperes
• Output does not supply power.
• Do not use on dc loads.
• See Quencharc note.
L_
K_
1 Amp SSR Derating Curve
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
-20
1.1
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
-10
0 10 20
30
40
Ambient Temperature ( o
C)
50 60 70
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
30
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Quencharc Wiring Example
In this example the Quencharc circuit (Watlow part# 0804-0147-
0000) is used to protect the RMC internal circuitry from the counter electromagnetic force from the inductive user load when de-engergized. It is recommended that this or an equivalent Quencharc be used when connecting inductive loads to RMC outputs.
L_
K_
User Load
Quencharc
N
Standard Bus EIA-485 Communications
Slot C
98 99 CF CD CE CZ CX CY
• Wire T-/R- to the A terminal of the EIA-
485 port.
• Wire T+/R+ to the B terminal of the EIA-
485 port.
• Wire common to the common terminal of the EIA-485 port.
• Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisychain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network.
• A 120 Ω termination resistor may be required across
T+/R+ and T-/R-, placed on the last controller on the network.
• Do not connect more than
16 EZ-ZONE RM controllers on a network.
• maximum network length:
1,200 meters (4,000 feet)
• 1/8th unit load on EIA-485 bus
RMCxxxxxxxx(A)xx
* All models include Standard
Bus communications
Note:
Do not leave a USB to EIA-485 converter connected to Standard Bus without power (i.e., disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving the converter connected on Standard Bus). Disturbance on the Standard Bus may occur.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
31
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Modbus RTU or Standard Bus EIA-485 Communications
Slot C
98 99 CC CA CB CZ CX CY
• Wire T-/R- to the A terminal of the EIA-485 port.
• Wire T+/R+ to the B terminal of the EIA-485 port.
• Wire common to the common terminal of the
EIA-485 port.
• Do not route network wires with power wires.
Connect network wires in daisy-chain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network.
• A termination resistor may be required. Place a 120 Ω resistor across
T+/R+ and T-/R- of last controller on network.
• Only one protocol per port is available at a time: either Modbus
RTU or Standard Bus.
• Do not connect more than 16 EZ-ZONE controllers on a Standard
Bus network.
• Maximum number of
EZ-ZONE controllers on a Modbus network is
247.
• maximum network length: 1,200 meters
(4,000 feet)
• 1/8th unit load on EIA-
485 bus
RMCxxxxxxxx(1)xx
Note:
Do not leave a USB to EIA-485 converter connected to Standard Bus without power (i.e., disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving the converter connected on Standard Bus). Disturbance on the Standard Bus may occur.
Modbus-IDA
Terminal
DO
D1 common
EIA/TIA-485
Name
A
B common
Watlow Terminal
Label
CA or CD
CB or CE
CC or CF
Function
T-/R-
T+/R+ common
EZ-ZONE
TM
®
RM to B&B Converter
Model ULINX 485USBTB-2W
USB to RS-485 Adapter using Standard Bus
EZ ZONE
R
RM
1
USB
Port
PC Software Protocol - Standard Bus
EZ-Configurator
Data format
38,400 baud
8 data bits no parity
1 start bit
1 stop bit
Use twisted pair wires such as Cat 5 cabling.
Do not route with power carrying conductors.
98 99 CF CD CE CZ CX CY
D
A
E
B
D
A
E
B
S M
5
6
7
8
3
4
1
2
9
10
11
12
15
16
13
14
U
LINX TM
USB Serial Conversion
Model 485TB-2W
B B electronics
0847-0326-0000
A(-)
B(+)
A(-)
B(+)
GND
98 99 CF CD CE CZ CX CY
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
32
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
EZ-ZONE
TM
®
RM to B&B Converter
Model ULINX 485USBTB-2W
USB to RS-485 Adapter using Modbus RTU
USB
Port
Use twisted pair wires such as Cat 5 cabling.
Do not route with power carrying conductors.
98 99 CC CA CB CZ CX CY
PC Software Protocol - Modbus RTU
Third Party
Data format
9,600, 19,200, 38,400 baud
8 data bits even, odd, no parity
1 start bit
1 stop bit
U
LINX TM
USB Serial Conversion
Model 485TB-2W
B B electronics
0847-0326-0000
A(-)
A(-)
B(+)
GND
D
A
EZ ZONE
R
RM
1
E
B
D
A
E
B
S M
12
13
14
15
16
9
10
11
6
7
4
5
8
1
2
3
98 99 CC CA CB CZ CX CY
Note:
Do not leave a USB to EIA-485 converter connected to Standard Bus without power (i.e., disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving the converter connected on Standard Bus). Disturbance on the Standard
Bus may occur.
Note:
When connecting the USB converter to the PC it is suggested that the Latency Timer be changed from the default of 16 msec to 1 msec. Failure to make this change may cause communication loss between the PC running
ZE-ZONE Configurator software and the control.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
33
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
To modify Latency Timer settings follow the steps below:
1. Navigate to Device Manager.
2. Double click on Ports.
3. Right click on the USB serial port in use and select Properties.
4. Click the tab labeled Port settings and then click the Advance button.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
34
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Wiring a Serial EIA-485 Network
Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisy-chain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network. A termination resistor may be required. Place a 120 Ω resistor across T+/R+ and T-/R- of the last controller on a network. Only one protocol per port is available at a time: either Modbus RTU or Standard Bus.
Note:
Termination resistors when used, require a termination resistor at both ends of the network.
A Network Using Watlow's Standard Bus and an RUI/Gateway
EZ-ZONE ST
ST_ _ - (B or F) _ M _ -_ _ _ _
Power
Supply
EZ-ZONE RM
fuse power power common
EZ-ZONE PM
CE
B5
D6
D5
98
99
CF
CD power com
- A
+ B
RUI/Gateway
EZKB-_ A _ _- _ _ _ _
98
99
CF
CD
CE power common
- A
+ B
Slot C common
- A
+ B
A Network Using Modbus RTU
EZ-ZONE ST
ST_ _ - (B or F) _
M _ -_ _ _ _
Power
Supply
EZ-ZONE RM
fuse power power common
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
EZ-ZONE PM
98
99
CC
CA
CB
B5
D6
D5 power power com
- A
+ B
PLC
power power common
- A
+ B
•
35
•
Slot C common
- A
+ B
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Connecting the Modules
RM System Connections
The RMC module can be installed as stand-alone modules or can be interconnected on the DIN rail as shown below. When modules are connected together as shown, power and communications are shared between modules over the modular backplane interconnection. Therefore, bringing the necessary power and communications wiring to any one connector in slot
C is sufficient. The modular backplane interconnect comes standard with every module ordered and is generic in nature, meaning any of the RM modules can use it.
Modular Backplane Interconnect
Notice in the split rail system diagram that a single power supply is being used across both DIN rails.
One notable consideration when designing the hardware layout would be the available power supplied and the loading affect of all of the modules used.
Watlow provides three options for power supplies listed below:
1. 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 31 watts (Part #: 0847-
0299-0000)
2. 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 60 watts (Part #: 0847-
0300-0000)
3. 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 91 watts (Part #: 0847-
0301-0000)
With regards to the modular loading affect, maximum power for each is listed below:
1. RMCxxxxxxxxxxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA
2. RMEx-xxxx-xxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA
3. RMAx-xxxx-xxxx @ 4 watts / 9VA
4. RMLx-xxxx-xxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA
5. RMHx-xxxx-xxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA
6. RMSx-xxxx-xxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA
So, in the split rail system diagram, the maximum current draw on the supply would be 38 Watts.
- 1 RMC modules consumes 7W
- 1 RME modules consumes 7W
- 1 RMA module consumes 4W
- 1 RMS modules consumes 7W
- 1 RMH modules consumes 7W
- 1 Remote User Interface consumes 6W
With this power requirement the second or third power supply could be used.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
36
•
Another hardware configuration scenario that could present itself (graphic not shown) would be a configuration that requires more than one supply.
Lets make some assumptions pertaining to the split rail system diagram shown below. The power supply used is the 91W supply. The top DIN rail now has the following modules:
- 2 RMC modules consumes 14W
- 1 RMA consumes 4W
- 11 RME modules consumes 77W
As it can now be understood, the total power requirement exceeds 91W. In this case, another power supply would be required. To incorporate another supply in this system simply disconnect pins 99 and 98 on the remote DIN rail and connect another appropriately sized power supply to those same pins.
When using a split rail configuration ensure that the interconnections for the Inter-module Bus and
Standard Bus do not exceed 200 feet. Standard Bus and the Inter-module Buses are different protocols and both are required for split rail configurations.
Without having both connected communications between modules would not be possible.
RM Expansion
Module
RMCxxxxxxxxxAxx RMEx-xxxx-xxx
Slot D
_
_
Slot A
_
_
_
_
_
Standard Bus
_
Address 1
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Slot C
Slot E
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Slot D
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Standard Bus
Address 2
Slot E
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Slot A
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Slot C
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
RM Access
Module
RMAx-xxxx-xxx
Slot D
Slot E
Slot A
Standard Bus
Address 3
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Slot C
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Low Voltage
Class 2
Power Supply
Standard Bus
Split Rail Configuration
RM Scanner
Module
RMSx-xxxx-Axxx
Slot D
Slot E
RM High Density
Module
RMHx-xxxx-Axxx
Slot D Slot E
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Standard Bus
_
Address 4
Slot C
Slot B
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Slot A
_
Standard Bus
Address 5
Slot B
_
_ _
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Slot C
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Inter-module
Bus
Standard Bus
Note:
Unit is not provided with a disconnect, use of an external disconnect is required. It should be located in close proximity to the unit and be labeled as the disconnect for the unit.
Note:
Connecting power supplies in parallel is not allowed.
When power consumption is greater than 91 watts use a split rail configuration.
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Conventions Used in the Menu Pages
To better understand the menu pages that follow review the naming conventions used. When encountered throughout this document, the word "default" implies as shipped from the factory. Each page (Operations, Setup, Profile and Factory) and their associated menus have identical headers defined below:
Header Name
Display
Parameter Name
Range
Default
Modbus Relative Address
CIP (Common Industrial Protocol)
Profibus Index
Parameter ID
Data Type R/W
Definition
Visually displayed information from the control.
Describes the function of the given parameter.
Defines options available for this prompt, i.e., min/ max values (numerical), yes/no, etc... (further explanation below).
Values as delivered from the factory.
Identifies unique parameters using either the
Modbus RTU or Modbus
TCP protocols (further explanation below).
If used in conjunction with an RMA module identifies unique parameters using either the DeviceNet or EtherNet/IP protocol (further explanation below).
If used in conjunction with an RMA module identifies unique parameters using Profibus DP protocol (further explanation below).
Identifies unique parameters used with other software such as, LabVIEW.
uint = Unsigned 16 bit
integer dint = Signed 32-bit,
long string = ASCII (8 bits
per character) float = IEEE 754 32-bit
RWES = Readable
Writable
EEPROM (saved)
User Set (saved)
Display
When the RMC module is used in conjunction with
[1]
= 1
[2]
= 2
[3]
= 3
[4]
= 4
[5]
= 5
[6]
= 6
[7]
= 7
[8]
= 8
[9]
= 9 the RUI (optional equipment) visual information from the control is displayed to the observer using a fairly standard 7 segment display. Due to the use of this technology, several characters displayed need some interpretation, see the list below:
[0]
= 0
[i]
= i
[r]
= r
[a ]
= A
[ h]
= b
[j ]
= J
[H]
= K
[s]
= S
[ t]
= t
[c]
, [C] = c
[L]
= L
[d ]
= d
[ m ]
= M
[U]
[u]
= u
= v
[ e]
[ f]
[g ]
= E
= F
= g
[ h]
= h
[n]
= n
[o]
= o
[ p]
[q ]
= P
= q
[ w ]
= W
[y ]
= y
[2]
= Z
Range
Within this column notice that on occasion there will be numbers found within parenthesis. This number represents the enumerated value for that particular selection. Range selections can be made simply by writing the enumerated value of choice using any of the available communications protocols. As an example, turn to the Control Module Setup Page and look at the Analog Input menu and then the Sensor Type.
To turn the sensor off using Modbus simply write the value of 62 (off) to register 400369 and send that value to the control.
Communication Protocols
All modules come with the standard offering of Watlow's Standard Bus protocol used primarily for intermodule communications as well as for configuration using EZ-ZONE Configurator software (free download from Watlow's web site ( http://www.watlow.com
).
Along with Standard Bus, the RMC module can also be ordered with Modbus RTU (only one protocol can be active at any given time). The RMA module has options for several different protocols listed below:
- Modbus RTU 232/485
- EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP
- DeviceNet
- Profibus DP
To learn more about the RM Access module click on the link below. Once there simply type in RM in the
Keyword field.
http://www.watlow.com/literature/manuals.cfm
Modbus RTU Protocol
All Modbus registers are 16-bits and as displayed in this manual are relative addresses (actual). Some legacy software packages limit available Modbus registers to 40001 to 49999 (5 digits). Many applications today require access to all available Modbus registers which range from 400001 to 465535 (6 digits).
Watlow controls support 6 digit Modbus registers.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
37
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Note:
In this User's Guide all values shown representing
Modbus addresses are added to 400,001 or 40,001 to acquire the absolute address. As an example, notice above (under the Range header) the Modbus address identified for Sensor type. Compare this to the value listed for this same parameter found in the Setup
Page under the Analog Input Menu.
For parameters listed as float notice that only one
(low order) of the two registers is listed, this is true throughout this document. By default, the low order word contains the two low bytes of the 32-bit parameter. As an example, look in the Controller Operations Page for the Analog Input Value. Find the column identified in the header as Modbus and notice that it lists register 360. Because this parameter is a float it is actually represented by registers 360 (low order bytes) and 361 (high order bytes). The Modbus specification does not dictate which register should be high or low order so Watlow provides the user the ability to swap this order (Setup Page, Communications Menu) from the default low/high to high/low.
It should also be noted that some of the cells in the
Modbus column contain wording pertaining to an offset. Several parameters in the control contain more than one instance; such as, profiles (4), alarms (8), analog inputs (4), etc... The Modbus register shown
Always represents instance one. Take for an example the Alarm Silencing parameter found in the Controller Setup Pages under the Alarm menu. Instance one is shown as address 1750 and the offset to the next instance is identified as +60. If there was a desire to read or write to instance 3 simply add 120 to 1750 to find its address, in this case, the instance 3 address for Alarm Silence is 1870.
RMC _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [1] _ _ or:
RMA _ - A [2, 3] _ _ - A A _ or EZKB - x [2,3] _ _ - _
_ _ _
To learn more about the Modbus protocol point your browser to http://www.modbus.org
.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
38
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
3
Chapter 3: Operations Pages
Control Module Operation Page Parameters
To navigate to the Operations Page using the RUI, follow the steps below:
1. From the Home Page, press both the Up ¿ and
Down ¯ keys for three seconds. [``Ai] will appear in the upper display and [oPEr] will appear in the lower display.
2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available menus.
3. Press the Advance Key choice.
‰
to enter the menu of
4. If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and then press the Advance Key
‰
to enter.
5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through available menu prompts.
6. Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards through the levels: parameter to submenu; submenu to menu; menu to Home Page.
7. Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home Page.
On the following pages, top level menus are identified with a yellow background color.
Note:
Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.
Note:
Some of the listed parameters may not be visible. Parameter visibility is dependent upon controller part number.
[``Ai]
[oPEr]
Analog Input Menu
[```1]
[``Ai]
Analog Input (1 to 4)
[`Ain] Value
[`i;Er] Error Status
[`i;Ca] Calibration Offset
[``Pu]
[oPEr]
Process Value Menu
[```1]
[``Pu]
Process Value (1 to 4)
[`Su;A] Source Value A
[`Su;B] Source Value B
[`Su;C]
Source Value C
[`Su;D] Source Value D
[`Su;E]
Source Value E
[oFSt] Offset
[``o;u] Output Value
[`dio]
[oPEr]
Digital Input/Output Menu
[```1]
[`dio]
Digital Input/Output (7 to
12)
[`do;S]
Output State
[`di;S]
Input State
[`ACt]
[oPEr]
Action Menu
[```1]
[`ACt]
Action (1 to 8)
[`Ei;S] Event Status
[LiM]
[oPEr]
Limit Menu
[```1]
[LiM]
Limit (1 to 4)
[`LL;S]
Low Set Point
[`Lh;S]
High Set Point
[`LCr] Clear Request **
[`L;st]
State **
[Mon]
[oPEr]
Monitor Menu
[```1]
[Mon]
Monitor (1 to 4)
[C;MA]
Control Mode Active
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power
[`C;SP]
Closed Loop Working Set
Point
[`Pu;A]
Process Value Active
[Loop]
[oPEr]
Loop Menu
[```1]
[Loop]
Loop (1 to 4)
[`r;En]
Remote Enable
[`C;M] Control Mode
[A;tSP] Autotune Set Point
[`AUt] Autotune Request
[`C;SP] Closed Loop Set Point
[`id;S]
Idle Set Point
[`h;Pb]
Heat Proportional Band
[`h;hy]
Heat Hysteresis
[`C;Pb]
Cool Proportional Band
[`C;hy]
Cool Hysteresis
[``ti]
Time Integral
[``td]
Time Derivative
[``db]
Dead Band
[`o;SP]
Open Loop Set Point
[ALM]
[oPEr]
Alarm Menu
[```1]
[ALM]
Alarm (1 to 8)
[`A;Lo]
Low Set Point
[`A;hi]
High Set Point
[a;Clr] Clear Request **
[a;sir] Silence Request **
[`a;st] State **
[CUrr]
[oPEr]
Current Menu
[```1]
[CUrr]
Current (1 to 4)
[`C;hi]
High Set Point
[`C;Lo]
Low Set Point
[`CU;r]
RMS Read
[`C;Er]
Error
[`h;Er]
Heater Error
[`Lnr]
[oPEr]
Linearization Menu
[```1]
[`Lnr]
Linearization (1 to 4)
[`Su;A]
Source Value A
[oFSt]
Offset
[``o;u]
Output Value
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
39
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
[`CPE]
[oPEr]
Compare Menu
[```1]
[`CPE]
Compare (1 to 4)
[`Su;A]
Source Value A
[`Su;b]
Source Value B
[``o;u]
Output Value
[tMr]
[ oPEr]
Timer Menu
[```1]
[tMr]
Timer (1 to 4)
[`Su;A]
Source Value A
[`Su;b]
Source Value B
[``E;t]
Elapsed Time
[``o;u]
Output Value
[`Ctr]
[oPEr]
Counter Menu
[```1]
[`Ctr]
Counter (1 to 4)
[`Cnt]
Count
[`Su;A]
Source Value A
[`Su;b]
Source Value B
[``o;u]
Output Value
[`LgC]
[oPEr]
Logic Menu
[```1]
[`LgC]
Logic (1 to 4)
[`Su;A]
Source Value A
[`Su;b]
Source Value B
[`Su;C]
Source Value C
[`Su;d]
Source Value D
[`Su;E]
Source Value E
[`Su;F]
Source Value F
[`Su;g]
Source Value G
[`Su;h]
Source Value H
[``o;u]
Output Value
[MAt]
[oPEr]
Math Menu
[```1]
[MAt]
Math (1 to 8)
[`Su;A]
Source Value A
[`Su;b]
Source Value B
[`Su;C]
Source Value C
[`Su;d]
Source Value D
[`Su;E]
Source Value E
[oFSt]
Offset
[``o;u]
Output Value
[`SoF]
[oPEr]
Special Output Function
Menu
[```1]
[`SoF]
Special Output Function (1 to 4)
[`Su;A]
Source Value A
[`Su;b]
Source Value B
[`ou;1]
Output Value 1
[`ou;2]
Output Value 2
[`ou;3]
Output Value 3
[`ou;4]
Output Value 4
[P;StA]
[oPEr]
Profile Status Menu
[```1]
[P;StA]
Profile Status 1
[P;Str]
Profile Start
[PACr]
Action Request
[`StP]
Active Step
[Sub;S]
Active Subroutine Step
[S;tyP]
Active Step Type
[t;SP1]
Target Set Point Loop 1
[t;SP2]
Target Set Point Loop 2
[t;SP3]
Target Set Point Loop 3
[t;SP4]
Target Set Point Loop 4
[P;SP1]
Produced Set Point 1
[P;SP2]
Produced Set Point 2
[P;SP3]
Produced Set Point 3
[P;SP4]
Produced Set Point 4
[hour]
Hours Remaining
[min] Minutes Remaining
[`seC] Seconds Remaining
[Ent1]
Active Event Output 1
[Ent2]
Active Event Output 2
[Ent3]
Active Event Output 3
[Ent4]
Active Event Output 4
[Ent5]
Active Event Output 5
[Ent2]
Active Event Output 6
[Ent2]
Active Event Output 7
[Ent8]
Active Event Output 8
[``JC]
Jump Count Remaining
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
40
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
RMC Module • Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
[``Ai]
[oPEr]
Analog Input Menu
``Ain]
[ Ain]
[`i;Er]
[ i.Er]
[`i;Ca]
[ i.CA]
No Display
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Value
View the process value.
Note:
Ensure that the Error Status (below) indicates no error (61) when reading this value using a field bus protocol. If an error exists, the last known value prior to the error occurring will be returned.
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Error Status
View the cause of the most recent error. If the [Attn] message is
[Er;i1] error.
or [Er;i2], this parameter will display the cause of the input
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
[nonE]
None (61)
[OPEn]
Open (65)
[Shrt]
Shorted (127)
[`E;M]
Measurement Error
(140)
[E;CAL]
Bad Calibration Data
(139)
[Er;Ab]
Ambient Error (9)
[E;;Rtd]
RTD Error (141)
[FAiL]
Fail (32)
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Calibration Offset
Offset the input reading to compensate for lead wire resistance or other factors that cause the input reading to vary from the actual process value.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Clear Latched Input
Error
Clear latched input when input error condition no longer exists.
Clear Latch (1221)
0.0
- - - 360
[offset 90]
- - - 362
[offset 90]
382
[offset 90]
- - - 416
[offset 90]
[``Pu]
[oPEr]]
Process Value Menu
[`Su;A]
[ Su.A]
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Value A
View the value of Source
A.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
- - - 3430
[offset 70]
[`Su;b]
[ Su.b]
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Value B
View the value of Source
B.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
- - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
3432
[offset 70]
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
1
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
2
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
0xC (12)
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
0x1D (29)
0x7E (126)
1 to 4
0x10 (16)
0x7E (126)
1 to 4
0x11 (17)
0
1
2
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
4001
4002
4012
4029
26016
26017 float
R uint
R float
RWES uint
RW float
R float
R
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
41
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
RMC Module • Operations Page
Display
[`Su;C]
[ Su.C]
[`Su;d]
[ Su.d]
[`Su;E]
[ Su.E]
[oFSt]
[oFSt]
[``o;u]
[ o.u]
No Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Value C
View the value of Source
C.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Value D
View the value of Source
D.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Value E
View the value of Source
E.
[`off]
Off (62)
[``on]
On (63)
Process Value (1 to 4)
Offset
Set an offset to be applied to this function's output.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
Process Value (1 to 4)
Output Value
View the value of this function block's output.
Process Value (1 to 4)
Error
View reported cause for Process output malfunction.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement error (140)
Bad calibration data (139)
Ambient error (9)
RTD error (14)
Fail (32)
Math error (1423)
Not sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
0
Default
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
Modbus
Relative
Address
3434
[offset 70]
3436
[offset 70]
3438
[offset 70]
3444
[offset 70]
3442
[offset 70]
3452
[offset 70]
[`dio]
[oPEr]
Digital Input/Output Menu
[`do;S]
[ do.S]
Digital Output (7 to 12)
Output State
View the state of this output.
[`off]
[``on]
Off (62)
On (63)
- - - 1212
[offset 30]
[`di;S]
[ di.S]
Digital Input (7 to 12)
Input State
View this event input state.
[`off]
[``on]
Off (62)
On (63)
- - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
1220
[offset 30]
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7E (126)
1 to 4
0x12 (18)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
- - - 26018 float
R
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
0x7E (126)
1 to 4
0x13 (19)
0x7E (126)
1 to 4
0x14 (20)
0x7E (126)
1 to 4
0x17 (23)
0x7E (126)
1 to 4
0x16 (22)
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
0x1B (27)
0x6A (106)
7 to C (12)
7
0x6A (106)
7 to C (12)
0xB (11)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
90
- - - -
26019
26020
26023
26022
26027
6007
6011 float
R float
R float
RWES float
R uint
R uint
R uint
R
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
42
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
RMC Module • Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
No Display
Digital Input (7 to 12)
Source Error
View reported cause for input malfunction.
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement error (140)
Bad calibration data (139)
Ambient error (9)
RTD error (14)
Fail (32)
Math error (1423)
Not sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
[`ACt]
[oPEr]
Action Menu
[`Ei;S]
[ Ei.S]
Action (1 to 8)
Event Input Status
View this input state.
[LiM]
[oPEr]
Limit Menu
[`LL;S]
[ LL.S]
[`Lh;S]
[ Lh.S]
No Display
Limit (1 to 4)
Low Set Point
Set the low process value that will trigger the limit.
Limit (1 to 4)
High Set Point
Set the high process value that will trigger the limit.
Limit (1-4)
Limit State
Clear limit once limit condition is cleared.
[`off]
[``on]
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
Off (62)
Off (62)
On (63)
None (61)
Limit High (51)
Limit Low (52)
Error (225)
Clear (0)
No Change (255)
[`lCr]
[ LCr]
[`l;st]
[ L.St]
Limit (1-4)
Limit Clear Request
**
Clear limit once limit condition is cleared.
Limit (1 to 4)
Status **
Reflects whether or not the limit is in a safe or failed mode..
[Mon]]
[oPEr]
Monitor Menu
[C;MA]
[C.MA]
Monitor (1 to 4)
Control Mode Active
View the current control mode.
Fail (32)
Safe (1667)
[`off]
[AUto]
[MAn]
Off (62)
Auto (10)
Manual (54)
- - - -
- - - -
0.0°F or units
-18.0°C
724
[offset 30]
0.0°F or units
-18.0°C
726
[offset 30]
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
1228
[offset 30]
1588
[offset 20]
730
[offset 30]
720
[offset 30]
744
[offset 30]
2222
[offset 70]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x6A
(106)
7 to C
(12)
0x0F (15)
0x6E (110)
1 to 8
5
0x70 (112)
1 to 4
3
0x70 (112)
1 to 4
4
0x70 (112)
1
6
0x70 (112)
1
1
0x70 (112)
1 to 4
0x0D (13)
0x97 (151)
1 to 4
2
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
140
38
39
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
6015
10005
12003
12004
12006
12001
12013
8002 uint
R uint
R float
RWES float
RWES uint
R uint
W uint
R uint
R
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
43
•
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Chapter 3 Operations Page
RMC Module • Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
[`h;Pr]
[ h.Pr]
[`C;Pr]
[ C.Pr]
[`C;SP]
[ C.SP]
[`Pu;A]
[ Pv.A]
No Display
Monitor (1 to 4)
Heat Power
View the current heat output level.
Monitor (1 to 4)
Cool Power
View the current cool output level.
0.0 to 100.0%
-100.0 to 0.0%
Monitor (1 to 4)
Closed Loop Active Set
Point
View the set point currently in effect.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
Monitor (1 to 4)
Process Value Active
View the current filtered process value using the control input.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
Monitor (1 to 4)
Autotune Status
Read the present status of Autotune.
[`off]
Off (62)
[ts;1p]
Waiting for cross 1 positive (119)
[ts;1n]
Waiting for cross 1 negative (120)
[ts;2p]
Waiting for cross 2 positive (121)
[ts;2n]
Waiting for cross 2 negative (122)
[ts;3p]
Waiting for cross 3 positive (123)
[ts;3n]
Waiting for cross 3 negative (150)
[`mn]
Measuring maximum peak (151)
[`ma]
Measuring minimum peak (152)
[CalC]
Calculating (153)
[Cplt]
Complete (18)
[``to]
Timeout (118)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
[Loop]
[oPEr]
Control Loop Menu
[`r;En]
[ r.En]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Remote Set Point
Enable this loop to switch control to the remote set point.
[``no]
[`YES]
No (59)
Yes (106)
No
[`C;M]
[ C.M]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Control Mode
Select the method that this loop will use to control.
[`off]
[AUto]
[MAn]
Off (62)
Auto (10)
Manual (54)
Auto
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
2244
[offset 70]
2246
[offset 70]
2512
[offset 80]
402
[offset 90]
2272
[offset 70]
2540
[offset 80]
2220
[offset 70]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x97 (151)
1 to 4
0xD (13)
0x97 (151)
1 to 4
0xE (14)
0x6B (107)
1 to 4
7
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
0x16 (22)
0x97 (151)
1 to 4
27
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
0x15 (21)
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
1
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
48
63
8011
8014
8029
8031
8027
7021
8001 float
R float
R float
R float
R uint
R uint
RWES uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
44
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
RMC Module • Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
[A;tSP]
[A.tSP}
[`AUt]
[ AUt]
[`C;SP]
[ C.SP]
[`id;S]
[ id.S]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Autotune Set Point
Set the set point that the autotune will use, as a percentage of the current set point.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Autotune Request
Start an autotune. While the autotune is active, the Home Page will display [Attn] [tUn1].
When the autotune is complete, the message will clear automatically.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Closed Loop Set Point
Set the set point that the controller will automatically control to.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Idle Set Point
Set a closed loop set point that can be triggered by an event state.
50.0 to 200.0%
[``no]
[`YES]
No (59)
Yes (106)
Low Set Point to High Set
Point (Setup Page)
Low Set Point to High Set
Point (Setup Page)
90.0
No
75.0°F or units
24.0°C
75.0°F or units
24.0°C
[`h;Pb]
[ h.Pb]
[`h;hy]
[ h.hy]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Heat Proportional
Band
Set the PID proportional band for the heat outputs.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Heat Hysteresis
Set the control switching hysteresis for on-off control. This determines how far into the “on” region the process value needs to move before the output turns on.
0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units
0.001 to 5,555.000°C
0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units
0.001 to 5,555.000°C
25.0°F or units
14.0°C
3.0°F or units
2.0°C
[`C;Pb]
[ C.Pb]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Cool Proportional
Band
Set the PID proportional band for the cool outputs.
0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units
0.001 to 5,555.000°C
25.0°F or units
14.0°C
[`C;hy]
[ C.hy]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Cool Hysteresis
Set the control switching hysteresis for on-off control. This determines how far into the “on” region the process value needs to move before the output turns on.
0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units
0.001 to 5,555.000°C
3.0°F or units
2.0°C
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
2258
[offset 70]
2260
[offset 70]
2500
[offset 80]
2516
[offset 80]
2230
[offset 70]
2240
[offset 70]
2232
[offset 70]
2242
[offset 70]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
0x14 (20)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 8025 float
RWES
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
0x15 (21)
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
1
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
9
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
6
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
0xB (11)
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
7
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
0xC (12)
64
49
50
65
66
67
68
8026
7001
7009
8009
8010
8012
8013 uint
RW float
RWES float
RWES float
RWES float
RWES float
RWES float
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
45
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
RMC Module • Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
[``ti]
[ ti]
[``td]
[ td]
[``dB]
[ db]
[`o;SP]
[ o.SP]
No Display
No Display
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Time Integral
Set the PID integral for the outputs.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Time Derivative
Set the PID derivative time for the outputs.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Dead Band
Set the offset to the proportional band.
With a negative value, both heating and cooling outputs are active when the process value is near the set point.
A positive value keeps heating and cooling outputs from fighting each other.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Open Loop Set Point
Set a fixed level of output power when in manual (open-loop) mode.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Error State
Read to see if loop is in an error state.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Error Clear
Write to this register to clear loop error.
0 to 9,999 seconds per repeat
0 to 9,999 seconds
-1,000.0 to 1,000.0°F or units
-556 to 556°C
-100 to 100% (heat and cool)
0 to 100% (heat only)
-100 to 0% (cool only)
None (61)
Open Loop (1274)
Reversed Loop (1275)
Clear (129)
Ignore (204)
180 sec-
0 onds per repeat seconds
0.0
0.0
- - - -
Ignore
No Display
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Loop Output Power
View the loop output power.
-100.0 to 100.0
- - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
2234
[offset 70]
2236
[offset 70]
2238
[offset 70]
2502
[offset 80]
2268
[offset 70]
2270
[offset 70]
2248
[offset 70]
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
2
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
0x19(25)
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
0x1A(26)
0x97 (151)
1 to 4
0x0F (15)
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
8
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
9
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
0xA (10)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
69
70
71
8006
8007
8008 float
RWES float
RWES float
RWES
51
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
7002
8048
8049
8033 float
RWES uint
R uint
W float
R
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
46
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Operations Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
[ALM]
[oPEr]
Alarm Menu
[`A;Lo]
[ A.Lo]
[`A;hi]
[ A.hi]
[a;Clr]
[A.CLr]
Alarm (1 to 8)
Low Set Point
If Alarm Type (Setup
Page, Alarm Menu) is set to:
process - set the process value that will trigger a low alarm.
deviation - set the span of units from the closed loop set point that will trigger a low alarm. A negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point.
Alarm (1 to 8)
High Set Point
If Alarm Type (Setup
Page, Alarm Menu) is set to:
process - set the process value that will trigger a high alarm.
deviation - set the span of units from the closed loop set point that will trigger a low alarm. A negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point.
Alarm (1 to 8)
Alarm Clear Request
Write to this register to clear an alarm
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
0
32.0°F or units
0.0°C
300.0°F or units
150.0°C
- - - -
[A;sir]
[A.Sir]
Alarm (1 to 8)
Alarm Silence Request
Write to this register to silence an alarm
0 - - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
1742
[offset 60]
1740
[offset 60]
1764
[offset 60]
1766
[offset 60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
2
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
1
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
0xD (13)
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
0xE (14)
18
19
32
33
9002
9001 float
RWES float
RWES
9013 uint
W
9014 uint
W
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
47
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
RMC Module • Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
[`a;st]
[ A.St]
Alarm (1 to 8)
Alarm State
Current state of alarm
Startup (88)
None (61)
Blocked (12)
Alarm low (8)
Alarm high (7)
Error (28)
[``no]
No (59)
[`YES]
Yes (106)
- - - 1756
[offset 60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
9
- - - 9009 uint
R
No Display
No Display
Alarm (1 to 8)
Alarm Clearable
Read to see if alarm can be cleared.
Alarm (1 to 8)
Silenced
Read to see if alarm is active but has been silenced by Alarm Silence
Request.
Alarm (1 to 8)
Latched
Read to see if alarm is currently latched.
Yes (106)
No (59)
- - - -
- - - -
1762
[offset 60]
1760
[offset 60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
0xC (12)
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
0x0B (11)
- - - -
- - - -
9012
9011 uint
R uint
R
No Display
Yes (106)
No (59)
- - - 1758
[offset 60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
0x0A (10)
- - - 9010 uint
R
Note: To use the current sensing feature, Time Base (Setup
Page, Output Menu) must be set to 0 .7 seconds or more .
[CUrr]]
[oPEr]]
Current Menu
[`C;hi]
[ C.hi]
[`C;Lo]
[ C.Lo]
Current (1 to 4)
High Set Point
Set the current value that will trigger a high heater error state.
Current (1 to 4)
Low Set Point
Set the current value that will trigger a low heater error state.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
50.0
0.0
1394
[offset 50]
1396
[offset 50]
[`CU;r]
[ CU.r]
No Display
Sensed Current (1 to 4)
Read
View the most recent current value monitored by the current transformer.
Ammeter Current (1 to 4)
Read
RMS current value monitored by the current transformer.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
0 to 9,999.00
- - - -
- - - -
1380
[offset 50]
1392
[offset 50]
[`C;Er]
[ C.Er]
Current (1 to 4)
Error
View the cause of the most recent load fault.
[nonE]
None (61)
[Shrt]
Shorted (127)
[open]
Open (65)
- - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
1382
[offset 50]
0x73
(115)
1 to 4
8
0x73
(115)
1 to 4
9
0x73
(115)
1 to 4
1
0x73
(115)
1 to 4
7
0x73
(115)
1 to 4
2
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
15008
15009
15001
15007
15002 float
RWES float
RWES float
R float
R uint
R
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
48
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Operations Page
Range Default
[`h;Er]
[ h.Er]
No Display
No Display
Current (1 to 4)
Heater Error
View the cause of the most recent load fault monitored by the current transformer.
Current (1 to 4)
Actual Power
Power delivered to output monitored by CT.
Current (1 to 4)
Error Status
View the cause of the most recent load fault
[nonE]
None (61)
[high]
High (37)
[Low]
Low (53)
0.0 to 100.0%
None (61)
Fail (32)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
[`Lnr]
[oPEr]
Linearization Menu
[`Su;A]
[ Su.A]
[oFSt]
[oFSt]
[``o;u]
[ o.v]
No Display
Linearization (1 to 4)
Source Value A
View the value of
Source A.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Offset
Set an offset to be applied to this function's output.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Output Value
View the value of this function's output.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Error
View reported cause for
Linearization output malfunction.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
0
- - - -
- - - -
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement error (140)
Bad calibration data (139)
Ambient error (9)
RTD error (14)
Fail (32)
Math error (1423)
Not sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
Can't process (1659)
- - - -
[`CPE]
[oPEr]
Compare Menu
[`Su;A]
[ Su.A]
Compare (1 to 4)
Source Value A
View the value of
Source A.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
- - - -
[`Su;b]
[ Su.b]
Compare (1 to 4)
Source Value B
View the value of
Source B.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
- - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
1384
[offset 50]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x73
(115)
1 to 4
3
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 15003 uint
R
1418
[offset 50]
1420
[offset 50]
4526
[offset 70]
4530
[offset 70]
4532
[offset 70]
4574
[offset 70]
0x86
(134)
1 to 4
7
0x86
(134)
1 to 4
0x1C (28)
4012
[offset 40]
4014
[offset 40]
0x73
(115)
1 to 4
0x14 (20)
0x73
(115)
1 to 4
21
0x80
(128)
1 to 4
7
0x80
(128)
1 to 4
8
0x86
(134)
1 to 4
4
0x86
(134)
1 to 4
6
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
15020
15021
34004
34006
34007
34028
28007
28008 float
R uint
R float
R float
RWES float
R uint
R float
R float
R
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
49
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
RMC Module • Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
[``o;u]
[ o.v]
No Display
Compare (1 to 4)
Output Value
View the value of this function's output.
Compare (1 to 4)
Error
Read reported cause for compare error
[`off]
[``on]
Off (62)
On (63)
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement Error (140)
Bad Cal Data (139)
Ambient Error (9)
RTD Error (141)
Fail (32)
Math Error (1423)
Not Sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
- - - -
- - - -
4018
[offset 40]
4024
[offset 40]
[tMr]
[oPEr]
Timer Menu
[`Su;A]
[ Su.A]
[`Su;b]
[ Su.b]
Timer (1 to 4)
Value Source A
View the value of
Source A.
Timer (1 to 4)
Value Source B
View the value of
Source B.
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
- - - -
- - - -
4332
[offset 50]
4334
[offset 50]
[``E;t]
[ E.t]
[``o;u]
[ o.v]
Timer (1 to 4)
Elapsed Time
View the value of this function's elapsed time.
Timer (1 to 4)
Output Value
View the value of this function's output.
0 to 9,999.000 seconds
[`off]
[``on]
Off (62)
On (63)
- - - -
- - - -
4350
[offset 50]
4338
[offset 50]
No Display
Timer (1 to 4)
Error
Read reported cause for timer error
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement Error (140)
Bad Cal Data (139)
Ambient Error (9)
RTD Error (141)
Fail (32)
Math Error (1423)
Not Sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
- - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
4354
[offset 50]
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x80
(128)
1 to 4
0xA (10)
0x80
(128)
1 to 4
0x0D (13)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
- - - -
28010 uint
R
28013 uint
R
0x83
(131)
1 to 4
7
0x83
(131)
1 to 4
8
0x83
(131)
1 to 4
0x10 (16)
0x83
(131)
1 to 4
0xA (10)
0x83
(131)
1 to 4
0x12 (18)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
31007
31008
31016
31010
31018 uint
R uint
R float
R uint
R uint
R
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
50
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Operations Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
[`Ctr]
[oPEr]
Counter Menu
[`Cnt]
[ Cnt]
Counter (1 to 4)
Count
View the function's total count.
[`Su;A]
[ Su.A]
[`Su;b]
[ Su.b]
[``o;u]
[ o.v]
No Display
Counter (1 to 4)
Source Value A
View the value of
Source A.
Counter (1 to 4)
Source Value B
View the value of
Source B.
Counter (1 to 4)
Output Value
View the value of this function's output.
Counter (1 to 4)
Error
Read reported cause for counter error
0 to 9,999
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement Error (140)
Bad Cal Data (139)
Ambient Error (9)
RTD Error (141)
Fail (32)
Math Error (1423)
Not Sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
- - - -
[`LgC]
[oPEr]
Logic Menu
[`Su;A]
[ Su.A]
[`Su;b]
[ Su.b]
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Value A
View the value of
Source A.
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Value B
View the value of
Source B.
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
- - - -
- - - -
[`Su;C]
[ Su.C]
[`Su;d]
[ Su.d]
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Value C
View the value of
Source C.
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Value D
View the value of
Source D.
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
- - - -
- - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
4188
[offset 40]
4172
[offset 40]
4174
[offset 40]
4178
[offset 40]
4190
[offset 40]
3728
[offset 80]
3730
[offset 80]
3732
[offset 80]
3734
[offset 80]
0x7F
(127)
1 to 4
0x19 (25)
0x7F
(127)
1 to 4
0x1A (26)
0x7F
(127)
1 to 4
0x1B (27)
0x7F
(127)
1 to 4
0x1C (28)
0x82
(130)
1 to 4
0xF (15)
0x82
(130)
1 to 4
7
0x82
(130)
1 to 4
8
0x82
(130)
1 to 4
0xA (10)
0x82
(130)
1 to 4
0x10 (16)
217
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
30015
30007
30008
30010
30016
27025
27026
27027
27028 uint
R uint
R uint
R uint
R uint
R uint
R uint
R uint
R uint
R
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
51
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
RMC Module • Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
[`Su;E]
[ Su.E]
[`Su;F]
[ Su.F]
[`Su;g]
[ Su.g]
[`Su;h]
[ Su.h]
[``o;u]
[ o.v]
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Value E
View the value of
Source E.
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Value F
View the value of
Source F.
Logic (1 to 4)
Value Source G
View the value of
Source G.
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Value H
View the value of
Source H.
Logic (1 to 4)
Output Value
View the value of this function's output.
Logic (1 to 4)
Error
Read reported cause for logic error
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
3736
[offset 80]
3738
[offset 80]
3740
[offset 80]
3742
[offset 80]
3746
[offset 80]
No Display
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement Error (140)
Bad Cal Data (139)
Ambient Error (9)
RTD Error (141)
Fail (32)
Math Error (1423)
Not Sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
- - - 3750
[offset 80]
[MAt]
[oPEr]
Math Menu
[`Su;A]
[ Su.A]
[`Su;b]
[ Su.b]
Math (1 to 8)
Source Value A
View the value of
Source A.
Math (1 to 8)
Source Value B
View the value of
Source B.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
- - - -
- - - -
2870
[offset 70]
2872
[offset 70]
[`Su;C]
[ Su.C]
Math (1 to 8)
Source Value C
View the value of
Source C.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
- - - 2874
[offset 70]
[`Su;d]
[ Su.d]
Math (1 to 8)
Source Value D
View the value of
Source D.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
- - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
2876
[offset 70]
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7F
(127)
1 to 4
0x1D (29)
0x7F
(127)
1 to 4
0x1E (30)
0x7F
(127)
1 to 4
0x1F (31)
0x7F
(127)
1 to 4
0x20 (32)
7F (127)
1 to 4
0x22 (34)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
27029 uint
R
27030
27031
27032
27034 uint
R uint
R uint
R uint
R
0x7F
(127)
1 to 4
0x24 (36)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0x10 (16)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0x11 (17)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0x12 (18)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0x13 (19)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
27036
25016
25017
25018
25019 uint
R float
R float
R float
R float
R
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
52
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
Display
[`Su;E]
[ Su.E]
[oFSt]
[oFSt]
[``o;u]
[ o.v]
Parameter Name
Description
Math (1 to 8)
Source Value E
View the value of
Source E.
Math (1 to 8)
Offset
Set an offset to be applied to this function's output.
Math (1 to 8)
Output Value
View the value of this function's output.
Math (1 to 8)
Error
Read reported cause for logic error
RMC Module • Operations Page
Range
[`off]
Off (62)
[``on]
On (63)
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
0
Default
- - - -
- - - -
No Display
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement Error (140)
Bad Cal Data (139)
Ambient Error (9)
RTD Error (141)
Fail (32)
Math Error (1423)
Not Sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
- - - -
[`SoF]
[oPEr]
Special Output Function Menu
[`Su;A]
[ uS.A]
[`Su;b]
[ Su.b]
Special Output Function
(1 to 4)
Source Value A
View the value of
Source A.
Special Output Function
(1 to 4)
Source Value B
View the value of
Source B.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
- - - -
- - - -
[`o;u1]
[ o.v1]
No Display
Special Output Function
(1 to 4)
Output Value 1
View the value of this function's Output 1.
Special Output Function
(1 to 4)
Error 1
View reported cause for output malfunction.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement error (140)
Bad calibration data (139)
Ambient error (9)
RTD error (14)
Fail (32)
Math error (1423)
Not sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
Can't process (1659)
- - - -
- - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
53
•
Modbus
Relative
Address
2878
[offset 70]
2884
[offset 70]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0x14 (20)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0x17 (23)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
- - - -
25020
25023 uint
R float
RWES
2882
[offset 70]
2896
[offset 70]
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0x16 (22)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0x1D (29)
4972
[offset 80]
4974
[offset 80]
4978
[offset 80]
0x87
(135)
1 to 4
7
0x87
(135)
1 to 4
8
0x87
(135)
1 to 4
0xA (10)
4980
[offset 80]
0x87
(135)
1 to 4
0x0B (11)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
25022
25029
35007
35008
35010
35011 float
R uint
R float
R float
R float
R uint
R
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Chapter 3 Operations Page
RMC Module • Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
[`o;u2]
[ o.v2]
No Display
Special Output Function
(1 to 4)
Output Value 2
View the value of this function's Output 2.
Special Output Function
(1 to 4)
Error 2
View reported cause for output malfunction.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement error (140)
Bad calibration data (139)
Ambient error (9)
RTD error (14)
Fail (32)
Math error (1423)
Not sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
Can't process (1659)
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
- - - -
- - - -
4982
[offset 80]
4984
[offset 80]
[`o;u3]
[ o.v3]
No Display
Special Output Function
(1 to 4)
Output Value 3
View the value of this function's Output 3.
Special Output Function
(1 to 4)
Error 3
View reported cause for output malfunction.
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement error (140)
Bad calibration data (139)
Ambient error (9)
RTD error (14)
Fail (32)
Math error (1423)
Not sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
Can't process (1659)
- - - -
- - - -
4986
[offset 80]
4988
[offset 80]
[`o;u4]
[ o.v4]
No Display
Special Output Function
(1 to 4)
Output Value 4
View the value of this function's Output 4.
Special Output Function
(1 to 4)
Error 4
View reported cause for output malfunction.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement error (140)
Bad calibration data (139)
Ambient error (9)
RTD error (14)
Fail (32)
Math error (1423)
Not sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
Can't process (1659)
- - - -
- - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
4990
[offset 80]
4992
[offset 80]
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x87
(135)
1 to 4
0xC (12)
0x87
(135)
1 to 4
0x0D (13)
0x87
(135)
1 to 4
0xE (14)
0x87
(135)
1 to 4
0x0F (15)
0x87
(135)
1 to 4
0x10 (16)
0x87
(135)
1 to 4
0x11 (17)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
35012 float
R
35013
35014
35015
35016
35017 uint
R float
R uint
R float
R uint
R
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
54
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
RMC Module • Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
[P;Sta]
[oPEr]
Profile Status Menu
[P;Str]
[P.Str]
[P;ACr]
[PACr]
[`StP]
[ StP]
Profile Status
Profile Start
Profile Status
Action Request
Profile Status
Active Step
View the currently running step.
* Some parameters in the Profile Status Menu can be changed for the currently running profile, but should only be changed by knowledgeable personnel and with caution. Changing parameters via the Profile Status Menu will not change the stored profile but will have an immediate impact on the profile that is running.
Changes made to profile parameters in the Profiling Pages will be saved and will also have an immediate impact on the running profile.
1 to 25 1 5280 0x7A
(122)
1
1
204 22001 uint
W
[nonE]
0 to 250
0 (none)
None (61)
[PAUS]
Pause (146)
[rESU]
Resume (147)
[`End]
Terminate (148)
[ProF]
Profile (77)
None
- - - -
5300
5286
0x7A
(122)
1
0xB (11)
205
- - - -
22011
22004 uint
W uint
R
0x7A
(122)
1
4
0x7A
(122)
1
0x37 (55)
- - - 22055 uint
R
[SUb;S]
[SUb.S]
[S;typ]
[S.typ]
Profile Status
Active Subroutine
Step
View the currently running subroutine.
Profile Status
Active Step Type
View the currently running step type.
0 to 150
0 (none)
[UStP]
Unused Step (50)
[``ti]
Time (143)
[rAtE]
Rate (81)
[SoAH]
Soak (87)
[CLoC]
Wait For Time
(1543)
[W;PE]
Wait For Process or
Event (1542)
[Stat]
State (1515)
[Subr]
Subroutine Step
(1516)
[``JL]
Jump Loop (116)
[`End]
End (27)
- - - -
- - - -
[t;SP1]
[tg.SP]
[t;SP2]
[tg.SP]
Profile Status
*Target Set Point
Loop 1
View or change the target set point of the current step.
Profile Status
*Target Set Point
Loop 2
View or change the target set point of the current step.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
0.0°F or units
-18.0°C
0.0°F or units
-18.0°C
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
5304
5302
5374
0x7A
(122)
1
0xD (13)
0x7A
(122)
1
0xC (12)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x30 (48)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
22013
22012
22048 uint
R float
RW float
RW
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
55
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
RMC Module • Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
[t;SP3]
[t.SP3]
[t;SP4]
[t.SP4]
[P;SP1]
[P.SP1]
[P;SP2]
[P.SP2]
[P;SP3]
[P.SP3]
[P;SP4]
[P.SP4]
Profile Status
*Target Set Point
Loop 3
View or change the target set point of the current step.
Profile Status
*Target Set Point
Loop 4
View or change the target set point of the current step.
Profile Status
Produced Set Point 1
Display the current set point, even if the profile is ramping.
Profile Status
Produced Set Point 2
Display the current set point, even if the profile is ramping.
Profile Status
Produced Set Point 3
Display the current set point, even if the profile is ramping.
Profile Status
Produced Set Point 4
Display the current set point, even if the profile is ramping.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
0.0°F or units
-18.0°C
0.0°F or units
-18.0°C
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
No Display
No Display
No Display
Profile Status
Produced Control
Mode 1
Display the current control mode.
Profile Status
Produced Control
Mode 2
Display the current control mode.
Profile Status
Produced Control
Mode 3
Display the current control mode.
Off (62)
Auto (10)
Manual (54)
Off (62)
Auto (10)
Manual (54)
Off (62)
Auto (10)
Manual (54)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
No Display
Profile Status
Produced Control
Mode 4
Display the current control mode.
Off (62)
Auto (10)
Manual (54)
- - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
5376
5378
5288
5380
5382
5384
5366
5368
5370
5372
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x31 (49)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 22049 float
RW
0x7A
(122)
1
0x32 (50)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
0x7A
(122)
1
0x2C (44)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x2D (45)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x2E (46)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x2F (47)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
22050
22005
22051
22052
22053
22044
22045
22046
22047 float
RW float
R float
R float
R float
R uint
R uint
R uint
R uint
R
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
56
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
[hoUr]
[hoUr]
[min]
[ Min]
[`seC]
[ SEC]
No Display
No Display
No Display
No Display
No Display
Profile Status
Hours
Step time remaing in hours.
Profile Status
Minutes
Step time remaing in minutes.
Profile Status
Seconds
Step time remaing in seconds.
Profile Status
Wait for Event Source
Value 1
Read the present state of event input 1.
Profile Status
Wait for Event Source
Value 2
Read the present state of event input 1.
Profile Status
Wait for Event Source
Value 3
Read the present state of event input 1.
Profile Status
Wait for Event Source
Value 4
Read the present state of event input 1.
Profile Status
Wait for Analog
Source Value 1
Read the present value of analog source 1.
0 to 99
0 to 59
0 to 59
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
-1999.000 to 9999.000
0
0
0
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
No Display
No Display
Profile Status
Wait for Analog
Source Value 2
Read the present value of analog source 2.
Profile Status
Wait for Analog
Source Value 3
Read the present value of analog source 3.
-1999.000 to 9999.000
-1999.000 to 9999.000
- - - -
- - - -
No Display
Profile Status
Wait for Analog
Source Value 4
Read the present value of analog source 4.
-1999.000 to 9999.000
- - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
RMC Module • Operations Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
5434
5432
5430
5346
5348
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x4E (78)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x4D (77)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x4C (76)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x22 (34)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
22078
22077
22076
22034
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
uint
RW uint
RW uint
RW uint
R
- - - 22035 uint
R
5350
5352
0x7A
(122)
1
0x23 (35)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x24 (36)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x25 (37)
- - - -
- - - -
22036
22037 uint
R uint
R
5414
5416
5418
5420
0x7A
(122)
1
0x44 (68)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x45 (69)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x46 (70)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x47 (71)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
22068
22069
22070
22071 float
R float
R float
R float
R
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
57
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
RMC Module • Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
[Ent1]
[Ent1]
[Ent2]
[Ent2]
[Ent3]
[Ent3]
[Ent4]
[Ent4]
[Ent5]
[Ent5]
[Ent6]
[Ent6]
[Ent7]
[Ent7]
[Ent8]
[Ent8]
Profile Status
*Active Event Output 1
View or change the event output states.
Profile Status
*Active Event Output 2
View or change the event output states.
Profile Status
*Active Event Output 3
View or change the event output states.
Profile Status
*Active Event Output 4
View or change the event output states.
Profile Status
*Active Event Output 5
View or change the event output states.
Profile Status
*Active Event Output 6
View or change the event output states.
Profile Status
*Active Event Output 7
View or change the event output states.
Profile Status
*Active Event Output 8
View or change the event output states.
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
[`off]
[``on]
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
5306
5308
5310
5312
5314
5316
5318
5320
[``JC]
[ JC]
Profile Status
Jump Count Remaining
View the jump counts remaining for the current loop. In a profile with nested loops, this may not indicate the actual jump counts remaining.
0 to 9,999 - - - -
No Display
Profile Status
Current File
Indicates current file being executed.
1 to 25
0 (none)
- - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
5298
5284
Modbus
Relative
Address
0x7A
(122)
1
0x10 (16)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x11 (17)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x12 (18)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x13 (19)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x14 (20)
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7A
(122)
1
0xE (14)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 22014 uint
RW
0x7A
(122)
1
0xF (15)
- - - 22015 uint
RW
- - - 22016 uint
RW
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
22017
22018
22019
22020 uint
RW uint
RW uint
RW uint
RW
0x7A
(122)
1
0x15 (21)
0x7A
(122)
1
0xA (10)
- - - -
- - - -
22021 uint
RW
22010 uint
R
0x7A
(122)
1
3
- - - 22003 uint
R
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
58
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Operations Page
Range Default
No Display
Profile Status
Profile State
Read currentProfile state.
Off (62)
Running (149)
Pause (146)
- - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
5282
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7A
(122)
1
2
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 22002 uint
R
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
59
•
Chapter 3 Operations Page
4
Chapter 4: Setup Pages
Control Module Setup Page Parameters
To navigate to the Setup Page using the RUI, follow the steps below:
1. From the Home Page, press and hold both the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for six seconds. [``Ai] will appear in the upper display and [`Set] will appear in the lower display.
4. If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and then press the Advance Key
‰
to enter.
5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through available menu prompts.
Note:
If keys are released when [OPEr] is displayed, press the til
Infinity Key ˆ
[`Set] or reset key to exit and repeat unis displayed.
6. Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards through the levels: parameter to submenu; submenu to menu; menu to Home Page.
7. Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home Page.
2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available menus.
On the following pages, top level menus are identified with a yellow background color.
3. Press the Advance Key choice.
‰
to enter the menu of
Note:
Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.
Note:
Some of the listed parameters may not be visible. Parameter visibility is dependent upon controller part number.
[``Ai]
[`Set]
Analog Input Menu
[```1]
[``Ai]
Analog Input 1 to 4
[`SEn] Sensor Type
[`Lin] TC Linearization
[`rt;L] RTD Leads
[Unit] Units
[`S;Lo] Scale Low
[`S;hi] Scale High
[`r;Lo] Range Low
[`r;hi] Range High
[`P;EE] Process Error Enable
[`P;EL] Process Error Low Value
[``t;C] Thermistor Curve
[``r;r] Resistance Range
[`FiL] Filter
[`i;er] Error Latching
[`dEC] Display Precision
[`i;Ca] Calibration Offset **
[`Ain]
Value **
[`i;Er] Error Status **
[``Pu]
[`Set]
Process Value
[```1]
[``Pu]
Process Value 1 to 4
[``Fn] Function
[SFn;A] Source Function A
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A
[SFn;b] Source Function B
[`Si;b]
Source Instance B
[`S2b] Source Zone B
[SFn;C] Source Function C
[`Si;C]
Source Instance C
[`S2;C] Source Zone C
[SFn;D] Source Function D
[`Si;D]
Source Instance D
[`S2;d] Source Zone D
[SFn;E] Source Function E
[`Si;E]
Source Instance E
[`S2;E]
Source Zone E
[``C;P]
Cross Over Point
[``C;b]
Cross Over Band
[P;unt]
Pressure Units
[A;unt]
Altitude Units
[`b;Pr]
Barometric Pressure
[`FiL] Filter
[`dio]
[`Set]
Digital Input/Output Menu
[```1]
[`dio]
Digital Input/Output 7 to 12
[`dir]
Direction
[``Fn]
Function
[``Fi]
Function Instance
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A
[`o;Ct]
Control
[`o;tb]
Time Base
[`o;Lo]
Low Power Scale
[`o;hi]
High Power Scale
[`ACt]
[`Set]
Action Menu
[```1]
[`ACt]
Action 1 to 8
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
60
•
[``Fn]
Function
[``Fi]
Function Instance
[SFn;A] Source Function A
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A
[`LEu]
Active Level
[LiM]
[`Set]
Limit Menu
[```1]
[LiM]
Limit 1 to 4
[`L;SD]
Sides
[`L;hy] Hysteresis
[SP;Lh]
Set Point High Limit
[SP;LL]
Set Point Low Limit
[`Lh;S] High Set Point **
[`LL;S] Low Set Point **
[SFn;A] Source Function A **
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A **
[`S2;A] Source Zone A **
[`l;Cr] Clear Request **
[`l;st] Status **
[Loop]
[`Set]
Control Loop Menu
[```1]
[Loop]
Control Loop 1 to 4
[SFn;A]
Source Function A
[`is;A]
Source Instance A
[`h;Ag]
Heat Algorithm
[`C;Ag]
Cool Algorithm
[`C;Cr]
Cool Output Curve
[`h;Pb] Heat Proportional Band **
Chapter 4 Setup Page
[`h;hy]
Heat Hysteresis **
[`C;Pb]
Cool Proportional Band **
[`C;hy]
Cool Hysteresis **
[``ti]
Time Integral **
[``td]
Time Derivative **
[``db]
Dead Band **
[t;tUn]
TRU-TUNE+
®
Enable
[t;bnd]
TRU-TUNE+ Band
[`t;gn]
TRU-TUNE+ Gain
[A;tSP] Autotune Set Point **
[t;Agr]
Autotune Aggressiveness
[`P;dl] Peltier Delay
[`r;En]
Remote Set Point Enable
[SFn;b] Source Function B
[`Si;b]
Source Instance B
[`S2;b] Source Zone B
[`r;ty]
Remote Set Point Type
[`UFA]
User Failure Action
[FAiL]
Input Error Failure
[MAn]
Fixed Power
[`L;dE]
Open Loop Detect Enable
[`L;dt]
Open Loop Detect Time
[`L;dd]
Open Loop Detect Deviation
[``rp]
Ramp Action
[`r;SC]
Ramp Scale
[`r;rt]
Ramp Rate
[Pro;E]
Profiling Enable
[`L;SP] Low Set Point
[`h;SP]
High Set Point
[`C;SP]
Closed Loop Set Point **
[`id;S]
Idle Set Point **
[SP;Lo]
Set Point Open Limit Low
[SP;hi]
Set Point Open Limit High
[`o;SP] Open Loop Set Point **
[`C;M] Control Mode **
[otpt]
[`Set]
Output Menu
[```1]
[otpt]
Output 1 to 8
[``Fn]
Function
[``Fi]
Function Instance
[`S2;A]
Source Zone
[`o;Ct]
Control
[`o;tb]
Time Base
[`o;Lo]
Low Power Scale
[`o;hi]
High Power Scale
[otpt]
Output 1, 3, 5 or 7 process
[`o;ty]
Type
[``Fn]
Function
[``Fi]
Function Instance
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A
[`S;Lo]
Scale Low
[`S;hi]
Scale High
[`r;Lo]
Range Low
[`r;hi]
Range High
[`o;CA]
Calibration Offset
[ALM]
[`Set]
Alarm Menu
[```1]
[ALM]
Alarm 1 to 8
[`A;ty]
Type
[`sr;a] Source
[`is;a]
Source Instance
[`S2;A]
Source Zone
[loop]
Control Loop
[`A;hy] Hysteresis
[`a;Lg]
Logic
[`A;SD]
Sides
[`A;Lo] Low Set Point **
[`A;hi]
High Set Point **
[`a;LA]
Latching
[`A;bL]
Blocking
[`a;Si]
Silencing
[A;dsp]
Display
[`A;dL]
Delay Time
[a;Clr] Clear Request **
[a;sir] Silence Request **
[`a;st] State **
[CUrr]
[`Set]
Current Menu
[```1]
[CUrr]
Current 1 to 4
[`C;Sd]
Sides
[`C;Ur]
Read Enable
[`C;dt]
Detection Threshold
[`C;SC]
Input Current Scaling
[C;ofs]
Heater Current Offset
[`C;Si]
Output Source Instance
[`Lnr]
[`Set]
Linearization Menu
[```1]
[`Lnr]
Linearization 1 to 4
[``Fn]
Function
[SFn;A]
Source Function A
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A
[Unit] Units
[`ip;1] Input Point 1
[`op;1] Output Point 1
[`ip;2] Input Point 2
[`op;2] Output Point 2
[`ip;3] Input Point 3
[`op;3] Output Point 3
[`ip;4] Input Point 4
[`op;4] Output Point 4
[`ip;5] Input Point 5
[`op;5] Output Point 5
[`ip;6] Input Point 6
[`op;6] Output Point 6
[`ip;7] Input Point 7
[`op;7] Output Point 7
[`ip;8] Input Point 8
[`op;8] Output Point 8
[`ip;9] Input Point 9
[`op;1] Output Point 9
[ip;10] Input Point 10
[op;10] Output Point 10
[`CPE]
[`Set]
Compare Menu
[```1]
[`CPE]
Compare 1 to 4
[``Fn]
Function
[`toL]
Tolerance
[SFn;A]
Source Function A
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A
[SFn;B]
Source Function B
[`Si;b]
Source Instance B
[`S2;b]
Source Zone B
[`Er;h]
Error Handling
[tMr]
[
`Set]
Timer Menu
[```1]
[tMr]
Timer 1 to 4
[``Fn]
Function
[SFn;A]
Source Function A
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A
[SAS;A]
Source Active State A
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
61
•
[SFn;B]
Source Function B
[`Si;b]
Source Instance B
[`S2;b]
Source Zone B
[SAS;b]
Source Active State B
[``ti]
Time
[`LEu]
Active Level
[`Ctr]
[`Set]
Counter Menu
[```1]
[`Ctr]
Counter 1 to 4
[``Fn]
Function
[SFn;A]
Source Function A
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A
[SAS;A]
Source Active State A
[SFn;B]
Source Function B
[`Si;b]
Source Instance B
[`S2;b]
Source Zone B
[SAS;b]
Source Active State B
[LoAd]
Load Value
[trgt]
Target Value
[`lat] Latching
[`LgC]
[`Set]
Logic Menu
[```1]
[`LgC]
Logic 1 to 4
[``Fn]
Function
[SFn;A]
Source Function A
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A
[SFn;B]
Source Function B
[`Si;B]
Source Instance B
[`S2;B]
Source Zone B
[SFn;C]
Source Function C
[`Si;C]
Source Instance C
[`S2;C]
Source Zone C
[SFn;D]
Source Function D
[`Si;D]
Source Instance D
[`S2;D]
Source Zone D
[SFn;E]
Source Function E
[`Si;E]
Source Instance E
[`S2;E]
Source Zone E
[SFn;F]
Source Function F
[`Si;F]
Source Instance F
[`S2;F]
Source Zone F
[SFn;G]
Source Function G
[`Si;G]
Source Instance G
[`S2;G]
Source Zone G
[SFn;H]
Source Function H
[`Si;H]
Source Instance H
[`S2;H]
Source Zone H
[`Er;h]
Error Handling
[MAt]
[`Set]
Math Menu
[```1]
[MAt]
Math 1 to 8
[``Fn]
Function
[SFn;A]
Source Function A
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A
[SFn;B]
Source Function B
[`Si;B]
Source Instance B
[`S2;B]
Source Zone B
[SFn;C]
Source Function C
[`Si;C]
Source Instance C
[`S2;C]
Source Zone C
[SFn;D]
Source Function D
[`Si;D]
Source Instance D
[`S2;D]
Source Zone D
Chapter 4 Setup Page
[SFn;E]
Source Function E
[`Si;E]
Source Instance E
[`S2;E]
Source Zone E
[`S;Lo] Scale Low
[`S;hi] Scale High
[Unit] Units
[`r;Lo] Range Low
[`r;hi] Range High
[p;unt] Pressure Units
[a;unt] Altitude Units
[`FiL] Filter
[`SoF]
[`Set]
Special Output Function Menu
[```1]
[`SoF]
Special Output Function 1 to 4
[``Fn]
Function
[SFn;A]
Source Function A
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A
[SFn;B]
Source Function B
[`Si;B]
Source Instance B
[`S2;B]
Source Zone B
[Pon;A]
Power On Level 1
[PoF;A]
Power Off Level 1
[Pon;b]
Power On Level 2
[PoF;b]
Power Off Level 2
[`on;t]
On Time
[`of;t]
Off Time
[``t;t]
Valve Travel Time
[``db]
Dead Band
[`os;1]
Output 1 Size
[`os;2]
Output 2 Size
[`os;3]
Output 3 Size
[`os;4]
Output 4 Size
[`t;dl]
Time Delay
[`ot;o]
Output Order
[`uAr]
[`Set]
Variable Menu
[```1]
[`uAr]
Variable 1 to 8
[type] Data Type
[Unit] Units
[`dig]
Digital
[AnLg] Analog
[gLbL]
[`Set]
Global Menu
[gLbl]
Global
[`C_F]
Display Units
[AC;LF]
AC Line Frequency
[sutb] Synchronized Variable
Time Base
[d;prs] Display Pairs
[Usr;s] User Settings Save
[Usr;r]
[`PRo]
[`Set]
Profile Menu
[`PRo]
Profile
[r;typ]
Ramping Type
[P;typ]
Profile Type
[`gSE]
Guaranteed Soak Enable
[gsd1]
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1
[gsd2]
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 2
[gsd3]
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 3
[gsd4]
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 4
[CM;E] Control Mode Enable
[W;M]
Wait for Mode
[SFn;A]
Source Function A
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A
[SFn;B]
Source Function B
[`Si;B]
Source Instance B
[`S2;B]
Source Zone B
[SFn;C]
Source Function C
[`Si;C]
Source Instance C
[`S2;C]
Source Zone C
[SFn;D]
Source Function D
[`Si;D]
Source Instance D
[`S2;D]
Source Zone D
[SFn;E]
Source Function E
[`Si;E]
Source Instance E
[`S2;E]
Source Zone E
[SFn;F]
Source Function F
[`Si;F]
Source Instance F
[`S2;F]
Source Zone F
[SFn;G]
Source Function G
[`Si;G]
Source Instance G
[`S2;G]
Source Zone G
[SFn;H]
Source Function H
[`Si;H]
Source Instance H
[`S2;H]
Source Zone H
[COM]
[`Set]
Communications Menu
[COM]
Communications
[bAUd]
Baud Rate
[`PAr]
Parity
[M;hL]
Modbus Word Order
[`C_f] Display Units
[`nu;s] Non-volatile Save
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
62
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
RMC Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
[``Ai]
[`Set]
Analog Input Menu
[`Sen]
[ SEn]
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Sensor Type
Set the analog sensor type to match the device wired to this input.
Note:
There is no open sensor protection for process inputs.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[``tC]
Thermocouple (95)
[`mu]
Millivolts (56)
[uolT]
Volts dc (104)
[`MA]
Milliamps dc (112)
[r0;1H]
RTD 100 Ω (113)
[r1;0H]
RTD 1,000 Ω (114)
[`Pot]
Potentiometer 1 kΩ
(155)
[thEr]
Thermistor (229)
[`Lin]
[ Lin]
Analog Input (1 to 4)
TC Linearization
Set the linearization to match the thermocouple wired to this input.
[```b]
B (11)
[```H]
K (48)
[```C]
C (15)
[```n]
N (58)
[```d]
D (23)
[```r]
R (80)
[```E]
E (26)
[```S]
S (84)
[```F]
F (30)
[```t]
T (93)
[```J]
J (46)
[`Rt;L]
[ rt.L]
Analog Input (1 to 4)
RTD Leads
Set to match the number of leads on the RTD wired to this input.
[```2]
2 (1)
[```3]
3 (2)
[Unit]
[Unit]
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Units
Set the type of units the sensor will measure.
[`A;tP]
Absolute Temperature
(1540)
[``rh]
Relative Humidity
(1538)
[`Pro]
Process (75)
[PWr]
Power (73)
[`S;Lo]
[ S.Lo]
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Scale Low
Set the low scale for process inputs. This value, in millivolts, volts or milliamps, will correspond to the Range Low output of this function block.
-100.0 to 1,000.0
[`S;hi]
[ S.hi]
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Scale High
Set the high scale for process inputs. This value, in millivolts, volts or milliamperes, will correspond to the Range
High output of this function block.
-100.0 to 1,000.0
Thermocouple or
Thermistor
368
[offset 90]
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
5
J
2
Process
0.0
20.0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
370
[offset 90]
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
6
372
[offset 90]
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
7
442
[offset 90]
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
0x2A (42)
388
[offset 90]
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
0xF (15)
390
[offset 90]
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
0x10 (16)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
3
4
- - - -
5
6
7
4005 uint
RWES
4006 uint
RWES
4007 uint
RWES
4042 uint
RWES
4015 float
RWES
4016 float
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
63
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
RMC Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range
[`r;Lo]
[ r.Lo]
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Range Low
Set the low range for this function block's output.
[`r;hi]
[ r.hi]
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Range High
Set the high range for this function block's output.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`P;EE]
[ P.EE]
[`P;EL]
[ P.EL]
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Process Error Enable
Turn the Process Error
Low feature on or off.
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Process Error Low
Value
If the process value drops below this value, it will trigger an input error.
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Thermistor Curve
Select a curve to apply to the thermistor input.
[`off]
[Low]
Off (62)
Low (53)
-100.0 to 1,000.0
[``t;C]
[ t.C]
[``r;r]
[ r.r]
[`FiL]
[ FiL]
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Filter
Filtering smooths out the process signal to both the display and the input. Increase the time to increase filtering.
0.0 to 60.0 seconds
[`i;Er]
[ i.Er]
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Resistance Range
Set the maximum resistance of the thermistor input.
[```A]
Curve A (1451)
[```b]
Curve B (1452)
[```C]
Curve C (1453)
[CUSt]
Custom (180)
[`dEC]
[ dEC]
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Error Latching
Turn input error latching on or off. If latching is on, errors must be manually cleared.
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Display Precision
Set the precision of the displayed value.
[```5]
5K (1448)
[``10]
10K (1360)
[``20]
[``40]
[`off]
Off (62)
[``on]
On (63)
[```0]
20K (1361)
40K (1449)
Whole (105)
[``0;0]
Tenths (94)
[`0;00]
Hundredths (40)
[0;000]
Thousandths (96)
Default
0.0
9,999
Off
0.0
Curve A
40K
0.5
Off
Whole
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
392
[offset 90]
394
[offset 90]
418
[offset 90]
420
[offset 90]
434
[offset 90]
432
[offset 90]
386
[offset 90]
414
[offset 90]
398
[offset 90]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
0x11 (17)
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
0x12 (18)
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
0x1E (30)
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
0x1F (31)
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
0x26 (38)
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
0x25 (37)
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
0xE (14)
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
0x1C (28)
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
0x14 (20)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
8
9
10
11
- - - -
- - - -
12
- - - -
- - - -
4017
4018
4030
4031
4038
4037
4014
4028
4020 float
RWES float
RWES uint
RWES float
RWES uint
RWES uint
RWES float
RWES uint
RWES uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
64
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
382
[offset 90]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
0xC (12)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
2 4012 float
RWES
[`i;Ca]
[ i.CA]
[`Ain]
[ Ain]
[`i;Er]
[ i.Er]
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Calibration Offset **
Offset the input reading to compensate for lead wire resistance or other factors that cause the input reading to vary from the actual process value.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Value **
View the process value.
Note:
Ensure that the Error Status (below) indicates no error (61) when reading this value using a field bus protocol. If an error exists, the last known value prior to the error occurring will be returned.
Analog Input (1 to 4)
Input Error **
View the cause of the most recent error.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
[nonE]
None (61)
[OPEn]
Open (65)
[Shrt]
Shorted (127)
[`E;M]
Measurement Error
(140)
[E;CAL]
Bad Calibration Data
(139)
[Er;Ab]
Ambient Error (9)
[E;;Rtd]
RTD Error (141)
[FAiL]
Fail (32)
0.0
- - - -
- - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
360
[offset 90]
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
1
362
[offset 90]
0x68 (104)
1 to 4
2
0
1
4001 float
R
4002 uint
R
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
65
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
[``Pu]
[`Set]
Process Value Menu
[``Fn]
[ Fn]
[SFn;A]
[SFn.A]
[Si;A]
[ Si.A]
Process Value (1 to 4)
Function
Set the function that will be applied to the source or sources.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[`S;bA]
Sensor Backup (1201)
[`Aug]
Average (1367)
[``C;o]
Crossover (1368)
[`W;b]
Wet Bulb Dry Bulb
(1369)
[``S;o]
Switch Over (1370)
[diFF]
Differential (1373)
[rAti]
Ratio (1374)
[`add]
Add (1375)
[MUL]
Multiply (1376)
[A;diF]
Absolute Difference
(1377)
[Min]
Minimum (1378)
[MAH]
Maximum (1379)
[root]
Square Root (1380)
[usla]
Vaisala (1648)
[`alt]
Pressure to Altitude
(1649)
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Function A
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[``Ai]
Analog Input (142)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Instance A
Set the instance of the function selected above.
1 to 250
[SFn;b]
[SFn.b]
[`si;b]
[ Si.b]
[`s2;b]
[ SZ.b]
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Function B
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[nonE]
None (61)
[``Ai]
Analog Input, (142)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[mat]
Math (240)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
1 to 250
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Instance B
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Zone B
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16
Off
Analog
Input
None
1
0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
3440
[offset 70]
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
0x15 (21)
3400
[offset 70]
3410
[offset 70]
3402
[offset 70]
3412
[offset 70]
3422
[offset 70]
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
1
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
7
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
0xC(12)
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
6
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
2
123
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
26021 uint
RWES
26001 uint
RWES
26006 uint
RWES
26002 uint
RWES
26007 uint
RWES
26012 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
66
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[SFn;C]
[SFn.C]
[`si;C]
[ Si.C]
[`s2;C]
[ SZ.C]
[SFn;d]
[SFn.d]
[`si;d]
[ Si.d]
[`s2;d]
[ SZ.E]
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Function C
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[nonE]
None (61)
[``Ai]
Analog Input (142)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[mat]
Math (240)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
1 to 250
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Instance C
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Zone C
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Function D
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[nonE]
None (61)
[``Ai]
Analog Input, (142)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[mat]
Math (240)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
1 to 250
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Instance D
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Zone D
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16
None
1
0
None
1
0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
3404
[offset 70]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
3
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 26003 uint
RWES
3414
[offset 70]
3424
[offset 70]
3406
[offset 70]
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
8
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
0x0D (13)
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
4
3416
[offset 70]
3426
[offset 60]
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
9
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
0x0E (14)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
26008 uint
RWES
26013 uint
RWES
26004 uint
RWES
26009 uint
RWES
26014 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
67
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[SFn;E]
[SFn.E]
[`si;E]
[ Si.E]
[`s2;E]
[ SZ.E]
[``C;P]
[ C.P]
[``C;B]
[ C.b]
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Function E
Set the type of function that will be used by this source to trigger a switch between Source A and Source B.
[nonE]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
1 to 250
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Instance E
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Process Value (1 to 4)
Source Zone E
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16
Process Value (1 to 4)
Cross Over Point
When the value of source A is <= cross over point - crossover band divided by 2 then the output value will use source A.
-1999.000 to 9999.000
Process Value (1 to 4)
Cross Over Band
The source will transition between Source
A and Source B when within this band at a progressive rate
-1999.000 to 9999.000
None
1
0
100.0
10.0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
3408
[offset 70]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
5
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 26005 uint
RWES
3418
[offset 70]
3428
[offset 70]
3446
[offset 70]
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
0xA (10)
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
0xF (15)
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
0x18 (24)
3448
[offset 70]
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
0x19 (25)
- - - -
- - - -
26010 uint
RWES
26015 uint
RWES
26024 float
RWES
26025 float
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
68
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[p;unt]
[P.unt]
[a;unt]
[A.unt]
[`b;pr]
[ b.Pr]
[`Fil]
[ FiL]
Process Value (1 - 4)
Pressure Units
If Process Value function is set for Pressure to Altitude units, define units of measure for conversion.
[`psi]
Pounds per Square Inch
(1671)
[pasc]
Pascal (1674)
[atm]
Atmosphere (1675)
[mbr]
Millibar (1672)
[torr]
Torr (1673)
PSI
HFt
Process Value (1 - 4)
Altitude Units
If Process Value function is set for Pressure to Altitude units, define units of measure for conversion.
[`Hft]
Kilofeet (1677)
[``ft]
Feet (1676)
Process Value (1 - 4)
Barometric Pressure
If Process Value function is set for Wet Bulb / Dry
Bulb, define pressure value used for humidity calculation.
10.0 to 16.0
14.7
Process Value (1 to 4)
Filter
Filtering smooths out the output signal of this function block. Increase the time to increase filtering.
0.0 to 60.0 seconds 0.0
[`dio]
[`Set]
Digital Input/Output Menu
[`dir]
[ dir]
Digital Input/Output (7 to 12)
Direction
Set this function to operate as an input or output.
[OtPt]
Output (68)
[``in]
Input Voltage (193)
[iCon]
Input Dry Contact (44)
Output
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
3454
[offset 70]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7E
(126)
1 to 2
0x1C (28)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 26028 uint
RWES
3456
[offset 70]
0x7E
(126)
1 to 2
0x1D (29)
3458
[offset 70]
0x7E
(126)
1 to 2
0x1E (30)
3450
[offset 70]
0x7E
(126)
1 to 4
0x1A (26)
1200
[offset 30]
0x6A
(106)
7 to 12
1
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
82
26029 uint
RWES
26030 float
RWES
26026 float
RWES
6001 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
69
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[``Fn]
[ Fn]
[``Fi]
[ Fi]
[`S2;A]
[ SZ.A]
Digital Output (7 to 12)
Function
Select what function will drive this output.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[``ai]
Analog Input (142)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power, Control
Loop (160)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[`lnr]
Linearization (238)
[mat]
Math (240)
[``pu]
Process Value (241)
[SoF;1]
Special Function Output
1 (1532)
[SoF;2]
Special Function Output
2 (1533)
[SoF;3]
Special Function Output
3 (1534)
[SoF;4]
Special Function Output
4 (1535)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
Off
1 to 250 1
Digital Output (7 to 12)
Function Instance
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Digital Output (7 to 12)
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16 0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
1208
[offset 30]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x 6A
(106)
7 to 12
5
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
83 6005 uint
RWES
1210
[offset 30]
1222
[offset 30]
0x6A
(106)
7 to 12
6
0x6A
(106)
7 to 12
0xC (12)
84
- - - -
6006 uint
RWES
6012 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
70
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[`o;Ct]
[ o.Ct]
Digital Output (7 to 12)
Control
Set the output control type. This parameter is only used with PID control, but can be set anytime.
[`o;tb]
[ o.tb]
[`o;Lo]
[ o.Lo]
[`o;hi]
[ o.hi]
Digital Output (7 to 12)
Time Base
Set the time base for fixed-time-base control.
Digital Output (7 to 12)
Low Power Scale
The power output will never be less than the value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling begins.
Digital Output (7 to 12)
High Power Scale
The power output will never be greater than the value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling stops.
[`Ftb]
Fixed Time Base (34)
[`utb]
Variable Time Base
(103)
0.1 to 60.0 seconds
0.0 to 100.0
0.0 to 100.0
Fixed
Time
Base
1.0
0.0
100.0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
1204
[offset 30]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x6A
(106)
7 to 12
2
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
85 6002 uint
RWES
1202
[offset 30]
1216
[offset 30]
1218
[offset 30]
0x6A
(106)
7 to 12
3
0x6A
(106)
7 to 12
9
0x6A
(106)
7 to 12
A (10)
86
87
88
6003 float
RWES
6009 float
RWES
6010 float
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
71
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
[`ACt]
[`SEt]
Action Menu
[``Fn]
[ Fn]
[``Fi]
[ Fi]
Action (1 to 8)
Function
Set the action that will be triggered by this function.
Note:
The Limit Reset function is not available in this menu for firmware revision 6.0 and above.
To reset a tripped limit see the section entitled
[nonE]
None (61)
[USr;r]
User Settings Restore
(227)
[L;Mr]
Limit Reset (82)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`SiL]
Silence Alarms (108)
[`AoF]
Control Loops Off and
Alarms to Non-alarm State
(220)
[`F;AL]
Force Alarm to Occur
(218)
[idLE]
Idle Set Point (107)
[tUnE]
Tune (98)
[MAn]
Manual (54)
[`oFF]
Switch Control Loop
Off (90)
[`r;En]
Remote Set Point Enable (216)
[`t;dA]
TRU-TUNE+ ® Disable
(219)
[P;diS]
Profile Disable (206)
[P;hoL]
Profile Hold/Resume
(207)
[ProF]
Start Profile (196)
[P;StS]
Profile Start/Stop (208)
Action (1 to 8)
Function Instance
Set the instance of the function selected above.
0 to 25
None
0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
1584
[offset 20]
1586
[offset 20]
0x6E
(110)
1 to 8
3
0x6E
(110)
1 to 8
4
138
139
10003 uint
RWES
10004 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
72
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[SFn;A]
[SFn.A]
[`Si;A]
[ Si.A]
[`S2;A]
[ SZ.A]
[`LEu]
[ LEv]
Action (1 to 8)
Source Function A
Set the event or function that will trigger the action.
[[nonE]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[lim]
Limit (126)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
1 to 250
Action (1 to 8)
Source Instance A
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Action (1 to 8)
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16
Action (1 to 8)
Active Level
Set the action that will be considered a true state.
[LoW]
Low (53)
[high]
High (37)
None
1
0
High
[Lim]
[`Set]
Limit Menu
[`L;Sd]
[ L.Sd]
Limit (1 to 4)
Sides
Select which side or sides of the process value will be monitored.
[both]
[high]
[LoW]
Both (13)
High (37)
Low (53)
Both
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
1590
[offset 20]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x6E
(110)
1 to 8
6
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 10006 uint
RWES
1582
[offset 20]
1592
[offset 20]
1580
[offset 20]
0x6E
(110)
1 to 8
2
0x6E
(110)
1 to 8
7
0x6E
(110)
1 to 8
1
728
[offset 30]
0x70 (112)
1 to 4
5
- - - -
- - - -
137
40
10002 uint
RWES
10007 uint
RWES
10001 uint
RWES
12005 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
73
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
3.0°F or units
2.0°C
Modbus
Relative
Address
722
[offset 30]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x70 (112)
1 to 4
2
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
41 12002 float
RWES
[`L;hy]
[ L.hy]
[SP;Lh]
[SP.Lh]
[SP;Ll]
[SP.LL]
Limit (1 to 4)
Hysteresis
Set the hysteresis for the limit function. This determines how far into the safe range the process value must move before the limit can be cleared.
Limit (1 to 4)
Set Point High Limit
Set the high end of the limit set point range.
Limit (1 to 4)
Set Point Low Limit
Set the low end of the limit set point range.
[`Lh;S]
[ Lh.S]
[`LL;S]
[ LL.S]
[SFn;A]
[SFn.A]
Limit (1 to 4)
High Set Point **
Set the high process value that will trigger the limit.
Limit (1 to 4)
Low Set Point **
Set the low process value that will trigger the limit.
Limit (1 to 4)
Source Function A **
Set the source for the limit reset function.
0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units
0.001 to 5,555.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
[nonE]
None (61)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
9,999.000 736
[offset 30]
0x70 (112)
1 to 4
9
-1,999.000 738
[offset 30]
0x70 (112)
1 to 4
0xA (10)
0.0°F or units
-18.0°C
0.0°F or units
-18.0°C
None
726
[offset 30]
0x70 (112)
1 to 4
4
724
[offset 30]
0x70 (112)
1 to 4
3
748
[offset 30]
0x70 (112)
1 to 4
0x0F (15)
42
43
39
38
- - - -
12009 float
RWES
12010 float
RWES
12004 float
RWES
12003 float
RWES
12015 uint
RWES
[`Si;A]
[ Si.A]
Limit (1 to 4)
Source Instance A **
Set the instance of the function selected above.
1 to 250 1 - - - -
[`S2;a]
[ SZ.A]
[`lCr]
[ LCr]
[`l;st]
[ L.St]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Source Zone A **
Set the zone of the function selected above.
Limit (1 to 4)
Limit Clear Request
**
Clear limit once limit condition is safe.
Limit (1 to 4)
Status **
Reflects whether or not the limit is in a safe or failed mode.
0 to 16
Clear (0)
No Change (255)
Fail (32)
Safe (1667)
0
- - - -
- - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
- - - -
720
[offset 30]
744
[offset 30]
0x70 (112)
1 to 4
0x10 (16)
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
0x11 (17)
0x70 (112)
1 to 4
1
0x70 (112)
1 to 4
0x0D (13)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
12016 uint
RWES
12017 uint
RWES
12001 uint
W
12013 uint
R
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
74
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
RMC Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
[LooP]
[`Set]]
Control Loop Menu
[SFn;A]
[SFn.A]
[`is;a]
[ iS.A]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Source Function A
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Source Instance A
Source Instance A follows the Control Loop and is not changeable
[``Ai]
Analog Input (142)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
1 to 250
Analog
Input
- - - -
2276
[offset 70]
- - - -
[`h;Ag]
[ h.Ag]
[`C;Ag]
[ C.Ag]
[`C;Cr]
[ C.Cr]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Heat Algorithm
Set the heat control method.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Cool Algorithm
Set the cool control method.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Cool Output Curve
Select a cool output curve to change the responsiveness of the system.
[`oFF]
[`Pid]
[on;of]
[`oFF]
[`Pid]
PID (71)
[on;of]
On-Off (64)
[`oFF]
Off (62)
PID (71)
On-Off (64)
Off (62)
Off (62)
[`Cr;A]
Non-linear Curve 1 (214)
[`Cr;b]
Non-linear Curve 2 (215)
PID
Off
Off
2224
[offset 70]
2226
[offset 70]
2228
[offset 70]
[`h;Pb]
[ h.Pb]
[`h;hy]
[ h.hy]
[`C;Pb]
[ C.Pb]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Heat Proportional
Band **
Set the PID proportional band for the heat outputs.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Heat Hysteresis **
Set the control switching hysteresis for on-off control. This determines how far into the
“on” region the process value needs to move before the output turns on.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Cool Proportional
Band **
Set the PID proportional band for the cool outputs.
0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units
0.001 to 5,555.000°C
0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units
0.001 to 5,555.000°C
0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units
0.001 to 5,555.000°C
25.0°F or units
14.0°C
3.0°F or units
2.0°C
25.0°F or units
14.0°C
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
2230
[offset 70]
2240
[offset 70]
2232
[offset 70]
0x97 (151)
1 to 4
0x1D (29)
- - - -
0x97 (151)
1 to 4
3
0x97 (151)
1 to 4
4
0x97 (151)
1 to 4
5
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
6
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
0xB (11)
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
7
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
- - - -
72
73
- - - -
65
66
67
8050
8021
8003
8004
8038
8009
8010
8012
RWE
R uint
RWES uint
RWES uint
RWES float
RWES float
RWES float
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
75
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
RMC Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range
[`C;hy]
[ C.hy]
[``ti]
[ ti]
[``td]
[ td]
[``dB]
[ db]
[t;tUn]
[t.tUn]
[t;bnd]
[t.bnd]
[`t;gn]
[ t.gn]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Cool Hysteresis **
Set the control switching hysteresis for on-off control. This determines how far into the
“on” region the process value needs to move before the output turns on.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Time Integral **
Set the PID integral for the outputs.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Time Derivative **
Set the PID derivative time for the outputs.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Dead Band **
Set the offset to the proportional band.
With a negative value, both heating and cooling outputs are active when the process value is near the set point.
A positive value keeps heating and cooling outputs from fighting each other.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
TRU-TUNE+ ® Enable
Enable or disable the
TRU-TUNE+ ® adaptive tuning feature.
0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units
0.001 to 5,555.000°C
0 to 9,999 seconds per repeat
0 to 9,999 seconds
-1,000.0 to 1,000.0°F or units
-556 to 556°C
[``no]
[`YES}
Control Loop (1 to 4)
TRU-TUNE+ ® Band
Set the range, centered on the set point, within which TRU-TUNE+ ® will be in effect. Use this function only if the controller is unable to adaptive tune automatically.
0 to 100
Control Loop (1 to 4)
TRU-TUNE+
®
Gain
Select the responsiveness of the TRU-
TUNE+
®
adaptive tuning calculations. More responsiveness may increase overshoot.
1 to 6
No (59)
Yes (106)
Default
3.0°F or units
2.0°C
180 sec-
0 onds per repeat seconds
0.0
No
0
3
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
2242
[offset 70]
2234
[offset 70]
2236
[offset 70]
2238
[offset 70]
2250
[offset 70]
2252
[offset 70]
2254
[offset 70]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
0xC (12)
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
8
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
9
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
0xA (10)
0x97 (151)
1 to 4
10 (16)
0x97 (151)
1 to 4
0x11 (17)
0x97 (151)
1 to 4
0x12 (18)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
68
69
70
71
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
8013
8006
8007
8008
8022
8034
8035 float
RWES float
RWES float
RWES float
RWES uint
RWES uint
RWES uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
76
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[A;tSP]
[A.tSP}
[t;Agr]
[t.Agr]
[`p;dl]
[ P.dL]
[`r;En]
[ r.En]
[SFn;b]
[SFn.b]
[`Si;B]
[ Si.b]
[`S2;b]
[ SZ.b]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Autotune Set Point **
Set the set point that the autotune will use, as a percentage of the current set point.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Autotune Aggressiveness
Select the aggressiveness of the autotuning calculations.
50.0 to 200.0%
[Undr]
Under damped (99)
[Crit]
Critical damped (21)
[OuEr]
Over damped (69)
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Peltier Delay
Set a value that will cause a delay when switching from heat PID mode to cool PID mode.
0.0 to 5.0 seconds
[``no]
No (59)
[`YES}
Yes (106)
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Remote Set Point Enable
Set whether this loop will use a remote set point.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Source Function B
Set the function that will provide the remote set point.
90.0
Critical
0.0
No
[nonE]
None (61)
[``Ai]
Analog Input (142)
[CUrr]
Current (22)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power, Control
Loop (160)
[PWr]
Power, Control Loop (73)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[MAt]
Math (240)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
[`SP;C]
Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)
[`SP;o]
Set Point Open, Control
Loop (243)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Source Instance B
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Source Zone B
Set the zone of the function selected above.
1 to 250
0 to 16
1
0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
2258
[offset 70]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
0x14 (20)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 8025 float
RWES
2256
[offset 70]
0x97 (151)
1 to 4
0x13 (19)
2274
[offset 70]
0x97 (151)
1 to 4
0x1C (28)
2540
[offset 80]
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
0x15 (21)
2544
[offset 80]
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
0x17 (23)
2546
[offset 80]
2550
[offset 80]
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
0x18 (24)
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
0x1A (26)
- - - -
- - - -
48
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
8024 uint
RWES
8051 float
RWES
7021 uint
RWES
7023 uint
RWES
7024 uint
RWES
7026 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
77
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[`r;ty]
[ r.ty]
[`UFA]
[UFA]
[FAiL]
[FAiL]
[MAn]
[MAn]
[`L;dE]
[ L.dE]
[`L;dt]
[ L.dt]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Remote Set Point Type
Set what type of set point will be used.
[AUto]
Auto (10)
[MAn]
Manual (54)
Auto
Control Loop (1 to 4)
User Failure Action
Select what the controller outputs will do when the user switches control to manual mode.
[`oFF]
Off, sets output power to
0% (62)
[bPLS]
Bumpless transfer, maintains same output power, if it was less than 75% and stable, otherwise 0% (14)
[MAn]
Manual Power, sets output power to Fixed Power setting (54)
[USEr]
User, sets output power to last open-loop set point the user entered (100)
User
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Input Error Failure
Select what the controller outputs will do when an input error switches control to manual mode.
[`oFF]
Off, sets output power to
0% (62)
[bPLS]
Bumpless transfer, maintains same output power, if it was less than 75% and stable, otherwise 0% (14)
[MAn]
Manual Power, sets output power to Fixed Power setting (54)
[USEr]
User, sets output power to last open-loop set point the user entered (100)
User
0.0
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Fixed Power
Set the manual output power level that will take effect if an input error failure occurs while
User Failure Action is set to Manual Power.
Set Point Open Loop Limit Low to Set Point Open Loop Limit
High (Setup Page)
No
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Open Loop Detect Enable
Turn on the open-loop detect feature to monitor a closed-loop operation for the appropriate response.
[``no]
No (59)
[`YES}
Yes (106)
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Open Loop Detect
Time
The Open Loop Detect
Deviation value must occur for this time period to trigger an open-loop error.
0 to 3,600 seconds 240
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
2542
[offset 80]
2522
[offset 80]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
0x16 (22)
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
0xC (12)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
- - - -
7022
7012 uint
RWES uint
RWES
2524
[offset 80]
2520
[offset 80]
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
0xD (13)
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
0xB (11)
2262
[offset 70]
0x97 (151)
1 to 4
0x16 (22)
2264
[offset 70]
0x97 (151)
1 to 4
0x17 (23)
- - - -
- - - -
74
75
7013 uint
RWES
7011 float
RWES
8039 uint
RWES
8040 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
78
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
RMC Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
[`L;dd]
[ L.dd]
[``rP]
[ rP]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Open Loop Detect Deviation
Set the value that the process must deviate from the set point to trigger an open-loop error.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Ramp Action
Select when the controller's set point will ramp to the defined end set point.
[`r;SC]
[ r.SC]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Ramp Scale
Select the scale of the ramp rate.
units
[`oFF]
[`Str]
[StPt]
[both]
[hoUr]
[Min]
Range
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or
-1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C
Off (62)
Startup (88)
Set Point Change (85)
Both (13)
Hours (39)
Minutes (57)
Default
10.0°F or units
6.0°C
Off
Minutes
Modbus
Relative
Address
2266
[offset 70]
2526
[offset 80]
2528
[offset 80]
[`r;rt]
[ r.rt]
[Pro;E]
[Pro.E]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Ramp Rate
Set the rate for the set point ramp. Set the time units for the rate with the Ramp Scale parameter.
0.0 to 9,999.000°F or units
0.0 to 5,555.000°C
[``no]
No (59)
[`YES}
Yes (106)
[`L;SP]
[ L.SP]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Profiling Enable
Enable this loop to run profiles.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Low Set Point
Set the minimum value of the closed loop set point range.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
1.0°F or units
1.0°C
No
-1,999°F or units
-1,128°C
2532
[offset 80]
2552
[offset 80]
2504
[offset 80]
[`h;SP]
[ h.SP]
[`C;SP]
[ C.SP]
[`id;S]
[ id.S]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
High Set Point
Set the maximum value of the closed loop set point range.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Closed Loop Set Point
**
Set the set point that the controller will automatically control to.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Idle Set Point **
Set a closed loop set point that can be triggered by an event state.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
9,999°F or units
5,537°C
75.0°F or units
24.0°C
75.0°F or units
24.0°C
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
2506
[offset 80]
2500
[offset
80]
2516
[offset
80]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x97 (151)
1 to 4
0x18 (24)
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
0xE (14)
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
0xF (15)
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
0x11 (17)
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
0x1B (27)
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
3
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
4
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
1
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
9
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
76
56
57
58
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
49
50
8041
7014
7015
7017
7027
7003
7004
7001
7009 float
RWES uint
RWES uint
RWES float
RWES uint
RWES float
RWES float
RWES float
RWES float
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
79
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[SP;Lo]
[SP.Lo]
[SP;hi]
[SP.hi]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Set Point Open Limit
Low
Set the minimum value of the open-loop set point range.
-100.0 to 100.0%
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Set Point Open Limit
High
Set the maximum value of the open-loop set point range.
-100.0 to 100.0%
-100
100
[`o;SP]
[ o.SP]
[`C;M]
[ C.M]
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Open Loop Set Point
**
Set a fixed level of output power when in manual (open-loop) mode.
Control Loop (1 to 4)
Control Mode **
Select the method that this loop will use to control.
-100.0 to 100.0% (heat and cool) 0 to 100.0% (heat only)
-100.0 to 0% (cool only)
[`off]
Off (62)
[AUto]
Auto (10)
[MAn]
Manual (54)
0.0
Auto
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
2508
[offset 80]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
5
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
54 7005 float
RWES
2510
[offset 80]
2502
[offset
80]
2220
[offset
70]
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
6
0x6B
(107)
1 to 4
2
0x97
(151)
1 to 4
1
55
51
63
7006 float
RWES
7002
8001 float
RWES uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
80
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
[otpt]
[`Set]
Output Menu
[``Fn]
[ Fn]
[``Fi]
[ Fi]
Output Digital (1 to 8)
Function
Select what function will drive this output.
Note:
Limit function is available only for the slot in which the Limit resides.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[``ai]
Analog Input (142)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power, Control
Loop (160)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[`lnr]
Linearization (238)
[mat]
Math (240)
[``pu]
Process Value (241)
[SoF;1]
Special Function Output
1 (1532)
[SoF;2]
Special Function Output
2 (1533)
[SoF;3]
Special Function Output
3 (1534)
[SoF;4]
Special Function Output
4 (1535)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
[LiM]
Limit (126) off
Output Digital (1 to 8)
Function Instance
Set the instance of the function selected above.
1 to 250 1
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
1028
[offset 30]
1030
[offset 30]
0x6A
(106)
1 to 8
5
0x6A
(106)
1 to 4
6
96
- - - -
6005 uint
RWES
6006 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
81
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
RMC Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
[`S2;A]
[ SZ.A]
[`o;tb]
[ o.tb]
Output Digital (1 to 8)
Source Zone A
Set the instance of the function selected above.
[`o;Ct]
[ o.Ct]
Output Digital (1 to 8)
Control
Set the output control type. This parameter is only used with PID control, but can be set anytime.
Output Digital (1 to 8)
Time Base
Set the time base for fixed-time-base control.
0 to 16
[`Ftb]
Fixed Time Base (34)
[`utb]
Variable Time Base
(103)
0
Fixed
Time
Base
0.1 to 60.0 seconds (solid-state relay or switched dc)
5.0 to 60.0 seconds (mechanical relay or NO-ARC power control)
1.0 sec.
[SSR & sw dc]
20.0 sec.
[mech, relay,
NO-
ARC]
0.0%
[`o;Lo]
[ o.Lo]
[`o;hi]
[ o.hi]
[`o;ty]
[ o.ty]
Output Digital (1 to 8)
Low Power Scale
The power output will never be less than the value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling begins.
Output Digital (1 to 8)
High Power Scale
The power output will never be greater than the value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling stops.
Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)
Type
Select whether the process output will operate in volts or milliamps.
0.0 to 100.0%
0.0 to 100.0%
[uoLt]
Volts (104)
[`MA]
Milliamps (112)
100.0%
Volts
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
1024
[offset 30]
1036
[offset 30]
1038
[offset 30]
840 (1)
888 (3)
936 (5)
984 (7)
Modbus
Relative
Address
1042
[offset 30]
1022
[offset 30]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x6A
(106)
1 to 8
0xC (12)
0x6A
(106)
1 to 8
2
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
- - - -
6012
6002 uint
RWES uint
RWES
0x6A
(106)
1 to 8
3
0x6A
(106)
1 to 8
9
0x6A
(106)
1 to 8
0xA (10)
0x76 (118)
1 to 4
1
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
95
6003
6009
6010
18001 float
RWES float
RWES float
RWES uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
82
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[``Fn]
[ Fn]
[``Fi]
[ Fi]
[`S2;A]
[ ZS.A]
[`S;Lo]
[ S.Lo]
Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)
Function
Set the type of function that will drive this output.
Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)
Function Instance
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16
Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)
Scale Low
Set the scale low for process output in electrical units. This value, in volts or milliamps, will correspond to
0% PID power output or the range low value.
-100.0 to 100.0
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[``Ai]
Analog Input (142)
[CUrr]
Current (22)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power, Control
Loop (160)
[PWr]
Power, Control Loop (73)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[MAt]
Math (240)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
[`SP;C]
Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)
[`SP;o]
Set Point Open, Control
Loop (243)
[SoF;1]
Special Function Output
1 (1532)
[SoF;2]
Special Function Output
2 (1533)
[SoF;3]
Special Function Output
3 (1534)
[SoF;4]
Special Function Output
4 (1535)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
Off
1 to 250 1
0
0.00
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
842 (1)
890 (3)
938 (5)
986 (7)
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x76 (118)
1 to 4
2
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
96 18002 uint
RWES
846 (1)
894 (3)
942 (5)
990 (7)
- - - -
856 (1)
904 (3)
952 (5)
1000 (7)
0x76 (118)
1 to 4
4
0x76 (118)
1 to 4
0x13 (19)
0x76 (118)
1 to 4
9
98
- - - -
99
18004 uint
RWES
18019 uint
RWES
18009 float
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
83
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[`S;hi]
[ S.hi]
[`r;Lo]
[ r.Lo]
[`r;hi]
[ r.hi]
[`o;CA]
[ o.CA]
Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)
Scale High
Set the scale high for process output in electrical units. This value, in volts or milliamps, will correspond to 0% PID power output or the range high value.
-100.0 to 100.0
Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)
Range Low
Use to set the minimum value in process units.
This will correspond with the Scale Low value.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)
Range High
Use to set the maximum value in process units.
This will correspond with the Scale High value.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)
Calibration Offset
Set an offset value for a process output.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C
10.00
0.0°F or units
-18°C
100 F or units
38 C
0.0°F or units
0.0°C
[Alm]
[`Set]
Alarm Menu
[`A;ty]
[ A.ty]
[`Sr;a]
[ Sr.A]
Alarm (1 to 8)
Type
Select whether the alarm trigger is a fixed value or will track the set point.
Alarm (1 to 8)
Source
Select what will trigger this alarm.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[PR;AL]
Process Alarm (76)
[dE;AL]
Deviation Alarm (24)
Off
[none]
None (61)
[``Ai]
Analog Input (142)
[CUrr]
Current (22)
[PWr]
Power (73)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[MAt]
Math (240)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
[`uar]
Variable (245)
[`Cu;r]
Current Read (179)
Analog
Input
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
858 (1)
906 (3)
954 (5)
1002 (7)
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x76 (118)
1 to 4
0xA (10)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
100 18010 float
RWES
860 (1)
908 (3)
956 (5)
1004 (7)
862 (1)
910 (3)
958 (5)
1006 (7)
852 (1)
900 (3)
948 (5)
996 (7)
1768
[offset 60]
0x76 (118)
1 to 4
0xB (11)
0x76 (118)
1 to 4
0xC (12)
0x76 (118)
1 to 4
7
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
0xF (15)
1772
[offset 60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
0x11 (17)
101
102
105
20
21
18011 float
RWES
18012 float
RWES
18007 float
RWES
9015 uint
RWES
9017 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
84
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
RMC Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
[`is;a]
[ iS.A]
[`S2;A]
[ SZ.A]
Alarm (1 to 8)
Source Instance
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Alarm (1 to 8)
Source Zone
Set the zone of the function selected above.
1 or 250
0 or 16
[loop]
[LooP]
Alarm (1 to 4)
Control Loop
Set the instance of the
Set Point Closed, Control
Loop, that will be referenced by the deviation alarm.
1 to 250
[`A;hy]
[ A.hy]
Alarm (1 to 8)
Hysteresis
Set the hysteresis for an alarm. This determines how far into the safe region the process value needs to move before the alarm can be cleared.
0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units
0.001 to 5,555.000°C
[`A;Lg]
[ A.Lg]
Alarm (1 to 8)
Logic
Select what the output condition will be during the alarm state.
[`AL;C]
Close On Alarm (17)
[`AL;o]
Open On Alarm (66)
1
0
1
1.0°F or units
1.0°C
Close On
Alarm
[`A;Sd]
[ A.Sd]
[`A;Lo]
[ A.Lo]
Alarm (1 to 8)
Sides
Select which side or sides will trigger this alarm.
Alarm (1 to 8)
Low Set Point **
If Alarm Type (Setup
Page, Alarm Menu) is set to:
process - set the process value that will trigger a low alarm.
deviation - set the span of units from the closed loop set point that will trigger a low alarm. A negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point.
[both]
Both (13)
[high]
High (37)
[LoW]
Low (53)
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
Both
32.0°F or units
0.0°C
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
1774
[offset 60]
1788
[offset 60]
1784
[offset 60]
1744
[offset 60]
1748
[offset 60]
1746
[offset 60]
1742
[offset
60]
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
0x12 (18)
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
0x19 (25)
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
0x17 (23)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
22
- - - -
23
9018
9025
9023 uint
RWES uint
RWES uint
RWES
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
3
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
5
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
4
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
2
24
25
26
18
9003
9005
9004
9002 float
RWES uint
RWES uint
RWES float
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
85
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
RMC Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range
[`A;hi]
[ A.hi]
Alarm (1 to 8)
High Set Point **
If Alarm Type (Setup
Page, Alarm Menu) is set to:
process - set the process value that will trigger a high alarm.
deviation - set the span of units from the closed loop set point that will trigger a low alarm. A negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point.
[`A;LA]
[ A.LA]
Alarm (1 to 8)
Latching
Turn alarm latching on or off. A latched alarm has to be turned off by the user.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
[nLAt]
Non-Latching (60)
[`LAt]
Latching (49)
[`A;bL]
[ A.bL]
[`A;Si]
[ A.Si]
Alarm (1 to 8)
Blocking
Select when an alarm will be blocked. After startup and/or after the set point changes, the alarm will be blocked until the process value enters the normal range.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[`Str]
Startup (88)
[StPt]
Set Point (85)
[both]
Both (13)
Alarm (1 to 8)
Silencing
Turn alarm silencing on to allow the user to disable this alarm.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[``on]
On (63)
[A;dSP]
[A.dSP]
[`A;dL]
[ A.dL]
Alarm (1 to 8)
Display
Display an alarm message when an alarm is active.
[`oFF]
[``on]
Off (62)
On (63)
Alarm (1 to 8)
Delay Time
Set the span of time that the alarm will be delayed after the process value exceeds the alarm set point.
0 to 9,999 seconds
Default
300.0°F or units
150.0°C
Non-
Latching
Off
Off
On
0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
1740
[offset
60]
1752
[offset 60]
1754
[offset 60]
1750
[offset 60]
1770
[offset 60]
1780
[offset 60]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
1
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
7
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
8
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
6
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
0x10 (16)
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
0x15 (21)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
19
27
28
29
30
31
9001
9007
9008
9006
9016
9021 float
RWES uint
RWES uint
RWES uint
RWES uint
RWES uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
86
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[a;Clr]
[A.CLr]
[A;sir]
[A.Sir]
Alarm (1 to 8)
Alarm Clear Request
**
Write to this register to clear an alarm
Alarm (1 to 8)
Alarm Silence Request **
Write to this register to silence an alarm
Alarm (1 to 8)
Alarm State **
Current state of alarm
0
0
[`a;st]
[ A.St]
Startup (88)
None (61)
Blocked (12)
Alarm low (8)
Alarm high (7)
Error (28)
[CUrr]
[`Set]
Current Menu
[`C;Sd]
[ C.Sd]
Current (1 to 4)
Sides
Use Current Sides to select which side of the current to monitor.
[`C;Ur]
[ C.Ur]
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[high]
High (37)
[low]
Low (53)
[both]
Both (13)
Current (1 to 4)
Read Enable
Use Current Read Enable to display solidstate relay (SSR) failure and heater failure messages on the RUI (remote user interface).
[``no]
No (59)
[`yes]
Yes (106)
[`C;dt]
[ C.dt]
[`C;SC]
[ C.SC]
[C;;oFs]
[C.oFS]
Current (1 to 4)
Detection Threshold
Current Detection
Threshold is for factory use only.
3 to 59
Current (1 to 4)
Scaling
Use Input Current Scaling to adjust scaling to match the transformer's high range, in amperes.
0 to 9,999.000
Current (1 to 4)
Heater Offset
Heater Current Offset is used to calibrate the current reading with an offset value.
-9,999.000 to 9,999.000
off no
9
0.0
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
50.0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
1764
[offset
60]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
0xD (13)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
32 9013 uint
W
1766
[offset
60]
1756
[offset
60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
0xE (14)
0x6D
(109)
1 to 8
9
1388
[offset 50]
0x73 (115)
1 to 4
5
1386
[offset 50]
0x73 (115)
1 to 4
4
1402
[offset 50]
0x73 (115)
1 to 4
0xC (12)
1422
[offset 50]
0x73 (115)
1 to 4
0x16 (22)
1400
[offset 50]
0x73 (115)
1 to 4
0xB (11)
33
- - - -
145
146
147
148
149
9014 uint
W
9009 uint
R
15005 uint
RWES
15004 uint
RWES
15012 uint
RWES
15022 float
RWES
15011 float
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
87
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
1416
[offset 50]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x73 (115)
1 to 4
0x13 (19)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
150 15019 uint
RWES
[`C;;Si]
[ C.Si]
Current (1 to 4)
Output Source Instance
With Current Output
Source Instance, set the output on which the current will be monitored.
1 to 250 1
[`Lnr]
[`Set]
Linearization Menu
[``Fn]
[ Fn]
Linearization (1 to 4)
Function
Set how this function will linearize Source A.
[SFn;A]
[SFn.A]
[`oFF]
[intr]
[Stpd]
Off (62)
Interpolated (1482)
Stepped (1483)
Off
Linearization (1 to 4)
Source Function A
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[nonE]
None (61)
[``Ai]
Analog Input (142)
[CUrr]
Current (22)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power, Control
Loop (160)
[PWr]
Power, Control Loop (73)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[MAt]
Math (240)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
[`SP;C]
Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)
[`SP;o]
Set Point Open, Control
Loop (243)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
4528
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
5
4520
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
1
- - - -
155
34005 uint
RWES
34001 uint
RWES
34002 uint
RWES
[`Si;A]
[ Si.A]
[`S2;A]
[ SZ.A]
[Unit]
[Unit]
Linearization (1 to 4)
Source Instance A
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the function selected above.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Units
Set the units of the output value.
1 or 250
0 or 16
1
0
[`Src]
Source (1539)
[nonE]
None (61)
[`A;tP]
Absolute Temperature
(1540)
[`r;tp]
Relative Temperature
(1541)
[PWr]
Power (73)
[`pro]
Process (75)
[``rh]
Relative Humidty (1538)
Source
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
4522
[offset 70]
4524
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
2
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
3
4576
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0x1D (29)
- - - -
- - - -
156
34003 uint
RWES
34029 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
88
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
4534
[offset 70]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
8
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
157 34008 float
RWES
[`iP;1]
[ ip.1]
[`oP;1]
[ op.1]
Linearization (1 to 4)
Input Point 1
Set the value that will be mapped to output 1.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Output Point 1
Set the value that will be mapped to input 1.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
0.0
0.0
[`iP;2]
[ ip.2]
[`oP;2]
[ op.2]
[`iP;3]
[ ip.3]
[`oP;3]
[ op.3]
[`iP;4]
[ ip.4]
[`oP;4]
[ op.4]
[`iP;5]
[ ip.5]
Linearization (1 to 4)
Input Point 2
Set the value that will be mapped to output 2.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Output Point 2
Set the value that will be mapped to input 2.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Input Point 3
Set the value that will be mapped to output 3.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Output Point 3
Set the value that will be mapped to input 3.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Input Point 4
Set the value that will be mapped to output 4.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Output Point 4
Set the value that will be mapped to input 4.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Input Point 5
Set the value that will be mapped to output 5.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
[`oP;5]
[ op.5]
[`iP;6]
[ ip.6]
[`oP;6]
[ op.6]
Linearization (1 to 4)
Output Point 5
Set the value that will be mapped to input 5.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Input Point 6
Set the value that will be mapped to output 6.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Output Point 6
Set the value that will be mapped to input 6.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
4.0
5.0
5.0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
4554
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0x12 (18)
4536
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
9
4556
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0x13 (19)
4538
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0xA (10)
4558
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0x14 (20)
4540
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0xB (11)
4560
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0x15 (21)
4542
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0xC (12)
4562
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0x16 (22)
4544
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0xD (13)
4564
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0x17 (23)
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
34018 float
RWES
34009 float
RWES
34019 float
RWES
34010 float
RWES
34020 float
RWES
34011 float
RWES
34021 float
RWES
34012 float
RWES
34022 float
RWES
34013 float
RWES
34023 float
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
89
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
4546
[offset 70]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
E (14)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
169 34014 float
RWES
[`iP;7]
[ ip.7]
[`oP;7]
[ op.7]
[`iP;8]
[ ip.8]
[`oP;8]
[ op.8]
[`iP;9]
[ ip.9]
[`oP;9]
[ op.9]
[iP;10]
[ip.10]
[oP;10]
[op.10]
Linearization (1 to 4)
Input Point 7
Set the value that will be mapped to output 7.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Output Point 7
Set the value that will be mapped to input 7.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Input Point 8
Set the value that will be mapped to output 8.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Output Point 8
Set the value that will be mapped to input 8.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Input Point 9
Set the value that will be mapped to output 9.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Output Point 9
Set the value that will be mapped to input 9.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Input Point 10
Set the value that will be mapped to output 10.
Linearization (1 to 4)
Output Point 10
Set the value that will be mapped to input 10.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
6.0
6.0
7.0
7.0
8.0
8.0
9.0
9.0
[`CPE]
[`Set]
Compare Menu
[``Fn]
[ Fn]
[`toL]
[ toL]
Compare (1 to 4)
Function
Set operator that will be used to compare Source
A to Source B.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[``g;t]
Greater Than (1435)
[``L;t]
Less Than (1436)
[```E]
Equal To (1437)
[``nE]
Not Equal To (1438)
[`goE]
Greater or Equal (1439)
[`LoE]
Less or Equal (1440)
Compare (1 to 4)
Tolerance
If the difference between
Source A and Source B is less than this value the two will appear to be equal.
0 to 9,999.000
Off
0.1
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
4566
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0x18 (24)
4548
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0xF (15)
4568
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0x19 (25)
4550
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0x10 (16)
4570
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0x1A (26)
4552
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0x11 (17)
4572
[offset 70]
0x86 (134)
1 to 4
0x1B (27)
4016
[offset 40]
0x80 (128)
1 to 4
9
4020
[offset 40]
0x80 (128)
1 to 4
0xB (11)
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
223
230
34024 float
RWES
34015 float
RWES
34025 float
RWES
34016 float
RWES
34026 float
RWES
34017 float
RWES
34027 float
RWES
28009 uint
RWES
28011 float
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
90
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
4000
[offset 40]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x80 (128)
1 to 4
1
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 28001 uint
RWES
[SFn;A]
[SFn.A]
[`Si;A]
[ Si.A]
[`S2;A]
[ SZ.A]
[SFn;B]
[SFn.b]
[`Si;B]
[ Si.b]
[`S2;B]
[ SZ.b]
Compare (1 to 4)
Source Function A
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[nonE]
None (61)
[``Ai]
Analog Input (142)
[CUrr]
Current (22)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power, Control
Loop (160)
[PWr]
Power, Control Loop (73)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[MAt]
Math (240)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
[`SP;C]
Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)
[`SP;o]
Set Point Open, Control
Loop (243)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
1 to 250 1
Compare (1 to 4)
Source Instance A
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Compare (1 to 4)
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16 0
Compare (1 to 4)
Source Function B
Set the type of function that will be used for this source. This represents the timer reset signal.
[nonE]
None (61)
[``Ai]
Analog Input (142)
[CUrr]
Current (22)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power, Control
Loop (160)
[PWr]
Power, Control Loop (73)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[MAt]
Math (240)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
[`SP;C]
Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)
[`SP;o]
Set Point Open, Control
Loop (243)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
Compare (1 to 4)
Source Instance B
Set the instance of the function selected above.
1 to 250 1
0 to 16 0
Compare (1 to 4)
Source Zone B
Set the zone of the function selected above.
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
4004
[offset 40]
0x80 (128)
1 to 4
3
4008
[offset 40]
0x80 (128)
1 to 4
5
4002
[offset 40]
0x80 (128)
1 to 4
2
4006
[offset 40]
0x80 (128)
1 to 4
4
4010
[offset 40]
0x80 (128)
1 to 4
6
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
28003 uint
RWES
28005 uint
RWES
28002 uint
RWES
28004 uint
RWES
28006 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
91
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
RMC Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range
[`Er;h]
[ Er.h]
Compare (1 to 4)
Error Handling
Use Error Handling to select the output value and error output state of this function if it receives an error signal from one or more sources and it cannot determine the output value.
[``t;g]
True Good (1476)
[``t;b]
True Bad (1477)
[``F;g]
False Good (1478)
[``F;b]
False Bad (1479)
Default
False Bad 4022
[tMr]
[`Set]
Timer Menu
[``Fn]
[ Fn]
[SFn;A]
[SFn.A]
Timer (1 to 4)
Function
Set how the timer will function.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[`on;P]
On Pulse (1471)
[`dEL]
Delay (1472)
[``o;s]
One Shot (1473)
[`rET]
Retentive (1474)
Off
Timer (1 to 4)
Source Function A
Set the type of function that will be used for this source. This represents the timer run signal.
[none]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[SoF;1]
Special Function Output
1 (1532)
[SoF;2]
Special Function Output
2 (1533)
[SoF;3]
Special Function Output
3 (1534)
[SoF;4]
Special Function Output
4 (1535)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
[offset 40]
4336
[offset 50]
4320
[offset 50]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x80 (128)
1 to 4
0xC (12)
0x83 (131)
1 to 4
9
0x83 (131)
1 to 4
1
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
223
- - - -
28012
31009
31001 uint
RWES uint
RWES uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
92
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
4324
[offset 50]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x83 (131)
1 to 4
3
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 31003 uint
RWES
[`Si;A]
[ Si.A]
[`S2;A]
[ SZ.A]
[sas;A]
[SAS.A]
[SFn;B]
[SFn.b]
[`Si;B]
[ Si.b]
Timer (1 to 4)
Source Instance A
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Timer (1 to 4)
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the function selected above.
1 to 250
0 to 16
1
0
Timer (1 to 4)
Source Active State A
Set what state will be read as on.
[high]
[LoW]
High (37)
Low (53)
High
Timer (1 to 4)
Source Function B
Set the type of function that will be used to reset a retentive timer.
[none]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[SoF;1]
Special Function Output
1 (1532)
[SoF;2]
Special Function Output
2 (1533)
[SoF;3]
Special Function Output
3 (1534)
[SoF;4]
Special Function Output
4 (1535)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
Timer (1 to 4)
Source Instance B
Set the instance of the function selected above.
1 to 250 1
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
4328
[offset 50]
0x83 (131)
1 to 4
5
4340
[offset 50]
0x83 (131)
1 to 4
0xB (11)
4322
[offset 50]
0x83 (131)
1 to 4
2
4326
[offset 50]
0x83 (131)
1 to 4
4
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
31005 uint
RWES
31011 uint
RWES
31002 uint
RWES
31004 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
93
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
4330
[offset 50]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x83 (131)
1 to 4
6
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 31006 uint
RWES
[`S2;B]
[ SZ.b]
[sas;b]
[SAS.b]
[``ti]
[ ti]
[`LEu]
[ LEv]
Timer (1 to 4)
Source Zone B
Set the zone of the function selected above.
Timer (1 to 4)
Source Active State B
Set what state will be read as on.
Timer (1 to 4)
Time
Set the time span that will be measured in tenths of a second.
Timer (1 to 4)
Active Level
Set which output state will indicate on.
0 to 16
[high]
[LoW]
0 to 9,999.000
[high]
[LoW]
High (37)
Low (53)
High (37)
Low (53)
0
High
0.1
High
[`Ctr]
[`Set]
Counter Menu
[``Fn]
[ Fn]
Counter (1 to 4)
Function
Set whether the counter increments or decrements the count value.
Decrementing 0 returns
9,999. Incrementing
9,999 returns 0.
[``UP]
Up (1456)
[``dn]
Down (1457)
Up
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
4342
[offset 50]
0x83 (131)
1 to 4
0xC (12)
4344
[offset 50]
0x83 (131)
1 to 4
0xD (13)
4346
[offset 50]
0x83 (131)
1 to 4
0xE (14)
4176
[offset 40]
0x82 (130)
1 to 4
9
- - - -
224
- - - -
- - - -
31012 uint
RWES
31013 float
RWES
31014 uint
RWES
30009 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
94
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
4160
[offset 40]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x82 (130)
1 to 4
1
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 30001 uint
RWES
[SFn;A]
[SFn.A]
[`Si;A]
[ Si.A]
[`S2;A]
[ SZ.A]
[sas;A]
[SAS.A]
Counter (1 to 4)
Source Function A
Set the type of function that will be used for the counter clock signal.
[none]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[SoF;1]
Special Function Output
1 (1532)
[SoF;2]
Special Function Output
2 (1533)
[SoF;3]
Special Function Output
3 (1534)
[SoF;4]
Special Function Output
4 (1535)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
1 to 250 1
Counter (1 to 4)
Source Instance A
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Counter (1 to 4)
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16 0
Counter (1 to 4)
Source Active State A
Set what output state will indicate on.
[both]
Both (130
[high]
High (37)
[LoW]
Low (53)
High
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
4164
[offset 40]
0x82 (130)
1 to 4
3
4168
[offset 40]
0x82 (130)
1 to 4
5
4180
[offset 40]
0x82 (130)
1 to 4
0xB (11)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
30003 uint
RWES
30005 uint
RWES
30011 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
95
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
4162
[offset 40]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x82 (130)
1 to 4
2
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 30002 uint
RWES
[SFn;B]
[SFn.b]
[`Si;B]
[ Si.b]
[`S2;B]
[ SZ.b]
[sas;b]
[SAS.b]
[LoAd]
[LoAd]
Counter (1 to 4)
Source Function B
Set the type of function that will be used for the counter load signal.
[none]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[SoF;1]
Special Function Output
1 (1532)
[SoF;2]
Special Function Output
2 (1533)
[SoF;3]
Special Function Output
3 (1534)
[SoF;4]
Special Function Output
4 (1535)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
1 to 250 1
Counter (1 to 4)
Source Instance B
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Counter (1 to 4)
Source Zone B
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16 0
Counter (1 to 4)
Source Active State B
Set what output state will indicate on.
Counter (1 to 4)
Load Value
Set the counter's initial value.
[high]
High (37)
[LoW]
Low (53)
0 to 9,999
High
0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
4166
[offset 40]
0x82 (130)
1 to 4
4
4170
[offset 40]
0x82 (130)
1 to 4
6
4182
[offset 40]
0x82 (130)
1 to 4
0x0C (12)
4184
[offset 40]
0x82 (130)
1 to 4
(13)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
215
30004 uint
RWES
30006 uint
RWES
30012 uint
RWES
30013 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
96
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
9,999
Modbus
Relative
Address
4186
[offset 40]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x82 (130)
1 to 4
0xE (14)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
216 30014 uint
RWES
[trgt]
[trgt]
[`lAt]
[ LAt]
Counter (1 to 4)
Target Value
Set the value that will turn the output value on.
0 to 9,999
Counter (1 to 4)
Latching
Output latched.
No (59)
Yes (106)
[`LgC]
[`Set]
Logic Menu
[``Fn]
[ Fn]
Logic (1 to 4)
Function
Set the operator that will be used to compare the sources.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[`And]
And (1426)
[nAnd]
Nand (1427)
[``or]
Or (1442)
[`nor]
Nor (1443)
[```E]
Equal To (1437)
[``nE]
Not Equal To (1438)
[`LAt]
Latch (1444)
[rs;ff]
RS Flip-Flop (1693)
No
Off
4192
[offset 40]
0x82 (130)
1 to 4
0x11 (17)
3744
[offset 80]
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
0x21 (33)
218
235
30017 uint
RWES
27033 uint
RWES
[``or]
Or (1442)
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
97
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
3680
[offset 80]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
1
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 27001 uint
RWES
[SFn;A]
[SFn.A]
[`Si;A]
[ Si.A]
[`S2;A]
[ SZ.A]
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Function A
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[none]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[lim]
Limit (126)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[SoF;1]
Special Function Output
1 (1532)
[SoF;2]
Special Function Output
2 (1533)
[SoF;3]
Special Function Output
3 (1534)
[SoF;4]
Special Function Output
4 (1535)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Instance A
Set the instance of the function selected above.
1 to 250 1
0 to 16 0
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the function selected above.
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
3696
[offset 80]
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
9
3712
[offset 80]
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
0x11 (17)
- - - -
- - - -
27009 uint
RWES
27017 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
98
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
3682
[offset 80]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
2
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 27002 uint
RWES
[SFn;b]
[SFn.b]
[`Si;B]
[ Si.b]
{`S2;B]
[ SZ.b]
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Function B
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[none]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[lim]
Limit (126)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[SoF;1]
Special Function Output
1 (1532)
[SoF;2]
Special Function Output
2 (1533)
[SoF;3]
Special Function Output
3 (1534)
[SoF;4]
Special Function Output
4 (1535)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
1 to 250 1
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Instance B
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Zone B
Set the zone of the function selected above
0 to 16 0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
3698
[offset 80]
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
0xA (10)
3714
[offset 80]
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
0x12 (18)
- - - -
- - - -
27010 uint
RWES
27018 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
99
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
3684
[offset 80]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
3
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 27003 uint
RWES
[SFn;C]
[SFn.C]
[`Si;C]
[ Si.C]
[`S2;C]
[ SZ.C]
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Function C
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[none]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[lim]
Limit (126)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[SoF;1]
Special Function Output
1 (1532)
[SoF;2]
Special Function Output
2 (1533)
[SoF;3]
Special Function Output
3 (1534)
[SoF;4]
Special Function Output
4 (1535)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
1 to 250 1
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Instance C
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Zone C
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16 0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
3700
[offset 80]
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
0xB (11)
3716
[offset 80]
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
0x13 (19)
- - - -
- - - -
27011 uint
RWES
27019 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
100
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
3686
[offset 80]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
4
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 27004 uint
RWES
[SFn;D]
[SFn.d]
[`si;d]
[ Si.d]
[`S2;D]
[ SZ.d]
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Function D
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[none]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[lim]
Limit (126)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[SoF;1]
Special Function Output
1 (1532)
[SoF;2]
Special Function Output
2 (1533)
[SoF;3]
Special Function Output
3 (1534)
[SoF;4]
Special Function Output
4 (1535)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
1 to 250 1
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Instance D
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Zone D
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16 0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
3702
[offset 80]
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
0xC (12)
3718
[offset 80]
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
0x14 (20)
- - - -
- - - -
27012 uint
RWES
27020 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
101
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
3688
[offset 80]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
5
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 27005 uint
RWES
[SFn;E]
[SFn.E]
[`Si;E]
[ Si.E]
[`s2;E]
[ SZ.E]
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Function E
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[none]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[lim]
Limit (126)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[SoF;1]
Special Function Output
1 (1532)
[SoF;2]
Special Function Output
2 (1533)
[SoF;3]
Special Function Output
3 (1534)
[SoF;4]
Special Function Output
4 (1535)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
1 to 250 1
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Instance E
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Zone E
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16 0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
3704
[offset 80]
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
D (13)
3720
[offset 80]
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
0x15 (21)
- - - -
- - - -
27013 uint
RWES
27021 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
102
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
3690
[offset 80]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
6
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 27006 uint
RWES
[SFn;F]
[ SFn.F]
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Function F
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[none]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[lim]
Limit (126)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[SoF;1]
Special Function Output
1 (1532)
[SoF;2]
Special Function Output
2 (1533)
[SoF;3]
Special Function Output
3 (1534)
[SoF;4]
Special Function Output
4 (1535)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
[`Si;F]
[ Si.F]
1 to 250 1
[`S2;F]
[ SF.F]
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Instance F
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Zone F
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16 0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
3706
[offset 80]
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
0xE (14)
3722
[offset 80]
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
0x16 (22)
- - - -
- - - -
27014 uint
RWES
27022 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
103
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
3692
[offset 80]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
7
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 27007 uint
RWES
[SFn;g]
[SFn.g]
[`Si;g]
[ Si.g]
[`S2;g]
[ SZ.g]
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Function G
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[none]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[lim]
Limit (126)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[SoF;1]
Special Function Output
1 (1532)
[SoF;2]
Special Function Output
2 (1533)
[SoF;3]
Special Function Output
3 (1534)
[SoF;4]
Special Function Output
4 (1535)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
1 to 250 1
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Instance G
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Zone G
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16 0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
3708
[offset 80]
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
0xF (15)
3724
[offset 80]
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
0x17 (23)
- - - -
- - - -
27015 uint
RWES
27023 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
104
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
3694
[offset 80]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
8
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 27008 uint
RWES
[SFn;h]
[ SFn.h]
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Function H
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[none]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[lim]
Limit (126)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[SoF;1]
Special Function Output
1 (1532)
[SoF;2]
Special Function Output
2 (1533)
[SoF;3]
Special Function Output
3 (1534)
[SoF;4]
Special Function Output
4 (1535)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
[`Si;h]
[ Si.h]
1 to 250 1
[`S2;h]
[ SZ.h]
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Instance H
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Logic (1 to 4)
Source Zone H
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16 0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
3710
[offset 80]
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
0x10 (16)
3726
[offset 80]
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
0x18 (24)
- - - -
- - - -
27016 uint
RWES
27024 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
105
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
RMC Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range
[`Er;h]
[ Er.h]
Logic (1 to 4)
Error Handling
Use to select the output value and error output state of this function if it receives an error signal from one or more sources and it cannot determine the output value.
[``t;g]
True Good (1476)
[``t;b]
True Bad (1477)
[``F;g]
False Good (1478)
[``F;b]
False Bad (1479)
[MAt]
[`Set]
Math Menu
[``Fn]
[ Fn]
[SFn;A]
[SFn.A]
[`Si;A]
[ Si.A]
Math (1 to 8)
Function
Set the operator that will be applied to the sources.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[`Aug]
Average (1367)
[`P;SC]
Process Scale (1371)
[`d;SC]
Deviation Scale (1372)
[``s;o]
Switch Over (1370)
[diFF]
Differential (1373)
[rAti]
Ratio (1374)
[`Add]
Add (1375)
[MUL]
Multiply (1376)
[A;diF]
Absolute Difference
(1377)
[Min]
Minimum (1378)
[MAH]
Maximum (1379)
[root]
Square Root (1380)
[hoLd]
Sample and Hold (1381)
[`alt]
Pressure to Altitude
(1649)
[dew]
Dewpoint (1650)
Off
Math (1 to 8)
Source Function A
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[nonE]
None (61)
[``Ai]
Analog Input (142)
[CUrr]
Current (22)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power, Control
Loop (160)
[PWr]
Power, Control Loop (73)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[MAt]
Math (240)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
[`SP;C]
Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)
[`SP;o]
Set Point Open, Control
Loop (243)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
Math (1 to 8)
Source Instance A
Set the instance of the function selected above.
1 to 250 1
Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
False Bad 3748
[offset 80]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7F (127)
1 to 4
0x23 (35)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 27035 uint
RWES
2880
[offset 70]
2840
[offset 70]
2850
[offset 70]
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0x15 (21)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
1
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
6
128
- - - -
- - - -
25021
25001
25006 uint
RWES uint
RWES uint
RWES
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
106
•
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[`S2;A]
[ SZ.A]
[SFn;b;]
[SFn.b]
[`Si;B]
[ Si.b]
Math (1 to 8)
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16 0
Math (1 to 8)
Source Function B
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[nonE]
None (61)
[``Ai]
Analog Input (142)
[CUrr]
Current (22)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power, Control
Loop (160)
[PWr]
Power, Control Loop (73)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[MAt]
Math (240)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
[`SP;C]
Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)
[`SP;o]
Set Point Open, Control
Loop (243)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
Math (1 to 8)
Source Instance B
Set the instance of the function selected above.
1 to 250 1
Modbus
Relative
Address
2860
[offset 70]
2842
[offset 70]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0xB (11)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
2
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
- - - -
25011
25002 uint
RWES uint
RWES
2852
[offset 70]
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
7
- - - 25007 uint
RWES
- - - 25012 uint
RWES
[`S2;B]
[ SZ.b]
[SFn;C]
[SFn.C]
[`Si;C]
[ Si.C]
Math (1 to 8)
Source Zone B
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16 0
Math (1 to 8)
Source Function C
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[nonE]
None (61)
[``Ai]
Analog Input (142)
[CUrr]
Current (22)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power, Control
Loop (160)
[PWr]
Power, Control Loop (73)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[MAt]
Math (240)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
[`SP;C]
Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)
[`SP;o]
Set Point Open, Control
Loop (243)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
Math (1 to 8)
Source Instance C
Set the instance of the function selected above.
1 to 250 1
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
2862
[offset 70]
2844
[offset 70]
2854
[offset 70]
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0xC (12)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
3
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
8
- - - -
- - - -
25003 uint
RWES
25008 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
107
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[`S2;C]
[ SZ.C]
[SFn;D]
[SFn.d]
[`si;d]
[ Si.d]
[`S2;D]
[ SZ.d]
Math (1 to 8)
Source Zone C
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16 0
Math (1 to 8)
Source Function D
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[nonE]
None (61)
[``Ai]
Analog Input (142)
[CUrr]
Current (22)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power, Control
Loop (160)
[PWr]
Power, Control Loop (73)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[MAt]
Math (240)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
[`SP;C]
Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)
[`SP;o]
Set Point Open, Control
Loop (243)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
1 to 250 1
Math (1 to 8)
Source Instance D
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Math (1 to 8)
Source Zone D
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16 0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
2864
[offset 70]
2846
[offset 70]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0xD (13)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
4
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
- - - -
25013
25004 uint
RWES uint
RWES
2856
[offset 70]
2866
[offset 70]
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
9
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0xE (14)
- - - -
- - - -
25009 uint
RWES
25014 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
108
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[SFn;E]
[SFn.E]
[`Si;E]
[ Si.E]
[`s2;E]
[ SZ.E]
Math (1 to 8)
Source Function E
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[none]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245))
1 to 250
Math (1 to 8)
Source Instance E
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Math (1 to 8)
Source Zone E
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16
[`S;Lo]
[ S.Lo]
Math (1 to 8)
Scale Low
If Math function is set to
Process Scale, this will scale Source A low value to Range Low setting.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`S;hi]
[ S.hi]
Math (1 to 8)
Scale High
If Math function is set to Process Scale, this will scale Source A high value to Range High setting.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
None
1
0
0.0
1.0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
2848
[offset 70]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
5
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 25005 uint
RWES
2858
[offset 70]
2868
[offset 70]
2886
[offset 70]
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0xA (10)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0xF (15)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0x18 (24)
2888
[offset 70]
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0x19 (25)
- - - -
- - - -
129
130
25010 uint
RWES
25015 uint
RWES
25024 float
RWES
25025 float
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
109
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
RMC Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
[Unit]
[Unit]
Math (1 to 8)
Units
Set units for Source.
[`Src]
Source (1539)
[nonE]
None (61)
[`A;tP]
Absolute Temperature
(1540)
[`r;tp]
Relative Temperature
(1541)
[PWr]
Power (73)
[`pro]
Process (75)
[``rh]
Relative Humidty (1538)
Source
0.0
[`r;Lo]
[ r.Lo]
Math (1 to 8)
Range Low
If Math function is set to
Process Scale, this will output Source A Scale
Low value to Range Low setting.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`r;hi]
[ r.hi]
Math (1 to 8)
Range High
If Math function is set to
Process Scale, this will output Source A Scale
High value to Range
High setting.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[p;unt]
[P.unt]
Math (1 to 8)
Pressure Units
If Math function is set for Pressure to Altitude units, set units of measure for conversion.
[a;unt]
[A.unt]
Math (1 to 8)
Altitude Units
If Math function is set for Pressure to Altitude units, set units of measure for conversion.
[`psi]
Pressure Units (1671)
[pasc]
Pascal (1674)
[atm]
Atmosphere (1675)
[mbr]
mbar (1672)
[torr]
Torr (1673)
[`Hft]
[``ft]
Kilofeet (1671)
Feet (1674)
1.0
Pressure
Units
Kilofeet
2902
[offset 70]
2890
[offset 70]
2892
[offset 70]
2898
[offset 70]
2900
[offset 70]
[`FiL]
[ FiL]
Math (1 to 8)
Filter
Filtering smooths out the output signal of this function block. Increase the time to increase filtering.
0.0 to 60.0 seconds 0.0
2894
[offset 70]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0x20 (32)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0x1A (26)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0x1B (27)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0x1E (30)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0x1F (31)
0x7D
(125)
1 to 8
0x1C (28)
`SoF]
[`Set]
Special Output Function Menu
[``Fn]
[ Fn]
Special Output (1 to 4)
Function
Set the function to match the device it will operate.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[`Co;C] Compressor Control
(1506)
[`uA;C]
Motorized Valve (1508)
[`SE;C]
Sequencer (1507)
Off 4976
[offset 80]
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
9
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
131
132
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
181
25032
25026
25027
25030
25031
25028
35009 uint
RWES float
RWES float
RWES uint
RWES uint
RWES float
RWES uint
RWES
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
110
•
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
4960
[offset 80]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
1
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
182 35001 uint
RWES
[SFn;A]
[SFn.A]
[`Si;A]
[ Si.A]
[`S2;A]
[ SZ.A]
[SFn;b]
[SFn.b]
[`Si;B]
[ Si.b]
[`S2;B]
[ SZ.b]
Special Output (1 to 4)
Source Function A
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[nonE]
None (61)
[``ai]
Analog Input (142)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power, Control
Loop (160)
[PWr]
Power, Control Loop (73)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[MAt]
Math (240)
[``pu]
Process Value (241)
[sof;1]
Special Function Output
1 (1532)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
1 to 250 1
Special Output (1 to 4)
Source Instance A
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Special Output (1 to 4)
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16 0
Special Output (1 to 4)
Source Function B
Set the type of function that will be used for this source.
[nonE]
None (61)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power, Control
Loop (160)
[PWr]
Power, Control Loop (73)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[MAt]
Math (240)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
1 to 250 1
Special Output (1 to 4)
Source Instance B
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Special Output (1 to 4)
Source Zone B
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16 0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
4964
[offset 80]
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
3
4968
[offset 80]
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
5
4962
[offset 80]
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
2
4966
[offset 80]
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
4
4970
[offset 80]
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
6
183
- - - -
184
185
- - - -
35003 uint
RWES
35005 uint
RWES
35002 uint
RWES
35004 uint
RWES
35006 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
111
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
[Pon;A]
[Pon.A]
[PoF;A]
[PoF.A]
Special Output (1 to 4)
Power On Level 1
If Function is set to
Compressor Control:
Use Source A for a first loop to inform the function whether the compressor will soon be required.
• Set Power On Level 1 and Power Off Level
1 to the Source A values that will switch the compressor on and off.
-100.0 to 100.0%
Special Output (1 to 4)
Power Off Level 1
-100.0 to 100.0%
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range
0
Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
4994
[offset 80]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
0x12 (18)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
186 35018 float
RWES
5
0
4996
[offset 80]
4998
[offset 80]
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
0x13 (19)
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
0x14 (20)
187
188
35019 float
RWES
35020 float
RWES
[Pon;b]
[Pon.b]
[PoF;b]
[PoF.b]
Special Output (1 to 4)
Power On Level 2
If Function is set to
Compressor Control:
Use Source B for a second loop to inform the function whether the compressor will soon be required.
• Set Power On Level 2 and Power Off Level 2 to the Source B values that will switch the compressor on and off.
-100.0 to 100.0%
Special Output (1 to 4)
Power Off Level 2
-100.0 to 100.0% 5
20
5000
[offset 80]
5002
[offset 80]
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
0x15 (21)
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
0x16 (22)
189
190
35021 float
RWES
35022 uint
RWES
[`on;t]
[ on.t]
Special Output (1 to 4)
On Time
If Function is set to
Compressor Control:
• Set Minimum On
Time and Minimum
Off Time to the minimum span of time, in seconds, that the compressor will be on or off.
0 to 9,999 seconds
[`oF;t]
[ oF.t]
Special Output (1 to 4)
Off Time
0 to 9,999 seconds 20 5004
[offset 80]
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
0x17 (23)
191 35023 uint
RWES
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
112
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
5006
[offset 80]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
0x18 (24)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
192 35024 uint
RWES
[`t;t]
[ t.t]
Special Output (1 to 4)
Valve Travel Time
If Function is set to Motorized Valve:
Source A will determine the valve position.
• Set this time in seconds representing the time that it will take the valve to travel between fully closed and fully open.
10 to 9,999 seconds
[``db]
[ db]
Special Output (1 to 4)
Dead Band
If Function is set to Motorized Valve:
• Set to the minimum valve adjustment as a percentage, representing the movement of the valve in a single action. A small value improves accuracy and depletes valve life where a large value reduces the number of adjustments (less accurate) and the wear on the mechanism.
1.0 to 100.0%
[`o;S1]
[ o.S1]
Special Output (1 to 4)
Output 1 Size
If Function is set to Sequencer:
• Set Output 1 Size, as a percentage of the total capacity of all output devices, or vernier output. This value must be larger than the values set for outputs 2 through
4.
0 to 9,999
[`o;S2]
[ o.S2]
Special Output (1 to 4)
Output 2 Size
If Function is set to Sequencer:
• Set the size of outputs 2 through 4 to represent a percentage of the total output capacity. Outputs
2 through 4 will control using the ON-
OFF algorithm.
0 to 9,999
120
2
10
0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
5008
[offset 80]
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
0x19 (25)
5014
[offset 80]
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
0x1C (28)
5016
[offset 80]
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
0x1D (29)
193
- - - -
- - - -
35025 float
RWES
35028 float
RWES
35029 float
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
113
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
RMC Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
[`o;S3]
[ o.S3]
Special Output (1 to 4)
Output 3 Size
[`o;S4]
[ o.S4]
Special Output (1 to 4)
Output 4 Size
0 to 9,999
0 to 9,999
Range
0
0
Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
5018
[offset 80]
5020
[offset 80]
5010
[offset 80]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
0x1E (30)
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
0x1F (31)
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
0x1A (26)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
35030
35031
35026 float
RWES float
RWES uint
RWES
[`t;dL]
[ t.dL]
Special Output (1 to 4)
Time Delay
If Function is set to Sequencer:
• Set in seconds to represent the minimum span of time that must elapse between the turn on of one
(on-off) output to the next.
[`ot;o]
[ ot.o]
Special Output (1 to 4)
Output Order
If Function is set to Sequencer:
• Set to Linear to turn the on-off outputs on in the same order every time. Select
Progressive to rotate the order to balance usage and wear on contactors and heaters.
0 to 9,999 seconds
[`Lin]
Linear (1509)
[`Pro]
Progressive (1510)
0
Linear
[`uAr]
[`Set]
Variable Menu
[tyPE]
[tyPE]
Variable 1 to 8
Data Type
Set the variable's data type.
[AnLg]
Analog (1215)
[`Dig]
Digital (1220)
[Unit]
[Unit]
Variable 1 to 8
Units
Set the variable's units.
Note:
Units are always in degrees F when used for temperature
[`A;tp]
Absolute Temperature
(1540)
[`r;tp]
Relative Temperature
(1541)
[PWr]
Power (73)
[`Pro]
Process (75)
[``rh]
Relative Humidity
(1538)
[nonE]
None (61)
[`Dig]
[ dig]
Variable 1 to 8
Digital
Set the variable's value.
[anLg]
[AnLg]
Variable 1 to 8
Analog
Set the variable's value.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[``on]
On (63)
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Analog
Absolute
Temperature
Off
0.0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
114
•
5012
[offset 80]
0x87 (135)
1 to 4
0x1B (27)
4800
[offset 20]
0x66 (102)
1 to 8
1
4812
[offset 20]
0x66 (102)
1 to 8
7
4802
[offset 20]
4804
[offset 20]
0x66 (102)
1 to 8
2
0x66 (102)
1 to 8
3
- - - -
210
- - - -
211
212
35027 uint
RWES
2001 uint
RWES
2007 uint
RWES
2002 uint
RWES
2003 float
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
[gLbL]
[`Set]
Global Menu
[`C_F]
[ C_F]
[AC;LF]
[AC.LF]
Global
Display Units
Select which scale to use for temperature.
[```F]
°F (30)
[```C]
°C (15)
Global
AC Line Frequency
Set the frequency to the applied ac line power source.
[``50]
50 Hz (3)
[``60]
60 Hz (4)
°F
60 Hz
[sutb]
[Sutb]
Global
Synchronized Variable
Time Base
Used to acquire tighter accuracy when running a profile. A setting of
+0.01 would equate to approximately +9 seconds/day (faster) where a setting of -0.01 would equate to approximately -9 seconds/ day (slower).
-2.00 to 2.00 Percent 0.00
[d;prs]
[dPrS]
[USr;S]
[USr.S]
Global
Display Pairs
Defines the number of
Display Pairs.
Global
User Settings Save
Save all of this controller's settings to the selected set that have a
Data Type of RWES
1 to 10
[SEt1]
[SEt2]
[none]
User Set 1 (101)
User Set 2 (102)*
None (61)
1
None
[USr;r]
[USr.r]
Global
User Settings Restore
Replace all of this controller's settings with another set.
* Starting with firmware release 6, there is only one user set.
[FCty]
[none]
[SEt1]
[SEt2]
Factory (31)
None (61)
User Set 1 (101)
User Set 2 (102)*
None
* Starting with firmware release 6, there is only one user set.
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
26
24
43348 0x67 (103)
1
5
1026
- - - -
0x6A
(106)
1
4
- - - -
- - - 0x67 (103)
1
0x1C (28)
0x65
(101)
1
0x0E (14)
0x65
(101)
1
0xD (13)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
118
117
3005
1014
1013
- - - -
6004 uint
RWES
- - - float
RWE
3028 uint
RWES uint
RWE uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
115
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
RMC Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
[`PRo]
[`Set]
Profile Menu
[R;typ]
[R.tyP]
Profile
Ramping Type
Use to have the ramping set point change at a set Rate or over a set interval of Time as profile steps.
[rate]
Rate (81)
[``ti]
Time (143)
[P;typ]
[P.tyP]
Profile
Profile Type
Set the profile startup to be based on a set point or a process value.
[StPt]
Set Point (85)
[`Pro]
Process (75)
[`GSE]
[ gSE]
Profile
Guaranteed Soak Enable
Enables the guaranteed soak deviation function in profiles.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[``on]
On (63)
[GSd1]
[gSd1]
Profile
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1
Set the value of the deviation band that will be used in all profile step types. The process value for control loop 1 must enter the deviation band before the step can proceed. .
0.0 to 9,999.000°F or units
0.0 to 5,555.000°C
[GSd2]
[gSd2]
Profile
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 2
Set the value of the deviation band that will be used in all profile step types. The process value for control loop 2 must enter the deviation band before the step can proceed.
0.0 to 9,999.000°F or units
0.0 to 5,555.000°C
[GSd3]
[gSd3]
Profile
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 3
Set the value of the deviation band that will be used in all profile step types. The process value for control loop 3 must enter the deviation band before the step can proceed..
0.0 to 9,999.000°F or units
0.0 to 5,555.000°C
Time
Set Point 5294
Off
10.0°F or units
6.0°C
5292
10.0°F or units
6.0°C
5360
10.0°F or units
6.0°C
5362
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
116
•
5354
5290
0x7A
(122)
1
0x26 (38)
0x7A
(122)
1
8
0x7A
(122)
1
6
0x7A
(122)
1
7
0x7A
(122)
1
0x29 (41)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x2A (42)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
22038 uint
RWE
22008 uint
RWE
22006 uint
RWE
22007 float
RWE
22041 float
RWE
22042 float
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Chapter 4 Setup Page
RMC Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
[GSd4]
[gSd4]
Profile
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 4
Set the value of the deviation band that will be used in all profile step types. The process value for control loop 4 must enter the deviation band before the step can proceed. .
0.0 to 9,999.000°F or units
0.0 to 5,555.000°C
[CM;E]
[CM.E]
[W;M]
[W.M]
Profile
Control Mode Enable
Use to allow the loops control mode to be programmed in profile steps.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[``on]
On (63)
Profile
Wait for Mode
Use to determine how the wait-for conditions must be satisfied:
• Complete requires that all of the conditions must be true at the same time.
• Once requires that all of the conditions were true at some time during the wait period.
[Once]
Once (1583)
[CPLt]
Complete (18)
10.0°F or units
6.0°C
5364
Off 5356
Complete 5358
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x2B (43)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x27 (39)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x28 (40)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
22043 float
RWE
22039 uint
RWE
22040 uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
117
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[SFn;A]
[SFn.A]
[`Si;A]
[ Si.A]
[`S2;A]
[ SZ.A]
Profile
Source Function A
Set the type of function that will be used for this source. Source will be used in profile step type "Wait for Process or
Event" as "Event 1".
[none]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245))
1 to 250
Profile
Source Instance A
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Profile
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16
None
1
0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
5322
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x16 (22)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 22022 uint
RWE
5330
5338
0x7A
(122)
1
0x1A (26)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x1E (30)
- - - -
- - - -
22026 uint
RWE
22030 uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
118
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[SFn;b]
[SFn.b]
[`Si;B]
[ Si.b]
[`S2;B]
[ SZ.b]
Profile
Source Function B
Set the type of function that will be used for this source. Source will be used in profile step type "Wait for Process or
Event" as "Event 1"
[none]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245))
1 to 250
Profile
Source Instance B
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Profile
Source Zone B
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16
None
1
0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
5324
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x17 (23)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 22023 uint
RWE
5332
5340
0x7A
(122)
1
0x1B (27)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x1F (31)
- - - -
- - - -
22027 uint
RWE
22031 uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
119
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[SFn;];C]
[SFn.C]
[`Si;C]
[ Si.C]
[`S2;C]
[ SZ.C]
Profile
Source Function C
Set the type of function that will be used for this source. Source will be used in profile step type "Wait for Process or
Event" as "Event 1"
[none]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245))
1 to 250
Profile
Source Instance C
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Profile
Source Zone C
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16
None
1
0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
5326
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x18 (24)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 22024 uint
RWE
5334
5342
0x7A
(122)
1
0x1C (28)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x20 (32)
- - - -
- - - -
22028 uint
RWE
22032 uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
120
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[SFn;D]
[SFn.D]
[`si;d]
[ Si.d]
[`S2;D]
[ SZ.D]
[SFn;E]
[SFn.E]
Profile
Source Function D
Set the type of function that will be used for this source. Source will be used in profile step type "Wait for Process or
Event" as "Event 1"
[none]
None (61)
[ALM]
Alarm (6)
[`CPE]
Compare (230)
[`Ctr]
Counter (231)
[`dio]
Digital I/O (1142)
[Ent;A]
Profile Event Out A
(233)
[Ent;b]
Profile Event Out B
(234)
[Ent;C]
Profile Event Out C
(235)
[Ent;d]
Profile Event Out D
(236)
[Ent;E]
Profile Event Out E
(247)
[Ent;F]
Profile Event Out F
(248)
[Ent;g]
Profile Event Out G
(249)
[Ent;h]
Profile Event Out H
(250)
[`FUn]
Function Key (1001)
[`lgC]
Logic (239)
[tMr]
Timer (244)
[`uAr]
Variable (245))
1 to 250
Profile
Source Instance D
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Profile
Source Zone D
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16
None
1
0
Profile
Source Function E
Set the type of function that will be used for this source. Source will be used in profile step type "Wait for Process or
Event" as "Event 1"
[nonE]
None (61)
[``Ai]
Analog Input (142)
[CUrr]
Current (22)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power, Control
Loop (160)
[PWr]
Power, Control Loop (73)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[MAt]
Math (240)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
[`SP;C]
Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)
[`SP;o]
Set Point Open, Control
Loop (243)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
5328
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x19 (25)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 22025 uint
RWE
5336
5344
5390
0x7A
(122)
1
0x1D (29)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x21 (33)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x38 (56)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
22029 uint
RWE
22033 uint
RWE
22056 uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
121
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[`Si;E]
[ Si.E]
[`s2;E]
[ SZ.E]
[SFn;F]
[SFn.F]
Profile
Source Instance E
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Profile
Source Zone E
Set the zone of the function selected above.
Profile
Source Function F
Set the type of function that will be used for this source. Source will be used in profile step type "Wait for Process or Event" as "Wait For
Process 2"
1 to 250
0 to 16
1
0
[nonE]
None (61)
[``Ai]
Analog Input (142)
[CUrr]
Current (22)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power, Control
Loop (160)
[PWr]
Power, Control Loop (73)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[MAt]
Math (240)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
[`SP;C]
Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)
[`SP;o]
Set Point Open, Control
Loop (243)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
1 to 250 1
[`Si;F]
[ Si.F]
[`S2;F]
[ SZ.F]
[SFn;G]
[SFn.g]
Profile
Source Instance F
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Profile
Source Zone F
Set the zone of the function selected above.
Profile
Source Function G
Set the type of function that will be used for this source. Source will be used in profile step type "Wait for Process or Event" as "Wait For
Process 3"
0 to 16 0
[nonE]
None (61)
[``Ai]
Analog Input (142)
[CUrr]
Current (22)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power, Control
Loop (160)
[PWr]
Power, Control Loop (73)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[MAt]
Math (240)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
[`SP;C]
Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)
[`SP;o]
Set Point Open, Control
Loop (243)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
5398
5406
5392
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x3C (60)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x40 (64)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x39 (57)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
22060
22064
22057 uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE
5400
5408
5394
0x7A
(122)
1
0x3D (61)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x41 (65)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x3A (58)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
22061 uint
RWE
22065 uint
RWE
22058 uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
122
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
[`Si;G]
[ Si.g]
[`S2;G]
[ SZ.g]
[SFn;h]
[SFn.h]
[`Si;h]
[ Si.h]
[`S2;h]
[ SZ.h]
Profile
Source Instance G
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Profile
Zone Source G
Set the zone of the function selected above.
Profile
Source Function H
Set the type of function that will be used for this source. Source will be used in profile step type "Wait for Process or Event" as "Wait For
Process 4"
1 to 250
0 to 16
1
0
[nonE]
None (61)
[``Ai]
Analog Input (142)
[CUrr]
Current (22)
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power, Control
Loop (161)
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power, Control
Loop (160)
[PWr]
Power, Control Loop (73)
[`Lnr]
Linearization (238)
[MAt]
Math (240)
[``Pu]
Process Value (241)
[`SP;C]
Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)
[`SP;o]
Set Point Open, Control
Loop (243)
[`uAr]
Variable (245)
None
1 to 250 1
Profile
Source Instance H
Set the instance of the function selected above.
Profile
Source Zone H
Set the zone of the function selected above.
0 to 16 0
[CoM]
[`SEt]
Communications Menu
[bAUd]
[bAUd]
Communications
Baud Rate
Set the speed of this controller's communications to match the speed of the serial network.
9,600 (188)
19,200 (189)
38,400 (190)
9,600
Note:
This applies if 13 th digit in part number is equal to one.
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
Modbus
Relative
Address
5402
5410
5396
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x3E (62)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x42 (66)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x3B (59)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
22062
22066
22059 uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE
5404
5412
2824
0x7A
(122)
1
0x3F (63)
0x7A
(122)
1
0x43 (67)
0x96 (150)
1
3
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
22063 uint
RWE
22067 uint
RWE
17002 uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
123
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
RMC Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
[`PAr]
[ PAr]
[`nU;S]
[ nV.S]
[M;hL]
[M.hL]
[`C_F]
[ C_F]
Communications
Parity
Set the parity of this controller to match the parity of the serial network.
[none]
None (61)
[EuEn]
Even (191)
[`odd]
Odd (192)
Note:
This applies if 13 th digit in part number is equal to one.
Communications
Non-volatile Save
If set to Yes all values written to the control will be saved in EE-
PROM.
[`yes]
Yes (106)
[``no]
No (59)
Note:
This applies if 13 th digit in part number is equal to one.
Communications
Modbus Word Order
Select the word order of the two 16-bit words in the floating-point values.
[hiLo]
Word High Low (1330)
[Lohi]
Word Low High (1331)
Note:
This applies if 13 th digit in part number is equal to one.
Communications
Display Units
Select which scale to use for temperature passed when using Modbus
[```F]
°F (30)
[```C]
°C (15)
None
Yes 2834
Low High 2828
°F
No Display
Note:
This applies if 13 th digit in part number is equal to one.
Communications
Protocol
Select the communications protocol.
Standard Bus (1286)
Modbus RTU Word (1057)
1
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
2830
2832
Modbus
Relative
Address
2826
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x96 (150)
1
4
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 17003 uint
RWE
0x96 (150)
1 to 2
8
0x96 (150)
1
5
0x96 (150)
1
6
- - - -
198
- - - -
199
- - - -
17051 uint
RWE
17043 uint
RWE
17050 uint
RWE
17009 uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
124
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Setup Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
2822
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
- - - -
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 17007 uint
RWE
No Display
Communications
Modbus Address
Select the Modbus address.
Note:
This applies if 13 th digit in part number is equal to one.
1 to 247 1
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .
Full values can be read with other interfaces .
Note:
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .
R: Read
W: Write
E:
EEPROM
S:
User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
125
•
Chapter 4 Setup Page
5
Chapter 5: Profiling Page
How to Setup and Start a Profile
First, consider some foundational profile setup features that once configured, will then be available for all profiles.
Note:
It should also be noted that to execute a profile for any given loop of control, profiles must be enabled for each loop; this can be found in the Loop Menu of the
Setup Page.
The screen shot below (EZ-ZONE Configurator software) graphically shows the settings that will apply to all profiles; e.g., if Guaranteed Soak is not enabled here this feature will not be available in any individual profile configuration.
Some of those features that apply to all profiles are listed below with a brief description of their function.
- Ramping Type
(Time or Rate) which changes the profile set point based on a set interval of time or set rate.
- Profile Type (Set
Point or Process) determines whether a step (any step changing the set point) of a profile will begin by using the process value (Process) or the last closed-loop set point (Set Point).
- Guaranteed Soak
Enable, when set to On makes this feature avail-
able in all profiles. If Guaranteed Soak Enable is on, use Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4 to set the value for the corresponding loop. Set the deviation or band above or below the working set point where this condition must be met before the profile can proceed.
- Control Mode Enable if changed to on, will allow the loops control mode to be changed through the profile.
- Wait for Mode determines how the wait-for conditions must be satisfied:
• Complete requires that all of the conditions must be true at the same time.
• Once requires that all of the conditions were true at some time during the wait period.
Note:
Changes made to profile parameters in the Profiling
Pages will be saved and will also have an immediate impact on the running profile. Some parameters in the
Profile Status Menu can be changed for the currently running profile, but should only be changed by knowledgeable personnel and with caution. Changing parameters via the Profile Status Menu will not change the stored profile but will have an immediate impact on the profile that is running.
Once these global profile features are configured, the next step will require navigation to the Profiling
Page. Here, each desired ramp and soak profile will be configured.
To navigate to the
Profile Page using the
RUI, follow the steps below:
1. From the Home
Page, press and hold the Advance Key
‰ for four seconds. The profile prompt [ProF] will appear in the lower display and the profile number (e.g. [``p1]) appears in the upper display.
2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to change to another profile.
3. Press the Advance Key
‰
to move to the selected profiles first step.
4. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to move through the steps.
5. Press the Advance Key
‰
to move through the se-
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
126
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
lected step settings.
6. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to change the steps settings.
7. Press the Infinity Key ˆ at any time to return to the step number prompt.
8. Press the Infinity Key ˆ again to return to the profile number prompt.
9. From any point press and hold the Infinity
Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the
Home Page.
If using EZ-ZONE
Configurator software, simply click on the plus sign next to Profiles in the left hand column, as shown in the screen shot below.
Prior to moving on, it would be beneficial to point out (see graphic on previous page) that if it is desired to configure a wait-for (process or event) step within any given profile that
Source Functions A through D would be used for digital wait-for events where Source
Functions E through
H would be used for wait-for process. The source functions must be defined in the Profile Menu of the Setup
Page to be available when configuring each individual profile on the
Profiling Page. Notice in the screen shot to the right some fields or parameters are not selectable (grayed out) due to the selections made for the profile features in the Profile Page of the Setup menu.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
127
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
Profiling Parameters
[``p1]
to [`p25] Profile 1 to 25
[``s1]
to [`s15] Subroutine 1 to 15
[prof]
[```1]
to [`250]
[S;typ]
Step Type
[C;M1]
Control Mode Loop 1
[C;M2]
Control Mode Loop 2
[C;M3]
Control Mode Loop 3
[C;M4]
Control Mode Loop 4
[t;SP1]
Target Set Point Loop 1
[t;SP2]
Target Set Point Loop 2
[t;SP3]
Target Set Point Loop 3
[t;SP4]
Target Set Point Loop 4
[hoUr]
Hours
[Min]
Minutes
[`SEC]
Seconds
[RATE]
Rate
[`P;E1]
Step Wait For Process Enable 1
[W;P1]
Wait For Process 1
[`P;E2]
Step Wait For Process Enable 2
[W;P2]
Wait For Process 2
[`P;E3]
Step Wait For Process Enable 3
[W;P3]
Wait For Process 3
[`P;E4]
Step Wait For Process Enable 4
[W;P4]
Wait For Process 4
[WE;1]
Wait Event 1
[WE;2]
Wait Event 2
[WE;3]
Wait Event 3
[WE;4]
Wait Event 4
[doW]
Day of Week
[gSE1]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1
[gSE2]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 2
[gSE3]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 3
[gSE4]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 4
[``SS]
Subroutine Step
[``SC]
Subroutine Count
[``JS]
Jump Step
[``JC]
Jump Count
[`EnD] End Type
[Ent1] Event 1
[Ent2] Event 2
[Ent3] Event 3
[Ent4] Event 4
[Ent5] Event 5
[Ent6] Event 6
[Ent7] Event 7
[Ent8] Event 8
Subroutine Step 1 (to 150)
[S;typ]
Step Type
[C;M1]
Control Mode Loop 1
[C;M2]
Control Mode Loop 2
[C;M3]
Control Mode Loop 3
[C;M4]
Control Mode Loop 4
[t;SP1]
Target Set Point Loop 1
[t;SP2]
Target Set Point Loop 2
[t;SP3]
Target Set Point Loop 3
[t;SP4]
Target Set Point Loop 4
[hoUr]
Hours
[Min]
Minutes
[`SEC]
Seconds
[RATE]
Rate
[`P;E1]
Step Wait For Process Enable 1
[W;P1]
Wait For Process 1
[`P;E2]
Step Wait For Process Enable 2
[W;P2]
Wait For Process 2
[`P;E3]
Step Wait For Process Enable 3
[W;P3]
Wait For Process 3
[`P;E4]
Step Wait For Process Enable 4
[W;P4]
Wait For Process 4
[WE;1]
Wait Event 1
[WE;2]
Wait Event 2
[WE;3]
Wait Event 3
[WE;4]
Wait Event 4
[doW]
Day of Week
[gSE1]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1
[gSE2]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 2
[gSE3]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 3
[gSE4]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 4
[Ent1] Event 1
[Ent2] Event 2
[Ent3] Event 3
[Ent4] Event 4
[Ent5] Event 5
[Ent6] Event 6
[Ent7] Event 7
[Ent8] Event 8
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
128
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module •
Profile Page
Range Default
[S;typ]
[S.typ]
Step (1 to 250)
Step Type
Select a step type.
[UStP]
Unused Step (50)
[SoAH]
Soak (87)
[W;PE]
Wait For Process or Event (1542)
[CLoc]
Wait For Time
(1543)
[Stat]
State (1515)
[Subr]
Subroutine Step
(1516)
[``JL]
Jump Loop (116)
[`End]
End (27)
[``ti]
Time (143)
[rAtE]
Rate (81)
[AUto]
Auto (10)
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[MAn]
Manual (54)
Unused
[C;M1]
[C.M1]
[C;M2]
[C.M2]
[C;M3]
[C.M3]
[C;M4]
[C.M4]
Step (1 to 250)
Control Mode Loop 1
Set the control mode for this loop.
Step (1 to 250)
Control Mode Loop 2
Set the control mode for this loop.
Step (1 to 250)
Control Mode Loop 3
Set the control mode for this loop.
Step (1 to 250)
Control Mode Loop 4
Set the control mode for this loop.
[AUto]
[`oFF]
[MAn]
[AUto]
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[MAn]
Manual (54)
[AUto]
[`oFF]
[MAn]
Auto (10)
Off (62)
Manual (54)
Auto (10)
Auto (10)
Off (62)
Manual (54)
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
[t;SP1]
[t.SP1]
[t;SP2]
[t.SP2]
[t;SP3]
[t.SP3]
[t;SP4]
[t.SP4]
Step (1 to 250)
Target Set Point
Loop 1
If step type is Time or
State - enter set point for this loop. If Rate step, enter set point for loops 1, 2, 3 and 4.
Step (1 to 250)
Target Set Point
Loop 2
If step type is Time or
State - enter set point for this loop.
Step (1 to 250)
Target Set Point
Loop 3
If step type is Time or
State - enter set point for this loop.
Step (1 to 250)
Target Set Point
Loop 4
If step type is Time or
State - enter set point for this loop.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
Modbus
Relative
Address
5440
[offset 100]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
1
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 21001 uint
RWE
5486
[offset 100]
5488
[offset 100]
5490
[offset 100]
5492
[offset 100]
5442
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x18 (24)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x19 (25)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x1A (26)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x1B (27)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
2
5494
[offset 100]
0x79 121
1 to (250)
0x1C (28)
5496
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x1D
(29)
5498
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x1E (30)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
21024
21025
21026
21027
21002
21028
21029
21030 uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE float
RWE float
RWE float
RWE float
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
129
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module •
Profile Page
Range Default
[hoUr]
[hoUr]
[Min]
[Min]
[~SEC]
[ SEC]
[rate]
[rAtE]
Step (1 to 250)
Hours
If step type is Time, enter time over which set point changes. If
Soak or State Step, enter time to maintain this step.
Step (1 to 250)
Step Type Parameters
Minutes
If step type is Time, enter time over which set point changes. If
Soak or State Step, enter time to maintain this step.
Step (1 to 250)
Seconds
If step type is Time, enter time over which set point changes. If
Soak or State Step, enter time to maintain this step.
Step (1 to 250)
Rate
If step type is Rate, select the rate for ramping in degrees or units per minute.
0 to 99
0 to 59
0 to 59
0 to 9,999.000°F or units per minute
0 to 5,555.000°C per minute
0
0
0
0.0
[`P;E1]
[P.E1]
Step (1 to 250)
Step Wait For Process Enable 1
If step type is Wait for Process or Event, select whether process value must be Less
Than or Greater Than the value of Wait for
Process to satisfy the wait-for condition.
[`oFF]
[``L;t]
[``g;t]
(1435)
Off (62)
Less Than (1436)
Greater Than
Off
[W;P1]
[W.P1]
Step (1 to 250)
Wait For Process 1
Enter a value that must be satisfied which is specified by
Source E in Profile
Setup.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
0.0°F or units
-18.0°C
[`P;E2]
[P.E2]
Step (1 to 250)
Step Wait For Process Enable 2
If step type is Wait for Process or Event, select whether process value must be Less
Than or Greater Than the value of Wait for
Process to satisfy the wait-for condition.
[`oFF]
[``L;t]
[``g;t]
(1435)
Off (62)
Less Than (1436)
Greater Than
Off
Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
Modbus
Relative
Address
5444
[offset 100]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
3
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 21003 uint
RWE
5446
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
4
5448
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
5
5450
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
6
5510
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x24 (36)
5460
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0xB (11)
5512
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x25 (37)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
21004 uint
RWE
21005 uint
RWE
21006 float
RWE
21036 uint
RWE
21011 float
RWE
21037 uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
130
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module •
Profile Page
Range Default
[W;P1]
[W.P1]
[`P;E3]
[P.E3]
[W;P3]
[W.P3]
Step (1 to 250)
Wait For Process 2
Enter a value that must be satisfied which is specified by
Source F in Profile
Setup.
Step (1 to 250)
Step Wait For Process Enable 3
If step type is Wait for Process or Event, select whether process value must be Less
Than or Greater Than the value of Wait for
Process to satisfy the wait-for condition.
Step (1 to 250)
Wait For Process 3
Enter a value that must be satisfied which is specified by
Source G in Profile
Setup.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[``L;t]
Less Than (1436)
[``g;t]
Greater Than
(1435)
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
0.0°F or units
-18.0°C
Off
0.0°F or units
-18.0°C
[`P;E4]
[P.E4]
[W;P4]
[W.P4]
[WE;1]
[WE.1]
Step (1 to 250)
Step Wait For Process Enable 4
If step type is Wait for Process or Event, select whether process value must be Less
Than or Greater Than the value of Wait for
Process to satisfy the wait-for condition.
Step (1 to 250)
Wait For Process 4
Enter a value that must be satisfied which is specified by
Source H in Profile
Setup.
Step (1 to 250)
Wait Event 1
Select a state that must be satisfied which is specified by
Source A in Profile
Setup.
[`oFF]
[``L;t]
[``g;t]
(1435)
Off (62)
Less Than (1436)
Greater Than
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
[nonE]
[``on]
[`oFF]
None (61)
On (63)
Off (62)
Off
0.0°F or units
-18.0°C
None
[WE;2]
[WE.2]
Step (1 to 250)
Wait Event 2
Select a state that must be satisfied which is specified by
Source B in Profile
Setup.
[nonE]
[``on]
[`oFF]
None (61)
On (63)
Off (62)
None
Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
Modbus
Relative
Address
5500
[offset 100]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x1F (31)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 21031 float
RWE
5514
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x26 (38)
5502
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x20 (32)
5516
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x27 (39)
5504
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x21 (33)
5456
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
9
5458
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0xA (10)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
21038
21032
21039
21033
21009
21010 uint
RWE float
RWE uint
RWE float
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
131
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module •
Profile Page
Range Default
[WE;3]
[WE.3]
[WE;4]
[WE.4]
Step (1 to 250)
Wait Event 3
Select a state that must be satisfied which is specified by
Source C in Profile
Setup.
Step (1 to 250)
Wait Event 4
Select a state that must be satisfied which is specified by
Source D in Profile
Setup.
Step (1 to 250)
Day of Week
If step type is Wait for Time, select day of week for profile to proceed.
[nonE]
[``on]
[`oFF]
[nonE]
None (61)
On (63)
Off (62)
None (61)
[``on]
On (63)
[`oFF]
Off (62)
None
None
[dow]
[doW]
[``Ed]
Every Day (1567)
[`Wd]
Week Days (1566)
[Mon]
Monday (1559)
[`tue]
Tuesday (1560)
[Wed]
Wednesday (1561)
[thUr]
Thursday (1562)
[`Fri]
Friday (1563)
[`Sat]
Saturday (1564)
[`sun]
Sunday (1565)
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[``on]
On (63)
Every
Day
[gSE1]
[gSE1]
[gSE2]
[gSE2]
[gSE3]
[gSE3]
[gSE4]
[gSE4]
Step (1 to 250)
Guaranteed Soak
Enable 1
Select if profile should pause while process 1 deviates from deviation band.
Step (1 to 250)
Guaranteed Soak
Enable 2
Select if profile should pause while process 2 deviates from deviation band.
Step (1 to 250)
Guaranteed Soak
Enable 3
Select if profile should pause while process 3 deviates from deviation band.
Step (1 to 250)
Guaranteed Soak
Enable 4
Select if profile should pause while process 4 deviates from deviation band.
[`oFF]
[``on]
[`oFF]
[``on]
[`oFF]
[``on]
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
Off
Off
Off
Off
[``SS]
[ SS]
Step (1 to 250)
Subroutine Step
If step type is Subroutine, specify subroutine step to jump to next.
1 to 15 1
Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
Modbus
Relative
Address
5482
[offset 100]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x16 (22)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 21022 uint
RWE
5484
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x18 (24)
5520
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x29 (41)
5522
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x2A (42)
5524
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x2B(43)
5526
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x2C (44)
5528
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x2D
(45)
5506
[offset 100]
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x22 (34)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
21024 uint
RWE
21041 uint
RWE
21042 uint
RWE
21043 uint
RWE
21044 uint
RWE
21045 uint
RWE
21034 uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
132
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
RMC Module •
Profile Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
[``SC]
[ SC]
[~~JS]
[ JS]
[~~JC]
[ JC]
Step (1 to 250)
Subroutine Count
If step type is Subroutine, specify number of times to execute subroutine steps.
Step (1 to 250)
Jump Step
If step type is Jump
Loop, select a step to jump next.
Step (1 to 250)
Jump Count
If step type is Jump
Loop, set the number of jumps. A value of
0 creates an infinite loop. Loops can be nested four deep.
Step (1 to 250)
End Type
If step type is End, select what the controller will do when this profile ends.
1 to 9,999
Step-1 (Minimum of 1)
0 to 9,999
1
1
1
[~End]
[ End]
[`oFF]
Control Mode set to Off (62)
[Hold]
Hold last closedloop set point in the profile (47)*
[USEr]
User, reverts to previous set point (100)
User
[Ent1]
[Ent1]
[Ent2]
[Ent2]
Step (1 to 250)
Event 1
Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out A is on, unchanged or off during this step.
Step (1 to 250)
Event 2
Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out B is on, unchanged or off during this step.
* End Hold does not affect the control mode, only the closed loop set point.
The profile will return to the control mode prior to starting the profile.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[Ucgd]
Unchanged (1557)
[``on]
On (63)
[`oFF]
[Ucgd]
[``on]
Off (62)
Unchanged (1557)
On (63)
Unchanged
Unchanged
[Ent3]
[Ent3]
Step (1 to 250)
Event 3
Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out C is on, unchanged or off during this step.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[Ucgd]
Unchanged (1557)
[``on]
On (63)
Unchanged
Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
5508
[offset 100]
5462
[offset 100]
5464
[offset 100]
5466
[offset 100]
5452
[offset 100]
5454
[offset 100]
5470
[offset 100]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x23 (35)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0xC (12)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0xD (13)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0xE (14)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
7
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
8
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x10 (16)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
21035
21012
21013
21014
21007
21008
21016 uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
133
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
RMC Module •
Profile Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
[Ent4]
[Ent4]
[Ent5]
[Ent5]
[Ent6]
[Ent6]
[Ent7]
[Ent7]
Step (1 to 250)
Event 4
Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out D is on, unchanged or off during this step.
Step (1 to 250)
Event 5
Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out E is on, unchanged or off during this step.
Step (1 to 250)
Event 6
Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out F is on, unchanged or off during this step.
Step (1 to 250)
Event 7
Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out G is on, unchanged or off during this step.
[`oFF]
[Ucgd]
[``on]
[`oFF]
Off (62)
Unchanged (1557)
On (63)
Off (62)
[Ucgd]
Unchanged (1557)
[``on]
On (63)
[`oFF]
[Ucgd]
Unchanged (1557)
[``on]
On (63)
[`oFF]
[Ucgd]
[``on]
Off (62)
Off (62)
Unchanged (1557)
On (63)
Unchanged
Unchanged
Unchanged
Unchanged
[Ent8]
[Ent8]
[S;typ]
[S.typ]
Step (1 to 250)
Event 8
Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out H is on, unchanged or off during this step.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Step Type
Select a step type.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[Ucgd]
Unchanged (1557)
[``on]
On (63)
[UStP]
Unused Step (50)
[SoAH]
Soak (87)
[W;PE]
Wait For Process or Event (1542)
[CLoc]
Wait For Time
(1543)
[Stat]
State (1515)
[`End]
End (27)
[``ti]
Time (143)
[rAtE]
Rate (81)
[AUto]
Auto (10)
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[MAn]
Manual (54)
Unchanged
Unused
[C;M1]
[C.M1]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Control Mode Loop 1
Set the control mode for this loop.
Auto
[C;M2]
[C.M2]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Control Mode Loop 2
Set the control mode for this loop.
[AUto]
[`oFF]
[MAn]
Auto (10)
Off (62)
Manual (54)
Auto
Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
Modbus
Relative
Address
5472
[offset 100]
5474
[offset 100]
5476
[offset 100]
5478
[offset 100]
5480
[offset 100]
30440
[offset 86]
30442
[offset 86]
30444
[offset 86]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x11 (17)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x12 (18)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x13 (19)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x14 (20)
0x79
(121)
1 to (250)
0x15 (21)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
1
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
2
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
3
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data Type
& Read/
Write
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
21017
21018
21019
21020
21021
5001
5002
5003 uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
134
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module •
Profile Page
Range Default
[C;M3]
[C.M3]
[C;M4]
[C.M4]
[t;SP1]
[t.SP1]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Control Mode Loop 3
Set the control mode for this loop.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Control Mode Loop 4
Set the control mode for this loop.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Target Set Point
Loop 1
If step type is Time or
State - enter set point for this loop. If Rate step, enter set point for loops 1, 2, 3 and 4.
[AUto]
[`oFF]
[MAn]
[AUto]
[`oFF]
[MAn]
Auto (10)
Off (62)
Manual (54)
Auto (10)
Off (62)
Manual (54)
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
Auto
Auto
0.0
[t;SP2]
[t.SP2]
[t;SP3]
[t.SP3]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Target Set Point
Loop 2
If step type is Time or
State - enter set point for this loop.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Target Set Point
Loop 3
If step type is Time or
State - enter set point for this loop.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
0.0
0.0
[t;SP4]
[t.SP4]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Target Set Point
Loop 4
If step type is Time or
State - enter set point for this loop.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
0.0
[hoUr]
[hoUr]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Hours
If step type is Time, enter time over which set point changes. If
Soak or State Step, enter time to maintain this step. If step type is Wait for Time, enter time to wait on.
0 to 23 0
Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
Modbus
Relative
Address
30446
[offset 86]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
4
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 5004 uint
RWE
30448
[offset 86]
30450
[offset 86]
30452
[offset 86]
30454
[offset 86]
30456
[offset 86]
30458
[offset 86]
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
5
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
6
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
7
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
8
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
9
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0xA (10)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010 uint
RWE float
RWE float
RWE float float
RWE uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
135
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module •
Profile Page
Range Default
[Min]
[Min]
[~SEC]
[ SEC]
[rate]
[rAtE]
[`P;E1]
[P.E1]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Minutes
If step type is Time, enter time over which set point changes. If
Soak or State Step, enter time to maintain this step. If step type is Wait for Time, enter time to wait on.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Seconds
If step type is Time, enter time over which set point changes. If
Soak or State Step, enter time to maintain this step. If step type is Wait for Time, enter time to wait on.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Rate
If step type is Rate, select the rate for ramping in degrees or units per minute.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Step Wait For Process Enable 1
If step type is Wait for Process or Event, select whether process value must be Less
Than or Greater Than the value of Wait for
Process to satisfy the wait-for condition.
0 to 59
0 to 59
0 to 9,999.000°F or units per minute
0 to 5,555.000°C per minute
[`oFF]
[``L;t]
[``g;t]
(1435)
Off (62)
Less Than (1436)
Greater Than
0
0
0.0
Off
[W;P1]
[W.P1]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Wait For Process 1
Enter a value that must be satisfied which is specified by
Source E in Profile
Setup.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
0.0°F or units
-18.0°C
Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
Modbus
Relative
Address
30460
[offset 86]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0xB (11)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 5011 uint
RWE
30462
[offset 86]
30464
[offset 86]
30490
[offset 86]
30498
[offset 86]
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0xC (12)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0xD (13)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x1A (26)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x1E (30)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
5012
5013
5026
5030 uint
RWE float
RWE uint
RWE float
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
136
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module •
Profile Page
Range Default
[`P;E2]
[P.E2]
[W;P1]
[W.P1]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Step Wait For Process Enable 2
If step type is Wait for Process or Event, select whether process value must be Less
Than or Greater Than the value of Wait for
Process to satisfy the wait-for condition.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Wait For Process 2
Enter a value that must be satisfied which is specified by
Source F in Profile
Setup.
[`oFF]
[``L;t]
[``g;t]
(1435)
Off (62)
Less Than (1436)
Greater Than
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
Off
0.0°F or units
-18.0°C
[`P;E3]
[P.E3]
[W;P3]
[W.P3]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Step Wait For Process Enable 3
If step type is Wait for Process or Event, select whether process value must be Less
Than or Greater Than the value of Wait for
Process to satisfy the wait-for condition.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Wait For Process 3
Enter a value that must be satisfied which is specified by
Source G in Profile
Setup.
[`oFF]
[``L;t]
[``g;t]
(1435)
Off (62)
Less Than (1436)
Greater Than
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
Off
0.0°F or units
-18.0°C
[`P;E4]
[P.E4]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Step Wait For Process Enable 4
If step type is Wait for Process or Event, select whether process value must be Less
Than or Greater Than the value of Wait for
Process to satisfy the wait-for condition.
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[``L;t]
Less Than (1436)
[``g;t]
Greater Than
(1435)
Off
Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
Modbus
Relative
Address
30492
[offset 86]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x1B (27)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 5027 uint
RWE
30500
[offset 86]
30494
[offset 86]
30502
[offset 86]
30496
[offset 86]
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x1F (31)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x1C (28)
0x69
(105)
1 to (250)
0x20 (32)
0x69
(105)
1 to (250)
0x1D
(29)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
5031
5028
5032
5029 float
RWE uint
RWE float
RWE uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
137
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module •
Profile Page
Range Default
[W;P4]
[W.P4]
[WE;1]
[WE.1]
[WE;2]
[WE.2]
[WE;3]
[WE.3]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Wait For Process 4
Enter a value that must be satisfied which is specified by
Source H in Profile
Setup.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Wait Event 1
Enter a state that must be satisfied which is specified by
Source A in Profile
Setup.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Wait Event 2
Enter a state that must be satisfied which is specified by
Source B in Profile
Setup.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Wait Event 3
Enter a state that must be satisfied which is specified by
Source C in Profile
Setup.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
[nonE]
None (61)
[``on]
On (63)
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[nonE]
[``on]
On (63)
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[nonE]
[``on]
[`oFF]
None (61)
None (61)
On (63)
Off (62)
0.0°F or units
-18.0°C
None
None
None
[WE;4]
[WE.4]
[dow]
[doW]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Wait Event 4
Enter a state that must be satisfied which is specified by
Source D in Profile
Setup.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Day of Week
If step type is Wait for Time, select day of week for profile to proceed.
[nonE]
None (61)
[``on]
On (63)
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[``Ed]
Every Day (1567)
[`Wd]
Week Days (1566)
[Mon]
Monday (1559)
[`tue]
Tuesday (1560)
[Wed]
Wednesday (1561)
[thUr]
Thursday (1562)
[`Fri]
Friday (1563)
[`Sat]
Saturday (1564)
[`sun]
Sunday (1565)
None
Every
Day
[gSE1]
[gSE1]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Guaranteed Soak
Enable 1
Select if profile should pause while process 1 deviates from deviation band.
[`oFF]
[``on]
Off (62)
On (63)
Off
Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
Modbus
Relative
Address
30504
[offset 86]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x69
(105)
1 to (250)
0x21 (33)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 5033 float
RWE
30482
[offset 86]
30484
[offset 86]
30486
[offset 86]
30488
[offset 86]
30508
[offset 86]
30510
[offset 86]
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x16 (22)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x17 (23)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x18 (24)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x19 (25)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x23 (35)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x24 (36)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
5022
5023
5024
5025
5035
5036 uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
138
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
RMC Module •
Profile Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
[gSE2]
[gSE2]
[gSE3]
[gSE3]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Guaranteed Soak
Enable 2
Select if profile should pause while process 2 deviates from deviation band.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Guaranteed Soak
Enable 3
Select if profile should pause while process 3 deviates from deviation band.
[`oFF]
[``on]
[`oFF]
[``on]
Off (62)
On (63)
Off (62)
On (63)
Off
Off
[gSE4]
[gSE4]
[Ent1]
[Ent1]
[Ent2]
[Ent2]
[Ent3]
[Ent3]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Guaranteed Soak
Enable 4
Select if profile should pause while process 4 deviates from deviation band.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Event 1
Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out A is on, unchanged or off during this step.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Event 2
Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out B is on, unchanged or off during this step.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Event 3
Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out C is on, unchanged or off during this step.
[`oFF]
[``on]
[Ucgd]
[`oFF]
[``on]
[Ucgd]
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[``on]
On (63)
[Ucgd]
[`oFF]
[``on]
Off (62)
On (63)
Unchanged (1557)
Off (62)
On (63)
Unchanged (1557)
Unchanged (1557)
Off (62)
On (63)
Off
Unchanged
Unchanged
Unchanged
[Ent4]
[Ent4]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Event 4
Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out D is on, unchanged or off during this step.
[Ucgd]
Unchanged (1557)
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[``on]
On (63)
Unchanged
Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
Modbus
Relative
Address
30512
[offset 86]
30514
[offset 86]
30516
[offset 86]
30466
[offset 86]
30468
[offset 86]
30470
[offset 86]
30472
[offset 86]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x25 (37)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 5037 uint
RWE
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x26 (38)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x27 (39)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0xE (14)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0xF (15)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x10 (16)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x11 (17)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
5038
5039
5014
5015
5016
5017 uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
139
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
RMC Module •
Profile Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range Default
[Ent5]
[Ent5]
[Ent6]
[Ent6]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Event 5
Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out E is on, unchanged or off during this step.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Event 6
Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out F is on, unchanged or off during this step.
[Ucgd]
[`oFF]
[``on]
[Ucgd]
Unchanged (1557)
Off (62)
On (63)
Unchanged (1557)
[`oFF]
Off (62)
[``on]
On (63)
Unchanged
Unchanged
[Ent7]
[Ent7]
[Ent8]
[Ent8]
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Event 7
Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out G is on, unchanged or off during this step.
Subroutine Step (1 to
150)
Event 8
Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out H is on, unchanged or off during this step.
[Ucgd]
[`oFF]
[``on]
[Ucgd]
[`oFF]
[``on]
Unchanged (1557)
Off (62)
On (63)
Unchanged (1557)
Off (62)
On (63)
Unchanged
Unchanged
Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
Modbus
Relative
Address
30474
[offset 86]
30476
[offset 86]
30478
[offset 86]
30480
[offset 86]
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x12 (18)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 5018 uint
RWE
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x13 (19)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x14 (20)
0x69
(105)
1 to (150)
0x15 (21)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
5019
5020
5021 uint
RWE uint
RWE uint
RWE
R: Read
W: Write
E: EEPROM
S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
140
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
Display
[UStP]
[UStP]
[``ti]
[ ti]
[rAtE]
[rAtE]
Step Type
Description
Step Types
Unused Step
This is an empty step that can be used to plan for future steps to be inserted or temporarily deactivate a step in a profile. Change step type back when the step should be active again.
Step Types
Time
If Ramping Type in Setup Profile is set for Time, control loop 1 to 4 may be part of the profile and all enabled control loops follow independent set points over the specified time.
The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.
Step Types
Rate
If Ramping Type in Setup Profile is set for Rate, control loop
1 must be part of the profile and all other enabled control loops follow the same set point and rate in degrees or units per minute. Ensure all control loops have the same units of measure. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.
Parameters in Step Type
- - - -
[CM;1]
Control Mode Loop 1
[CM;2]
Control Mode Loop 2
[CM;3]
Control Mode Loop 3
[CM;4]
Control Mode Loop 4
[tg;S1]
Target Set Point Loop 1
[tg;S2]
Target Set Point Loop 2
[tg;S3]
Target Set Point Loop 3
[tg;S4]
Target Set Point Loop 4
[hoUr]
Hours
[Min]
Minutes
[`SEC]
Seconds
[gSE1]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1
[gSE2]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 2
[gSE3]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 3
[gSE4]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 4
[Ent1]
Event 1
[Ent2]
Event 2
[Ent3]
Event 3
[Ent4]
Event 4
[Ent5]
Event 5
[Ent6]
Event 6
[Ent7]
Event 7
[Ent8]
Event 8
[CM;1]
Control Mode Loop 1
[CM;2]
Control Mode Loop 2
[CM;3]
Control Mode Loop 3
[CM;4]
Control Mode Loop 4
[tg;S1]
Target Set Point Loop 1
[gSE1]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1
[gSE2]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 2
[gSE3]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 3
[gSE4]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 4
[rAtE]
Rate
[Ent1]
Event 1
[Ent2]
Event 2
[Ent3]
Event 3
[Ent4]
Event 4
[Ent5]
Event 5
[Ent6]
Event 6
[Ent7]
Event 7
[Ent8]
Event 8
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
141
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
Display
[SoAH]
[SoAk]
[CLoc]
[CLoc]
[W;PE]
[W.PE]
Step Types
Soak
Step Type
Description
A Soak Step maintains the last Target Set Points for the designated time. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.
Parameters in Step Type
Step Types
Wait For Time
A Wait for Time Step is available with an Access module having the real-time calendar clock feature. This allows the program to wait for a specified day and time before proceeding to the next step. Used to have the profile execute steps everyday or only weekdays. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.
Step Types
Wait For Process or Event
A Wait For Process or Event Step will wait for four process values to match the Wait for Process Values (1 to 4), and/ or for the four Wait For Event states (1 to 4) to match the specified state. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.
[CM;1]
Control Mode Loop 1
[CM;2]
Control Mode Loop 2
[CM;3]
Control Mode Loop 3
[CM;4]
Control Mode Loop 4
[hoUr]
Hours
[Min]
Minutes
[`SEC]
Seconds
[gSE1]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1
[gSE2]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 2
[gSE3]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 3
[gSE4]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 4
[Ent1]
Event 1
[Ent2]
Event 2
[Ent3]
Event 3
[Ent4]
Event 4
[Ent5]
Event 5
[Ent6]
Event 6
[Ent7]
Event 7
[Ent8]
Event 8
[hoUr]
Hours
[Min]
Minutes
[`SEC]
Seconds
[dow]
Day of Week
[Ent1]
Event 1
[Ent2]
Event 2
[Ent3]
Event 3
[Ent4]
Event 4
[Ent5]
Event 5
[Ent6]
Event 6
[Ent7]
Event 7
[Ent8]
Event 8
[P;E1]
Step Wait For Process Enable 1
[WP;1]
Wait For Process 1
[P;E2]
Step Wait For Process Enable 2
[WP;2]
Wait For Process 2
[P;E3]
Step Wait For Process Enable 3
[WP;3]
Wait For Process 3
[P;E4]
Step Wait For Process Enable 4
[WP;4]
Wait For Process 4
[WE;1]
Wait Event 1
[WE;2]
Wait Event 2
[WE;3]
Wait Event 3
[WE;4]
Wait Event 4
[Ent1]
Event 1
[Ent2]
Event 2
[Ent3]
Event 3
[Ent4]
Event 4
[Ent5]
Event 5
[Ent6]
Event 6
[Ent7]
Event 7
[Ent8]
Event 8
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
142
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
Display
[StAt]
[StAt]
[Subr]
[Subr]
[``JL]
[ JL]
[`End]
[ End]
Step Types
State
Step Type
Description
A State Step changes set points instantly to the specified values then maintains the Target Set Points for the designated time. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.
Parameters in Step Type
Step Types
Subroutine
A Subroutine Step jumps to a set of subroutine steps that are common to many profiles. This allows efficiency by utilizing several steps to be accessed and called upon. Once the subroutine is complete, control is passed back to the main profile at the next step. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained. This step type not available in subroutine.
Step Types
Jump Loop
A Jump Loop step will repeat previous steps a number of times designated in Jump Count. Jump Loops can be nested up to four deep. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained. This step type not available in subroutine. Note: Use the Subroutine step type to jump forward to a set of common steps.
Step Types
End
An End Step will end the profile and set the control modes and set points to match the End Type. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained. The event outputs will not be set off unless specifically stated in this step. If a profile does not have an End Step, the profile continues until step 250, then stops and maintains the last set points and control modes. In Subroutines, the End Step returns control back to the next profile step following the call.
[CM;1]
Control Mode Loop 1
[CM;2]
Control Mode Loop 2
[CM;3]
Control Mode Loop 3
[CM;4]
Control Mode Loop 4
[tg;S1]
Target Set Point Loop 1
[tg;S2]
Target Set Point Loop 2
[tg;S3]
Target Set Point Loop 3
[tg;S4]
Target Set Point Loop 4
[gSE1]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1
[gSE2]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 2
[gSE3]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 3
[gSE4]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 4
[hoUr]
Hours
[Min]
Minutes
[`SEC]
Seconds
[Ent1]
Event 1
[Ent2]
Event 2
[Ent3]
Event 3
[Ent4]
Event 4
[Ent5]
Event 5
[Ent6]
Event 6
[Ent7]
Event 7
[Ent8]
Event 8
[``SS]
Subroutine Step
[``SC]
Subroutine Count
[Ent1]
Event 1
[Ent2]
Event 2
[Ent3]
Event 3
[Ent4]
Event 4
[Ent5]
Event 5
[Ent6]
Event 6
[Ent7]
Event 7
[Ent8]
Event 8
[``JS]
Jump Step
[``JC]
Jump Count
[Ent1]
Event 1
[Ent2]
Event 2
[Ent3]
Event 3
[Ent4]
Event 4
[Ent5]
Event 5
[Ent6]
Event 6
[Ent7]
Event 7
[Ent8]
Event 8
[`End]
End Type
[Ent1]
Event 1
[Ent2]
Event 2
[Ent3]
Event 3
[Ent4]
Event 4
[Ent5]
Event 5
[Ent6]
Event 6
[Ent7]
Event 7
[Ent8]
Event 8
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
143
•
Chapter 5 Profiling Page
6
Chapter 6: Factory Pages
Control Module Factory Page Parameters
To navigate to the Factory Page using the RUI, follow the steps below:
1. From the Home Page, press and hold both the Advance
‰ and Infinity ˆ keys for six seconds.
2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available menus.
3. Press the Advance Key choice.
‰
to enter the menu of
4. If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and then press the Advance Key
‰
to enter.
5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through available menu prompts.
6. Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards through the levels: parameter to submenu; submenu to menu; menu to Home Page.
7. Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home Page.
On the following pages, top level menus are identified with a yellow background color.
Note:
Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.
Note:
Some of the listed parameters may not be visible. Parameter visibility is dependent upon controller part number.
[CUSt]
[FCty]
Custom Setup Menu
[```1]
to [``20]
[CUSt]
Custom Setup
[`par] Parameter
[`iid] Instance ID
[`LoC]
[FCty]
Security Setting Menu
[`LoC]
Security Setting
[LoC;o] Operations Page
[LoC;P] Profiling Page
[pas;e] Password
[RloC]
Read Lock
[SLoC] Write Security
[loC;l] Locked Access Level
[roll] Rolling Password
[pas;u] User Password
[pas;a] Administrator Password
[ULoC]
[FCty]
Security Setting Menu
[`LoC]
Security Setting
[CoDE] Public Key
[pass] Password
[diAg]
[FCty]
Diagnostics Menu
[diAg]
Diagnostics
[``Pn]
Part Number
[`rEu]
Software Revision
[S;bld]
Software Build Number
[``Sn]
Serial Number
[dAtE]
Date of Manufacture
[`CAL]
[FCty]
Calibration Menu
[```1]
[`ACt]
Calibration 1 (to 4)
[`Mu] Electrical Measurement
[ELi;o] Electrical Input Offset
[ELi;S] Electrical Input Slope
[ELo;o] Electrical Output Offset
[ELo;S] Electrical Output Slope
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
144
•
Chapter 6 Factory Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Factory Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
[CUSt]
[FCty]
Custom Setup Menu
[`par]
[ Par]
[`iid] iid]
Custom Menu
Parameter 1 to 20
Select the parameters that will appear in the
Home Page.
The Parameter 1 value will appear in the upper display of the
Home Page. It cannot be changed with the
Up and Down Keys in the Home Page.
The Parameter 2 value will appear in the lower display in the
Home Page. It can be changed with the Up and Down Keys, if the parameter is a writable one.
Scroll through the other
Home Page parameters with the Advance
Key
‰
.
nonE]
None
[`l;st]
Limit Status
[`L;hy]
Limit Hysteresis
[`Lh;S]
Limit High Set Point
[`LL;S]
Limit Low Set Point
[gSd1]
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1
[P;ACr]
Profile Action Request
[P;Str]
Profile Start
[idLE]
Idle Set Point
[t;tUn]
TRU-TUNE+
®
Enable
[`r;rt]
Ramp Rate
[`C;hy]
Cool Hysteresis
[`C;Pb]
Cool Proportional Band
[`h;hy]
Heat Hysteresis
[`h;Pb]
Heat Proportional Band
[``db]
Dead Band
[``td]
Time Derivative
[``ti]
Time Integral
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power
[`C;M]
User Control Mode
[`AUt]
Autotune
[``op]
Open Loop Set Point
[AC;SP]
Active Set Point
[AC;pu]
Active Process Value
[StPt]
Set Point
CUSt]
Custom Menu
[`A;hy]
Alarm Hysteresis
[`A;hi]
Alarm High Set Point
[`A;Lo]
Alarm Low Set Point
[USr;r]
User Restore Set
[`C_F]
Display Units
[`i;CA]
Input Calibration Offset
[`Pro]
Process
Custom Setup (1 to 20)
Instance ID
Select the instance of the parameter selected above to be displayed.
1 to 24
- - - -
- - - -
[`LoC]
[FCty]
Security Setting Menu
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with another interface .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
14005 uint
RWES
14003 uint
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E: EE-
PROM
S: User
Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
145
•
Chapter 6 Factory Page
Display
[LoC;o]
[LoC.o]
[LoC;P]
[LoC.P]
[pas;e]
[LoC.P]
[rLoC]
[rLoC]
Parameter Name
Description
Security Setting
Operations Page
Use to change the required security level clearance required to gain access to the Operations Page.
Security Setting
Profiling Page
Use to change the required security level clearance required to gain access to the Profiling Page.
Security Setting
Password Enable
Turn Password Enable ON if a Password access feature is desired. This is in addition to Read Lock or
Write Security..
Security Setting
Read Lock
Set the read security clearance level. The user can access the selected level and all lower levels.
Applies regardless of
Password Enable setting. Set the Read
Lock clearance level.
The user can have read access to the selected level and all lower levels. If the
Write Security level is higher than the Read
Lock, the Read Lock level takes priority.
1 to 3
1 to 3
[`off]
Off
[``on]
On
1 to 5
RMC Module • Factory Page
Range Default
2
Modbus
Relative
Address
43342
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x67 (103)
1
2
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 3002 unit
RWE
3
Off
5
43354
- - - -
0x67 (103)
1
8
- - - -
- - - 0x67 (103)
1
0x0A (10)
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
3008
- - - -
3010 uint
RWE
- - - uint
RWE
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with another interface .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
R: Read
W: Write
E: EE-
PROM
S: User
Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
146
•
Chapter 6 Factory Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Factory Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
- - - -
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x67 (103)
1
0x0B (11)
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 3011 uint
RWE
[SLoC]
[SLoC]
[loC;l]
[LoC.L]
[roll]
[roLL]
Security Setting
Write Security
Set the write security clearance level. The user can access the selected level and all lower levels.
Applies regardless of
Password Enable setting. Set the Write
Security clearance level. The user can have write access to the selected level and all lower levels. If the
Write Security level is higher than the Read
Lock, the Read Lock level takes priority.
Security Setting
Locked Access Level
Determines user level menu visibility when
Password is enabled.
See Features section under Password Security. This setting is in addition to Read Lock and Write Security.
Consider using only
Locked Access Level and Set Read Lock and Write Security to 5.
Security Setting
Rolling Password
Applies if Password
Enable is ON. When power is cycled a new
Public Key will be displayed.
0 to 5
1 to 5
[`off]
[``on]
Off
On
5
5
Off
[pas;u]
[PAS.u]
Security Setting
User Password
Applies if Password
Enable is ON. Used to acquire access to menus made available through the
Locked Access Level setting. Do not forget the password as it is required to change
Locked Access Level,
Read Lock or Write
Security.
10 to 999 63
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with another interface .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
R: Read
W: Write
E: EE-
PROM
S: User
Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
147
•
Chapter 6 Factory Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Factory Page
Range Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
- - - -
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
- - - -
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - - - - -
- - - -
[pas;a]
[PAS.A]
Security Setting
Administrator Password
Applies if Password
Enable is ON. Used to acquire access to menus made available through the
Locked Access Level setting. Do not forget the password as it is required to change
Locked Access Level,
Read Lock, Write Security and the ability to change the Passwords.
[ULoC]
[FCty]
Security Setting Menu
[Code]
[CodE]
[pass]
[PASS]
Security Setting
Public Key
If Rolling Password is turned ON, generates a random number when power is cycled.
If Rolling Password is
OFF, a fixed number will be displayed. The
Public Key is only required if the assigned
Password is unknown.
Provide the key to the
OEM or technical support to gain access.
Security Setting
Password
Applies if Password
Enable is set to ON.
Enter the 4-digit assigned password. If unknown, contact your supervisor, the
OEM or technical support to gain access.
10 to 999
Customer Specific
-1999 to 9999
156
0
0
[diAg]
[FCty]
Diagnostics Menu
[``Pn]
[ Pn]
[`rEu]
[ rEu]
Diagnostics Menu
Part Number
Display this controller's part number.
Diagnostics Menu
Software Revision
Display this controller's firmware revision number.
24
5
- - - -
- - - -
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with another interface .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
4
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
0x65
(101)
1
9
0x65
(101)
1 to 5
0x11 (17)
- - - -
- - - -
115
116
- - - -
- - - -
1009
1003
- - - -
- - - int
RWE int
R
R: Read
W: Write
E: EE-
PROM
S: User
Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
148
•
Chapter 6 Factory Page
Display
[S;bLd]
[S.bLd]
[``Sn]
[ Sn]
[dAtE]
[dAtE]
Parameter Name
Description
Diagnostics Menu
Software Build
Number
Display the firmware build number.
Diagnostics Menu
Serial Number
Display the serial number.
Diagnostics Menu
Date of Manufacture
Display the date code.
0 to 2,147,483,647
0 to 2,147,483,647
0 to 2,147,483,647
RMC Module • Factory Page
Range Default
- - - 8
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x65
(101)
1 to 5
5
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 1005 float
R
- - - -
- - - -
12
14
0
0x65
(101)
1
7
0x65
(101)
1
8
0x65
(101)
1
1
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
1007
1008
1001 float
RWE float
RWE signed
32-bit
R
No Display
Diagnostics Menu
Hardware ID
Read the hardware
ID.
23 or 116 23
[`CAL]
[FCty]
Calibration Menu
[`Mu]
[ Mv]
[ELi;o]
[ELi.o]
Calibration Menu (1 to 4)
Electrical Measurement
Read the raw electrical value for this input in the units corresponding to the Sensor Type (Setup Page,
Analog Input Menu) setting.
Calibration Menu (1 to 4)
Electrical Input
Offset
Change this value to calibrate the low end of the input range.
-3.4e38 to 3.4e38
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
0.0
[ELi;S]
[ELi.S]
[ELo;o]
[ELo.o]
Calibration Menu (1 to 4)
Electrical Input
Slope
Adjust this value to calibrate the slope of the input value.
Calibration Menu (1,
3, 5, 7)
Electrical Output
Offset
Change this value to calibrate the low end of the output range.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
1.0
0.0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with another interface .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
400
[offset
90]
378
[offset
90]
380
[offset
90]
848 (1)
938 (5)
0x68
(104)
1 to 4
0x15 (21)
0x68
(104)
1 to 4
0xA (10)
0x68
(104)
1 to 4
0xB (11)
0x76
(118)
1 to 4
5
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
4021
4010
4011
18005 float
R float
RWES float
RWES float
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E: EE-
PROM
S: User
Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
149
•
Chapter 6 Factory Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
RMC Module • Factory Page
Range Default
[ELo;S]
[ELo.S]
Calibration Menu (1,
3, 5, 7)
Electrical Output
Slope
Adjust this value to calibrate the slope of the output value.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
1.0
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with another interface .
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .
Modbus
Relative
Address
850 (1)
896 (3)
940 (5)
986 (7)
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute hex (dec)
0x76
(118)
1 to 4
6
Profibus
Index
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
& Read/
Write
- - - 18006 float
RWES
R: Read
W: Write
E: EE-
PROM
S: User
Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
150
•
Chapter 6 Factory Page
7
Chapter 7: Features
Saving and Restoring User Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Tuning the PID Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Filter Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Set Point Low Limit and High Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Scale High and Scale Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Range High and Range Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Receiving a Remote Set Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Ten Point Linearization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
NO-ARC Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Cool Output Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Control Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Output Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Auto (closed loop) and Manual (open loop) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Proportional (P) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Proportional plus Integral (PI) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Proportional, Integral and Derivative (PID) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Variable Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Single Set Point Ramping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Compressor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Motorized Valve Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Process and Deviation Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Alarm Hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Resetting a Tripped Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Current Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Open Loop Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Programming the EZ Key/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Using Password Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Modbus - Using Programmable Memory Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
151
•
Chapter 7 Features
7
Chapter 7: Features
(cont .)
Software Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Function Block Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Analog Input Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Compare Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Counter Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Custom Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Diagnostic Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Digital Input/Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Linearization Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Process Value Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Special Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
152
•
Chapter 7 Features
Saving and Restoring User Settings
Recording setup and operations parameter settings for future reference is very important. If you unintentionally change these, you will need to program the correct settings back into the controller to return the equipment to operational condition.
After you program the controller and verify proper operation, use User Settings Save [USr;S] (Setup
Page, Global Menu) to save the settings into either of two files in a special section of memory.
Note:
Starting with firmware release 6, there is only one user set.
If the settings in the controller are altered and you want to return the controller to the saved values, use
User Settings Restore [USr;r] (Setup Page, Global
Menu) to recall the previously saved settings.
A digital input or the Function Key can also be configured to restore parameters.
CAUTION:
If a Digital Input or Function Key is programmed for
User Setting Restore, the operator may select Factory Restore and the Digital Input or Function Key may no longer be programmed for User Setting Restore.
Note:
Only perform the above procedure when you are sure that all the correct settings are programmed into the controller. Saving the settings overwrites any previously saved collection of settings. Be sure to document all the controller settings. totune feature is rerun, the PID values are manually adjusted or TRU-TUNE+ ® is enabled.
Note:
Do not perform an autotune while a profile is running.
To initiate an autotune follow the steps below:
1. Using an RUI, from the Home Page, push the up or down keys to enter the desired Closed Loop Set
Point or one that is in the middle of the expected range of set points that you want to tune for.
2. Navigate to the Operations Page, Loop Menu (push and hold the up and down arrow for approximately 3 seconds) and select the Autotune Set Point
[a ; tsp]
. The Autotune Set Point is expressed as a percent of the Closed Loop Set Point.
3. Set Autotune Request [`AUt] to [`YES]. If the autotune cannot be completed in 60 minutes, the autotune will time-out and the original settings will take effect.
Once started, the lower RUI display will flash between [tUnE] and the set point while the autotuning is underway. The temperature must cross the Autotune Set Point five times to complete the autotuning process. Once complete, the controller controls at the normal set point, using the new parameters.
If you need to adjust the tuning procedures aggressiveness, use Autotune Aggressiveness [T;Agr]
(Setup Page, Loop Menu). Select Under Damped
[Undr]
to bring the process value to the set point quickly. Select over damped [ouer] to bring the process value to the set point with minimal overshoot.
Select critical damped [Crit] to balance a rapid response with minimal overshoot.
Process Set Point
Autotune begins Autotune complete
Tuning the PID Parameters
Autotune
When an autotune is performed on the RMC module, the Closed Loop Set Point is used to calculate the tuning set point.
For example, if the active set point is 200° and autotune Set Point [A;tSP] (Operations Page, Loop
Menu) is set to 90 percent, the auto-tune function utilizes 180° for tuning. Changing the set point after an autotune has been started has no affect on the current tuning process. Set point changes can occur while the control is auto tuning. When the autotune is initially started it will use the current set point and will disregard all set point changes until the tuning process is complete. Once complete, the controller will then use the new set point. This is why it is a good idea to enter the active set point before initiating an autotune.
Auto tuning calculates the optimum heating and/ or cooling PID parameter settings based on the systems response. Autotuning can be enabled whether or not TRU-TUNE+
®
is enabled. The PID settings generated by the autotune will be used until the au-
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
Autotune Set Point
(90 percent of Process Set Point)
Time
Manual Tuning
In some applications, the autotune process may not provide PID parameters for the process characteristics you desire. If that is the case, you may want to tune the controller manually.
1. Apply power to the controller and establish a set point typically used in your process.
2. Go to the Operations Page, Loop Menu, and set
•
153
•
Chapter 7 Features
Heat Proportional Band [`h;Pb] and/or Cool Proportional Band [`C;Pb] to 5. Set Time Integral
[``ti]
to 0. Set Time Derivative [``td] to 0.
3. When the system stabilizes, watch the process value. If it fluctuates, increase the Heat Proportional Band or Cool Proportional Band value in 3 to 5° increments until it stabilizes, allowing time for the system to settle between adjustments.
4. When the process has stabilized, watch Heat
Power [`h;Pr] or Cool Power [`C;Pr] (Operations
Page, Monitor Menu). It should be stable ±2%. At this point, the process temperature should also be stable, but it will have stabilized before reaching the set point. The difference between the set point and actual process value can be eliminated with Integral.
5. Start with an Integral value of 6,000 and allow
10 minutes for the process temperature to reach the set point. If it has not, reduce the setting by half and wait another 10 minutes. Continue reducing the setting by half every 10 minutes until the process value equals the set point. If the process becomes unstable, the Integral value is too small. Increase the value until the process stabilizes.
6. Increase Derivative to 0.1. Then increase the set point by 11° to 17°C. Monitor the system’s approach to the set point. If the process value overshoots the set point, increase Derivative to 0.2.
Increase the set point by 11° to 17°C and watch the approach to the new set point. If you increase
Derivative too much, the approach to the set point will be very sluggish. Repeat as necessary until the system rises to the new set point without overshoot or sluggishness.
For additional information about autotune and PID control, see related features in this chapter.
Once the Process Value has been at set point for a suitable period (about 30 minutes for a fast process to roughly two hours for a slower process) and if no further tuning of the PID parameters is desired or needed, TRU-TUNE+ may be turned off. However, keeping the controller in the adaptive mode allows it to automatically adjust to load changes and compensate for differing control characteristics at various set points for processes that are not entirely linear.
Once the PID parameters have been set by the
TRU-TUNE+ adaptive algorithm, the process, if shut down for any reason, can be restarted in the adaptive control mode.
Turn TRU-TUNE+ on or off with TRU-TUNE+ Enable [t;tUn] (Setup Page, Loop Menu).
Use TRU-TUNE+ Band [t;bnd] (Setup Page,
Loop Menu) to set the range above and below the set point in which adaptive tuning will be active.
Adjust this parameter only in the unlikely event that the controller is unable to stabilize at the set point with TRU-TUNE+ Band set to auto (0). This may occur with very fast processes. In that case, set
TRU-TUNE+ Band to a large value, such as 100.
Use TRU-TUNE+ Gain [`t;gn] (Setup Page, Loop
Menu) to adjust the responsiveness of the adaptive tuning calculations. Six settings range from 1, with the most aggressive response and most potential overshoot (highest gain), to 6, with the least aggressive response and least potential for overshoot (lowest gain). The default setting, 3, is recommended for loops with thermocouple feedback and moderate response and overshoot potential.
Autotuning with TRU-TUNE+
®
The TRU-TUNE+ adaptive algorithm will optimize the controller's PID values to improve control of dynamic processes. TRU-TUNE+ monitors the Process
Value and adjusts the control parameters automatically to keep your process at set point during set point and load changes. When the controller is in the adaptive control mode, it determines the appropriate output signal and, over time, adjusts control parameters to optimize responsiveness and stability. The
TRU-TUNE+ feature does not function for on-off control.
The preferred and quickest method for tuning a loop is to establish initial control settings and continue with the adaptive mode to fine tune the settings.
Setting a controller's control mode to tune starts this two-step tuning process. (See Autotuning in this chapter.) This predictive tune determines initial, rough settings for the PID parameters. Then the loop automatically switches to the adaptive mode which fine tunes the PID parameters.
Before Tuning
Before autotuning, the controller hardware must be installed correctly, and these basic configuration parameters must be set:
• Sensor Type [`SEn] (Setup Page, Analog Input
Menu), and scaling, if required;
• Function [``Fn] (Setup Page, Output Menu) and scaling, if required.
How to Autotune a Loop
1. Enter the desired set point or one that is in the middle of the expected range of set points that you want to tune for.
2. Enable TRU-TUNE+.
3. Initiate an autotune. (See Autotuning in this chapter.)
When autotuning is complete, the PID parameters should provide good control. As long as the loop is in the adaptive control mode, TRU-TUNE+ continuously tunes to provide the best possible PID control for the process.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
154
•
Chapter 7 Features
ç
WARNING! During autotuning, the controller sets the output to 100 percent and attempts to drive the Process Value toward the set point . Enter a set point and heat and cool power limits that are within the safe operating limits of your system .
Inputs
Calibration Offset
Calibration offset allows a user to compensate for an inaccurate sensor, lead resistance or other factors that affect the input value. A positive offset increases the input value, and a negative offset decreases the input value.
The input offset value can be viewed or changed with Calibration Offset [`i;CA] (Operations Page,
Analog Input Menu).
Temperature Reading from Sensor
Negative Calibration Offset will compensate for the difference between the Sensor Reading and the Actual Temperature
Actual input values do NOT have to be exactly the recommended values, but it IS critical that the actual value of the signal connected to the controller be accurately known to at least four digits.
Calibration of Analog Inputs:
To calibrate an analog input, you will need to provide a source of two electrical signals or resistance values near the extremes of the range that the application is likely to utilize. See recommended values below:
Sensor Type
thermocouple millivolts volts milliamps
100 Ω RTD
1,000 Ω RTD
Precision
Source Low
0.000 mV
0.000 mV
Precision
Source High
50.000 mV
50.000 mV
0.000V 10.000V
0.000 mA 20.000 mA
50.00 Ω
500.0 Ω thermistor 5 kΩ 50.00
thermistor 10 kΩ 150.0
350.0 Ω
3,500 Ω
5,000
10,000 thermistor 20 kΩ 1,800 thermistor 40 kΩ 1,700 potentiometer 0.000
20,000
40,000
1,200
Actual Process Temperature
Time
Calibration
Before performing any calibration procedure, verify that the displayed readings are not within published specifications by inputting a known value from a precision source to the analog input. Next, subtract the displayed value with the known value and compare this difference to the published accuracy range specification for that type of input.
Use of the Calibration Offset [`i;CA] parameter found in the Operations Page [oPEr] , Analog Input
Menu [``Ai] shifts the readings across the entire displayed range by the offset value. Use this parameter to compensate for sensor error or sensor placement error. Typically this value is set to zero.
Equipment required while performing calibra-
tion: Obtain a precision source for millivolts, volts,
milliamperes or resistance depending on the sensor type to be calibrated. Use copper wire only to connect the precision source to the controller’s input. Keep leads between the precision source and controller as short as possible to minimize error. In addition, a precision volt/ohm meter capable of reading values to
4 decimal places or better is recommended. Prior to calibration, connect this volt/ohm meter to the precision source to verify accuracy.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
155
•
Note:
The user may only calibrate one sensor type. If the calibrator interferences with open thermocouple detection, set Sensor Type [`SEn] in Setup Page [`SEt],
Analog Input Menu [``Ai] to millivolt [`Mu] instead of Thermocouple [``tC] to avoid interference between the calibrator and open thermocouple detect circuit for the duration of the calibration process. Be sure to set sensor type back to the thermocouple type utilized.
1. Disconnect the sensor from the controller.
2. Record the Calibration Offset [`i;CA] parameter
value in the Operations Page [oPEr] , Analog In-
put Menu [``Ai] then set value to zero.
3. Wire the precision source to the appropriate con-
troller input terminals to be calibrated. Do not
have any other wires connected to the input ter-
minals. Please refer to the Install and Wiring sec-
tion of this manual for the appropriate connec-
tions.
4. Ensure the controller sensor type is programmed
to the appropriate Sensor Type [`SEn] to be uti-
lized in the Setup Page [`SEt] , Analog Input
[``Ai]
.
5. Enter Factory Page [FCty] , Calibration Menu
[`CAL] via RUI or EZ-ZONE Configurator Soft-
ware.
6. Select the Calibration [CAL] input instance to be
calibrated. This corresponds to the analog input to
be calibrated.
7. Set Electrical Input Slope [ELi;S] to 1.000 and
Electrical Input Offset [ELi;o] to 0.000 (this will
cancel any prior user calibration values)
Chapter 7 Features
8. Input a Precision Source Low value. Read Elec-
trical Measurement value [`Mu] of controller via
EZ-Configurator or RUI. This will be referred to
as Electrical Measured Low.
Record low value ______________
9. Input a Precision Source High value.
10. Read Electrical Measurement value [`Mu] of
controller via EZ-Configurator or RUI. This will
be referred to as Electrical Measured High.
Record high value ______________
11. Calculated Electrical Input Slope = (Precision
High – Precision Low) / (Electrical Measured High
– Electrical Measured Low)
Calculated Slope value ___________
12. Calculated Electrical Input Offset = Precision
Low – (Electrical Input Slope * Measured Low)
Calculated Offset value ___________
13. Enter the calculated Electrical Input Slope
[ELi;S] and Electrical Input Offset [ELi;o] into
the controller.
14. Exit calibration menu.
15. Validate calibration process by utilizing a calibra-
tor to the analog input.
16. Enter calibration offset as recorded in step 2 if re-
quired to compensate for sensor error.
Setting Electrical Input Slope [ELi;S] to 1.000 and
Electrical Input Offset [ELi;o] to 0.000, restores factory calibration as shipped from factory.
Sensor Selection
You need to configure the controller to match the input device, which is normally a thermocouple, RTD or process transmitter.
Select the sensor type with Sensor Type [`Sen]
(Setup Page, Analog Input Menu).
Sensor Backup
The Process Value function can be set for sensor backup which would maintain closed-loop control after an input failure by switching the control input to another input sensor of choice. Turn sensor backup on or off via the Setup Page, Process Value Menu.
Source Function A must select a backup sensor from the same module (zone) where Source Function B through D can select a sensor as the backup from another zone (module).
Set Point Low Limit and High Limit
The controller constrains the set point to a value between a set point low limit and a set point high limit.
Set the set point limits with Low Set Point [`L;SP] and High Set Point [`h;SP] (Setup Page, Loop Menu).
There are two sets of set point low and high limits: one for a closed-loop set point, another for an open-loop set point.
High Limit of selected functional range
Range High Range (between High Limit of Sensor and Range Low)
Set Point High
Set Point Range (must be between Range High and Range Low)
Set Point Low
Filter Time Constant
Filtering smooths an input signal by applying a firstorder filter time constant to the signal. Filtering the displayed value makes it easier to monitor. Filtering the signal may improve the performance of PID control in a noisy or very dynamic system.
Adjust the filter time interval with Filter Time
[`FiL]
(Setup Page, Analog Input Menu). Example:
With a filter value of 0.5 seconds, if the process input value instantly changes from 0 to 100 and remained at
100, the display will indicate 100 after five time constants of the filter value or 2.5 seconds.
Unfiltered Input Signal
Filtered Input Signal
Time
Time
Filter Time Constant
Range Low Range (between Low Limit of Sensor and Range High)
Low Limit of selected functional range
Range Low and Range High
Scale High and Scale Low
When an analog input is selected as process voltage or process current input, you must choose the value of voltage or current to be the low and high ends. For example, when using a 4 to 20 mA input, the scale low value would be 4.00 mA and the scale high value would be 20.00 mA. Commonly used scale ranges are:
0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V and 0 to 10V.
You can create a scale range representing other units for special applications. You can reverse scales from high values to low values for analog input signals that have a reversed action. For example, if 50 psi causes a 4 mA signal and 10 psi causes a 20 mA signal.
Scale low and high low values do not have to match the bounds of the measurement range. These along with range low and high provide for process scaling and can include values not measurable by the controller. Regardless of scaling values, the measured value will be constrained by the electrical measurements of the hardware.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
156
•
Chapter 7 Features
Select the low and high values with Scale Low
[`S;Lo]
and Scale High [`S;hi]. Select the displayed range with Range Low [`r;Lo] and Range High
[`r;hi]
(Setup Page, Analog Input Menu).
Range High and Range Low
With a process input, you must choose a value to represent the low and high ends of the current or voltage range. Choosing these values allows the controller’s display to be scaled into the actual working units of measurement. For example, the analog input from a humidity transmitter could represent 0 to 100 percent relative humidity as a process signal of 4 to 20 mA. Low scale would be set to 0 to represent 4 mA and high scale set to 100 to represent 20 mA. The indication on the display would then represent percent humidity and range from 0 to 100 percent with an input of 4 to 20 mA.
Select the low and high values with Range Low
[`r;Lo]
and Range High [`r;hi] (Setup Page, Analog
Input Menu).
sate for differences between the source value read
(input point) and the desired value (output point).
Multiple data points enable compensation for nonlinear differences between the sensor readings and target process values over the thermal or process system operating range. Sensor reading differences can be caused by sensor placement, tolerances, an inaccurate sensor or lead resistance.
The user specifies the unit of measurement and then each data point by entering an input point value and a corresponding output point value. Each data point must be incrementally higher than the previous point. The linearization function will interpolate data points linearly in between specified data points.
Reading from Sensor without Linearization
(Actual Value)
Input Point 1
2
3
4
5 6
7
8
9
Offset Zone
Input Point 10
Output Point 10
Receiving a Remote Set Point
The remote set point feature allows the controller to use a thermocouple, RTD, 1k potentiometer or process signal (from any RM module) as the second input to establish the set point, which allows its set point to be manipulated by an external source. A common application would use one ramping controller with a set-point retransmit output to ramp multiple controllers using the remote set point. Or you could use an analog output from a PLC to send set point values to an EZ-ZONE RMC. The controller must have at least two process inputs to use the remote set point feature.
You may select between local and remote set points at the front panel, with an event input, from a remote computer using the communications feature or from an external switch using an event input.
Make sure all input and output impedances are compatible.
Switch to the remote set point with Remote Enable [`r;En] (Operations Page, Loop Menu). Select whether the remote set point controls an open- or closed-loop set point with Remote Set Point Type
[`r;ty]
.
Assign the function of switching to a remote set point to an Action Function [``Fn] (Setup Page, Action Menu).
Assign the function of switching to a remote set point to the EZ Key with Digital Input Function
[``Fn]
(Setup Page, Function Key Menu).
Ten Point Linearization
The linearization function allows a user to re-linearize a value read from an analog source. The function selections are Off, Interpolated and Stepped. When set to Off the output will match the Source A value plus offset. There are 10 data points used to compen-
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
Output Point 1
Outputs
Reading from Sensor with Linearization
(Displayed Value)
Time
No Offset
NO-ARC Relay
A NO-ARC relay provides a significant improvement in the life of the output relay over conventional relays.
Conventional mechanical relays have an expected life of 100,000 cycles at the rated full-load current.
The shorter life for conventional relays is due to the fact that when contacts open while current is flowing metal degradation occurs. This action produces unavoidable electrical arcing causing metal to transfer from one contact to the other. The arcing conditions continue on each subsequent contact opening until over time the resistance through the contacts increases causing the contacts to increase in temperature. Eventually, the contacts will weld together and the relay remains in the on state.
The Watlow NO-ARC relay is a hybrid relay. It uses a mechanical relay for the current load and a triac
(solid-state switch) to carry the turn-on and turn-off currents. NO-ARC relays extend the life of the relay more than two million cycles at the rated full-load current.
Although a NO-ARC relay has significant life advantages, a few precautions must be followed for acceptable usage:
Do not use:
• Hybrid relays for limit contactors. A limit or safety device must provide a positive mechanical break on all hot legs simultaneously;
•
157
•
Chapter 7 Features
• DC loads with hybrid relays. The triacs used for arc suppression will turn off only with ac line voltage;
• Hybrid switches to drive any inductive loads, such as relay coils, transformers or solenoids;
• Cycle times less than five seconds on hybrid switches;
• On loads that exceed 264V ac through relay;
• On loads that exceed 15 amperes load;
• On loads less than 100 mA;
• NO-ARC relays in series with other BO-ARC relays.
Cool Output Curve
A nonlinear output curve may improve performance when the response of the output device is nonlinear.
If a cool output uses one of the nonlinear curves a
PID calculation yields a lower actual output level than a linear output would provide.
These output curves are used in plastics extruder applications: curve 1 for oil-cooled extruders and curve 2 for water-cooled extruders.
100
80
Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point
The retransmit feature allows a process output to provide an analog signal that represents the set point or process value. The signal may serve as a remote set point for another controller or as an input for a chart recorder documenting system performance over time.
In choosing the type of retransmit signal the operator must take into account the input impedance of the device to be retransmitted to and the required signal type, either voltage or milliamperes.
Typically, applications might use the retransmit option to record one of the variables with a chart recorder or to generate a set point for other controls in a multi-zone application.
Outputs 1, 3, 5 and 7 can be ordered as process outputs. Assign an analog source to Output Function to accomplish retransmit of a process or set point value.
60
40
20
0
Curve 1
PID Calculation
Curve 2
Select a nonlinear cool output curve with Cool Output Curve [`C;Cr] (Setup Menu, Loop Menu).
Note:
The active set point is not retransmitted, only the user requested closed loop set point which may not be the closed loop set point in control. Retransmitting a profiling closed loop set point is not allowed.
Range High
Control Methods
Output Configuration
Controller outputs can be configured as a heat output, a cool output, an alarm output or deactivated and driven by any available control loop. No dependency limitations have been placed on the available combinations. The outputs can be configured in any combination. For instance, all three could be set to cool.
Heat and cool outputs use the set point and Operations parameters to determine the output value. All heat and cool outputs use the same set point value.
Heat and cool each have their own set of control parameters. All heat outputs use the same set of heat control parameters and all cool outputs use the same set of cool output parameters. Each alarm output has its own set of configuration parameters and set points, allowing independent operation.
Range Low
Scale Low
Retransmit Source
Scale High
Retransmit
Set the range of the process output with Scale
Low [`S;Lo] and Scale High [`S;hi]. Scale the retransmit source to the process output with Range
Low [`r;Lo] and Range High [`r;hi].
When the retransmit source is at the Range Low value, the retransmit output will be at its Scale Low value. When the retransmit source is at the Range
High value, the retransmit output will be at its Scale
High value.
Auto (closed loop) and Manual (open loop) Control
The controller has two basic modes of operation, auto mode and manual mode. Auto mode allows the controller to decide whether to perform closed-loop control or to follow the settings of Input Error Failure
[FAiL]
(Setup Page, Loop Menu). The manual mode only allows open-loop control. The RMC module is normally used in the auto mode. The manual mode is usually only used for specialty applications or for troubleshooting. Manual mode is open-loop control
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
158
•
Chapter 7 Features
that allows the user to directly set the power level to the controller’s output load. No adjustments of the output power level occur based on temperature or closed loop set point in this mode.
In auto mode, the controller monitors the input to determine if closed-loop control is possible. The controller checks to make certain a functioning sensor is providing a valid input signal. If a valid input signal is present, the controller will perform closedloop control. Closed-loop control uses a process sensor to determine the difference between the process value and the closed loop set point. Then the controller applies power to a control output load to reduce that difference. If a valid input signal is not present, the controller will indicate an input error message in the upper display and [Attn] in the lower display and respond to the failure according to the setting of
Input Error Failure [FAiL]. You can configure the controller to perform a “bumpless” transfer [bPLS], switch power to output a preset fixed level [MAn], or turn the output power off.
Bumpless transfer will allow the controller to transfer to the manual mode using the last power value calculated in the auto mode if the process had stabilized at a ±5 percent output power level for the time interval of Time Integral or 10 seconds, which ever is larger (Operations Page, Loop), prior to sensor failure, and that power level is less than 75 percent.
Reverse Bumpless functionality will take effect when the control is changed from Manual to Auto mode. The control will preload the Open Loop Set
Point value into the Integral Term, which will allow for a bumpless transition. The normal PID action will then take over to control the output to the Closed
Loop Set Point value.
Set Point
Actual Temperature
The Manual Control Indicator Light % is on when the controller is operating in manual mode.
If using an RUI switching between modes is easy if the Control Mode [`C;M] parameter is selected to appear in the Home Page.
To transfer to manual mode from auto mode, press the Advance Key
‰
until [`C;M] appears in the lower display. The upper display will display
[AUto]
for auto mode. Use the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to select [Man]. The manual set point value will be recalled from the last manual operation.
To transfer to auto mode from manual mode, press the Advance Key
‰
until [`C;M] appears in the lower display. The upper display will display
[MAn]
for manual mode. Use the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to select [AUto]. The automatic set point value will be recalled from the last automatic operation.
Changes take effect after three seconds or immediately upon pressing either the Advance Key
‰
or the Infinity Key ˆ.
On-Off Control
On-off control switches the output either full on or full off, depending on the input, set point and hysteresis values. The hysteresis value indicates the amount the process value must deviate from the set point to turn on the output. Increasing the value decreases the number of times the output will cycle.
Decreasing hysteresis improves controllability. With hysteresis set to 0, the process value would stay closer to the set point, but the output would switch on and off more frequently, and may result in the output
“chattering.” On-off control can be selected with Heat
Algorithm [`h;Ag] or Cool Algorithm [`C;Ag] (Setup
Page, Loop Menu). On-off hysteresis can be set with
Heat Hysteresis [`h;hY] or Cool Hysteresis [`C;hY]
(Operations Page, Loop Menu).
Sensor
Break
100%
Output Power
Note:
Input Error Failure Mode
[faIl]
does not function in on-off control mode. The output goes off.
40%
0%
2 minutes
Locks in
Output
Power
Time
Bumpless Transfer
Input Error Latching [`i;Er] (Setup Page, Analog Input Menu) determines the controller’s response once a valid input signal returns to the controller.
If latching is on, then the controller will continue to indicate an input error until the error is cleared.
To clear a latched alarm, press the Advance Key
‰ then the Up Key ¿.
If latching is off, the controller will automatically clear the input error and return to reading the temperature. If the controller was in the auto mode when the input error occurred, it will resume closed-loop control. If the controller was in manual mode when the error occurred, the controller will remain in open-loop control.
The heating action switches off when the process temperature rises above the set point.
Set Point
Hysteresis
Process Temperature
The heating action switches on at startup.
The heating action switches on when the process temperature drops below the set point minus the hysteresis.
Time
The cooling action switches on at startup.
The cooling action switches on when the process temperature rises above the set point plus the hysteresis.
Process Temperature
Set Point
The cooling action switches off when the process temperature drops below the set point.
Time
On/Off System Cycles
Hysteresis
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
159
•
Chapter 7 Features
Proportional (P) Control
Some processes need to maintain a temperature or process value closer to the set point than on-off control can provide. Proportional control provides closer control by adjusting the output when the temperature or process value is within a proportional band. When the value is in the band, the controller adjusts the output based on how close the process value is to the set point.
The closer the process value is to the set point, the lower the output power. This is similar to backing off on the gas pedal of a car as you approach a stop sign. It keeps the temperature or process value from swinging as widely as it would with simple on-off control. However, when the system settles down, the temperature or process value tends to “droop” short of the set point.
With proportional control the output power level equals (set point minus process value) divided by the proportional band value.
In an application with one output assigned to heating and another assigned to cooling, each will have a separate proportional parameter. The heating parameter takes effect when the process temperature is lower than the set point, and the cooling parameter takes effect when the process temperature is higher than the set point.
Adjust the proportional band with Heat Proportional Band [`h;Pb] or Cool Proportional Band
[`C;Pb]
(Operations Page, Loop Menu).
temperature or process value. Too much derivative
(rate) will make the system sluggish.
Adjust the derivative with Time Derivative
[``td]
(Operations Page, Loop Menu).
Reduced Overshoot
Set Point
Heating Slows
Proportional Band
Proportional Band x 2
Time
PID Control
Dead Band
In a PID application the dead bands above and below the set point can save an application’s energy and wear by maintaining process temperature within acceptable ranges. Use Dead Band to set an offset for the proportional band. With a negative value both the heating and cooling outputs are active when the process value is near the set point. A positive value prevents heating and cooling outputs from being on at the same time.
Proportional action ceases when the process value is within the dead band. Integral action continues to bring the process temperature to the set point.
Set Point
Overshoot
Cool Output Active
Proportional Band
Droop
Set Point
Heat Output Active
Set Point
Cool Output Active
Heat Output Active
Positive Dead Band
Time
Proportional Control
Proportional plus Integral (PI) Control
The droop caused by proportional control can be corrected by adding integral (reset) control. When the system settles down, the integral value is tuned to bring the temperature or process value closer to the set point. Integral determines the speed of the correction, but this may increase the overshoot at startup or when the set point is changed. Too much integral action will make the system unstable. Adjust the integral with Time Integral [``ti] (Operations
Page, Loop Menu).
Time
When the dead band value is zero, the heating output activates when the temperature drops below the set point, and the cooling output switches on when the temperature exceeds the set point.
Proportional, Integral and Derivative (PID) Control
Use derivative (rate) control to minimize the overshoot in a PI-controlled system. Derivative (rate) adjusts the output based on the rate of change in the
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
160
•
Time
Zero Dead Band
Chapter 7 Features
When the dead band value is a negative val-
ue, both heating and cooling outputs are active when
the temperature is near the set point.
50 percent output
3 ON, 3 OFF
Set Point
Cool Output Active
Heat Output Active
Negative Dead Band
Time
Adjust the dead band with Dead Band [``db]
(Operations Page, Loop Menu).
Variable Time Base
Variable time base is the preferred method for controlling a resistive load, providing a very short time base for longer heater life. Unlike phase-angle firing, variable-time-base switching does not limit the current and voltage applied to the heater.
With variable time base outputs, the PID algorithm calculates an output between 0 and 100%, but the output is distributed in groupings of three ac line cycles. For each group of three ac line cycles, the controller decides whether the power should be on or off. There is no fixed cycle time since the decision is made for each group of cycles. When used in conjunction with a zero cross (burst fire) device, such as a solid-state power controller, switching is done only at the zero cross of the ac line, which helps reduce electrical noise (RFI).
Variable time base should be used with solid-state power controllers, such as a solid-state relay (SSR) or silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) power controller.
Do not use a variable time base output for controlling electromechanical relays, mercury displacement relays, inductive loads or heaters with unusual resistance characteristics.
The combination of variable time base output and a solid-state relay can inexpensively approach the effect of analog, phase-angle fired control.
Select the AC Line Frequency [AC;LF] (Setup Page,
Global Menu), 50 or 60 Hz.
66 percent output
6 ON, 3 OFF
Single Set Point Ramping
Ramping protects materials and systems that cannot tolerate rapid temperature changes. The value of the ramp rate is the maximum degrees per minute or hour that the system temperature can change.
Ramping to set point starts from the process value and increments or decrements to the closed loop set point at the defined rate.
Select Ramp Action [``rP] (Setup Page, Loop
Menu):
[`oFF]
ramping not active.
[`Str]
ramp at startup.
[StPt]
ramp at a set point change.
[both]
ramp at startup or when the set point changes.
Select whether the rate is in degrees per minute or degrees per hour with Ramp Scale [`r;SC]. Set the ramping rate with Ramp Rate [`r;rt] (Setup Page,
Loop Menu).
Set Point
Temperature reaches Set Point quickly
Time
Heating System without Ramping
100 percent output
10 ON, 0 OFF
Set Point per minute degrees
Temperature ramps to Set Point at a set rate
Time
Heating System with Ramping
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
161
•
Chapter 7 Features
Cascade Control
Cascade control is a control strategy in which one control loop provides the set point for another loop. It allows the process or part temperature to be reached quickly while minimizing overshoot. Cascade is used to optimize the performance of thermal systems with long lag times. The graph on the next page illustrates a thermal system with a long lag time.
Curve A represents a single loop control system with PID parameters that allow a maximum heat up rate. Too much energy is introduced and the set point is overshot. In most systems with long lag time, the process value may never settle out to an acceptable error. Curve C represents a single control system tuned to minimize overshoot. This results in unacceptable heat up rates, taking hours to reach the final value. Curve B shows a cascade system that limits the energy introduced into the system, allowing an optimal heat up rate with minimal overshoot.
Cascade control uses two control loops (outer and inner) to control the process. The outer loop (analog input 2) monitors the process or part temperature, which is then compared to the closed loop set point.
The result of the comparison, the error signal, is acted on by the PID settings in the cascade outer loop, which then generates a power level for the outer loop. The set point for the inner loop is determined by the outer loop power level. The inner loop input
(any input) monitors the energy source (heating and cooling), which is compared to the inner loop set point generated by the outer loop. The result of the comparison, the error signal, is acted on by the PID settings in the cascade inner loop, which generates an output power level between -100% to +100%. If the power level is positive the heat will be on; if the power level is negative the cool will come on. Power from the energy sources are supplied by the outputs of choice.
Compressor Control
The compressor control can save wear on a compressor and prevent it from locking up from short cycling.
A bypass valve operated by a control output regulates how the process is cooled, while another output switches the compressor on and off. The compressor will not turn on until the output power exceeds the
Compressor On % Power for a time longer than the
Compressor On Delay. The compressor will not turn off until the output power exceeds the Compressor
Off % Power for a time longer than the Compressor
Off Delay.
Heat
% Power
100%
2%
0%
Cool
-100%
Cascade
2% Compressor
Off Power
0% Compressor
On Power
Time In Seconds
Curve A (PID)
Compressor
On
Off
Compressor On Delay = 45 Seconds
Set
Point
Compressor Off Delay = 20 Seconds
Curve B (Cascade)
Curve C (Single-control)
Differential Control
After configuring the appropriate inputs and their associated internal functions Differential Control allows the RMC to drive an output based on the difference between those analog inputs.
Time
Cascade
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
162
•
Input 1
Output 1
Input 2
Chapter 7 Features
Ratio Control
Ratio control is commonly used to ensure that two or more flows are kept at the same ratio even if the flows are changing; especially useful in applications that mix materials.
Applications of ratio control:
• Blending two or more flows to produce a mixture with specified composition.
• Blending two or more flows to produce a mixture with specified physical properties.
• Maintaining correct air and fuel mixture to combustion.
Input 1 Output 1 mixed paint
Configure alarm outputs in the Setup Page before setting alarm set points.
Alarms do not have to be assigned to an output.
Alarms can be monitored and controlled through the front panel or by using software.
Process and Deviation Alarms
A process alarm uses one or two absolute set points to define an alarm condition.
A deviation alarm uses one or two set points that are defined relative to the control set point. High and low alarm set points are calculated by adding or subtracting offset values from the control set point.
If the set point changes, the window defined by the alarm set points automatically moves with it.
Select the alarm type [`A;ty] via the Setup Page,
Alarm Menu.
controlled flow of pigment flow transmitter flow transmitter
Input 2
Mixing Tank
Motorized Valve Control
A motorized valve is used is to regulate the flow of fluid which in turn impacts the loop process value. A valve is opened or closed by closing contacts to drive the value in the intended direction. This feature is configured by selecting Motorized Valve as the function in the Setup Page, Special Output Function menu. Source Function A is selected for either Heat or Cool Power then entering the Valve Travel Time and Deadband.
Lastly, program the outputs which will open and close the valve. The algorithm will calculate Dead
Time which is the minimum on time that the valve will travel once it is turned on in either the closed or open direction. Dead Time = Valve Dead Band / 100
* Valve Travel Time.
Alarm Set Points
The alarm high set point defines the process value or temperature that will trigger a high side alarm.
The alarm low set point defines the temperature that will trigger a low side alarm. For deviation alarms, a negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point. View or change alarm set points with Alarm Low [`A;Lo] and Alarm High Set
Points [`A;hi] (Operations Page, Alarm Menu).
Alarm Hysteresis
An alarm state is triggered when the process value reaches the alarm high or alarm low set point. Alarm
Hysteresis defines how far the process must return into the normal operating range before the alarm can be cleared.
Alarm Hysteresis is a zone inside each alarm set point. This zone is defined by adding the hysteresis value to the alarm low set point or subtracting the hysteresis value from the alarm high set point. View or change Alarm Hysteresis [`A;hy] via the Setup
Page, Alarm Menu.
® motorized valve uncontrolled flow of unmixed paint
Gas Furnace
Output 1 = Close
Output 2 = Open
Valve
Actuator
Temperature
Sensor
High Side Alarm Range
Alarm High Set Point
Alarm Hysteresis
Gas Flow
Alarms
Alarms are activated when the output level, process value or temperature leaves a defined range. A user can configure how and when an alarm is triggered, what action it takes and whether it turns off automatically when the alarm condition is over.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
163
•
Normal Operating Range
Alarm Hysteresis
Alarm Low Set Point
Low Side Alarm Range
Time
Alarm Set Points and Hysteresis
Chapter 7 Features
Alarm Latching
A latched alarm will remain active after the alarm condition has passed. It can only be deactivated by the user and only when the alarm condition no longer exists.
If using an RUI an active message, such as an alarm message, will cause the display to toggle between the normal settings and the active message in the upper display and [Attn] in the lower display. To clear a latched alarm:
1. Push the Advance Key
‰
to display [ignr] in the upper display and the message source in the lower display.
2. Use the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys to scroll through possible responses, such as Clear [`CLr] or Silence
[`SiL]
.
3. Push the Advance
‰
or Infinity ˆ key to execute the action.
Without an RUI, silencing aa alarm can be accomplished by configuring an Action function within the control to silence the alarm. Do this by setting the
Action Function to Silence and trigger the Action to occur through Source Function A.
Turn Alarm Silencing [`A;Si] on or off via the
Setup Page, Alarm Menu.
2. Use the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to scroll through possible responses, such as Clear [`CLr] or Silence
[`SiL]
.
3. Push the Advance
‰
or Infinity ˆ key to execute the action.
Without an RUI, a latched alarm can be reset by cycling power to the module or configuring an Action function within the control to perform a reset.
Do this by setting the Action Function to alarm and trigger the Action to occur through Source Function
A.
An alarm that is not latched (self-clearing) will deactivate automatically when the alarm condition has passed. Turn Alarm Latching [`A;LA] on or off via the Setup Page, Alarm Menu.
Alarm Blocking
Alarm blocking allows a system to warm up after it has been started up. With alarm blocking on, an alarm is not triggered when the process temperature is initially lower than the alarm low set point or higher than the alarm high set point. The process temperature has to enter the normal operating range beyond the hysteresis zone to activate the alarm function.
If the RMC module has an output that is functioning as a deviation alarm, the alarm is blocked when the set point is changed, until the process value reenters the normal operating range.
Turn Alarm Blocking [`A;bL] on or off via the
Setup Page, Alarm Menu.
The alarm state begins when the temperature reaches the Alarm High Set Point
Process
Temperature
Alarm Hysteresis
Normal Operating Range
The alarm state continues until the temperature drops to the Alarm High
Set Point minus the hysteresis. A latching alarm could be turned off by the operator at this point. A non-latching alarm would turn off automatically.
Time
Alarm Response with Hysteresis
Alarm High
Set Point
Alarm Low
Set Point
Resetting a Tripped Limit
When a limit controller is ordered (RMC[5,6] _ [5,6] _
[5,6] _ [5,6] _ _ _ _ _) output 2 (digit 4), output 4 (digit
6), output 6 (digit 8) or output 8 (digit 10) will always be a Form A (normally open) Mechanical Relay and it will always be internally tied to the limit function.
When the limit is in a safe state the internal coil for this relay will be energized, therefore the relay will be closed. When a condition occurs that causes the limit to trip, the internal coil will deengerize causing the relay to latch open. When the condition that caused the limit to trip has been resolved, the relay will remain latched open until reset. The process to reset a latched limit can be different from control to control and is dependent upon the controller firmware version.
Alarm Silencing
If alarm silencing is on the operator can disable the alarm output while the controller is in an alarm state. The process value or temperature has to enter the normal operating range beyond the hysteresis zone to activate the alarm output function again.
If using an RUI an active message, such as an alarm message, will cause the display to toggle between the normal settings and the active message in the upper display and [Attn] in the lower display. To silence an alarm:
To check the firmware revision of your control do one of the following:
If Used in Conjunction with an Remote User Interface
1. Navigate to the RMC Factory Page by simultaneously pushing and holding the Advance Key
‰ and the Infinity ˆ for approximately 8 seconds
1. Push the Advance Key
‰
to display [ignr] in the
upper display and the message source in the lower display.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
164
•
and then use the up or down arrow key to navigate to the Diagnostic Menu. Once there, push the Advance Key twice where the revision [`reu] will be shown in the lower display and the upper display will indicate the current firmware revision.
Chapter 7 Features
Execute One of the Following Steps to Reset a
Tripped Limit Prior to Firmware Release 6.0:
1. Push the Advance Key
‰
and then push the Up ¿
or Down ¯ keys and select Clear [`Clr].
2. Configure an Action Function to Limit Reset assigning the Source Function to a digital input
(navigate to the Setup Page under the Action
Menu).
3. Use a field bus protocol, i.e., Modbus, EtherNet/
IP, etc...where a value of zero would be written to the associated address (to find the appropriate address, navigate to the Operations Page and then the Limit Menu. Under the Limit Menu look for
Limit Clear Request).
4. Cycle the power to the controller.
Execute One of the Following Steps to Reset a
Tripped Limit with Firmware Release 6.0 and above:
1. Push the
Advance Key
‰
and then push the Up ¿
or Down ¯ keys and select Clear [`Clr].
2. Follow the steps below:
2a. Navigate to the Setup Page and then the Limit Menu
2b. Set Source Function A to the desired device that will reset the limit (Digital I/O, Variable or Function Key)
2c. Define the Source Instance and Zone
3. Use a field bus protocol, i.e., Modbus, EtherNet/
IP, etc...where a value of zero would be written to the associated address (navigate to the Operations Page and look for Limit Clear Request under the Limit Menu to find appropriate address).
4. Cycle the power to the controller.
Current Sensing
Open heater circuit detection
Current Error [`C;Er] (Operations Page, Current
Menu) detects an open load circuit if no current is flowing through the current transformer when the output associated with the current sense input is active and the load is supposed to be on.
Shorted heater circuit detection
Current Error detects a shorted load circuit if current is flowing through the current transformer when the output is inactive and the load is supposed to be off.
Set the current detect set points with High Set
Point [`C;hi] and Low Set Point [`C;Lo] (Operations
Page, Current Menu).
View the current level and most recent faults with Read, Current Error [`C;Er] (Operations Page,
Current Menu) and Heater Error [`h;Er] (Operations Page, Current Menu).
Open Loop Detection
When Open Loop Detection is enabled [`l;de] , the controller will look for the power output to be at
100%. Once there, the control will then begin to monitor the Open Loop Detect Deviation [`l;dd] as it relates to the value entered for the Open Loop Detect
Time [`l;dt]. If the specified time period expires and the deviation does not occur, an Open Loop Error will be triggered. Once the Open Loop Error condition exists the control mode will go off.
Note:
All prompts identified in this section can be found in the Loop Menu of the Setup Page.
Programming the EZ Key/s
If using an RUI, the EZ Key can be configured either in the Setup Menu or with EZ-ZONE configurator software, using a personal computer.
The following examples show how to program the
EZ Key to start and stop a profile.
1. To go to the Setup Page from the Home Page, press both the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for six seconds. [``Ai] will appear in the upper display and
[`Set]
will appear in the lower display.
2. Press the Up Key ¿ until [`Fun] appears in the upper display and [`SEt] will appear in the lower display.
3. Press the Advance Key
‰
until Digital Input Level
[`leu]
appears in the lower display. Use an arrow key to specify the state of the key (high or low) when the controller is powered up. Functions will toggle with each press of the EZ Key, such as Profile Start/Stop.
4. Press the Advance Key
‰
. The lower display will show Digital Function [``Fn]. Press the Up ¿ or
Down ¯ key to scroll through the functions that can be assigned to the EZ Key
When Profile Start/Stop [P;StS] appears in the upper display and [``Fn] appears in the lower display, press the Advance Key
‰
once to select that function and move to the Function Instance
[``Fi] parameter.
5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to scroll to the profile that you want the EZ Key to control.
6. The instance tells the controller which of the numbered functions should be acted upon. For profiles, there are 25 instances. Press the Infinity Key ˆ once to return to the submenu, twice to return to the main menu or three times to return to the Home Page.
Using Lockout to Hide Pages and Menus
If unintentional changes to parameter settings might raise safety concerns or lead to downtime, your can use the lockout feature to make them more secure.
These settings will affect any access using Standard
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
165
•
Chapter 7 Features
Bus, including the RUI. This does not affect field protocol access.
Each of the menus in the Factory Page and each of the pages, except the Factory Page, has a security level assigned to it. You can change the read and write access to these menus and pages by using the parameters in the Lockout Menu (Factory Page).
Lockout Menu
There are five parameters in the Lockout Menu (Factory Page):
• Lock Operations Page [LoC;o] sets the security
level for the Operations Page. (default: 2)
Note:
The Home and Setup Page lockout levels are fixed and cannot be changed.
• Lock Profiling Page [LoC;P] sets the security level
for the Profiling Page. (default: 3)
• Password Security Enable [pas;e] will turn on or
off the Password security feature. (default: off)
• Read Lockout Security [rLoC] determines which
pages can be accessed. The user can access the se-
lected level and all lower levels. (default: 5)
• Set Lockout Security [SLoC] determines which
parameters within accessible pages can be written
to. The user can write to the selected level and all
lower levels. (default: 5)
The table that follows represents the various levels of lockout for the Set Lockout Security prompt and the Read Lockout Security prompt. The Set Lockout has 6 levels (0-5) of security where the Read Lockout has 5 (1-5). Therefore, level "0" applies to Set Lockout only. "Y" equates to yes (can write/read) where "N" equates to no (cannot write/read). The colored cells simply differentiate one level from the next.
Lockout Security [SLoC] & [rloC]
Lockout Level 0 1 2 3 4 5
Home Page Y Y Y Y Y Y
Operations Page N N Y Y Y Y
Setup Page
Profile Page
N N N N Y Y
N N N Y Y Y
Custom Menu
Factory Page
N N N N N Y
Diagnostic Menu N Y Y Y Y Y
Calibration Menu N N N N N Y
Lockout Menu
[LoC;O]
[ loC; p]
[ pas ; e]
N Y Y Y Y Y
N Y Y Y Y Y
N Y Y Y Y Y
[rloC]
[sloC]
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
The following examples show how the Lockout Menu parameters may be used in applications:
1. You can lock out access to the Operations Page but allow an operator access to the Profile Menu, by changing the default Profile Page and Operations Page security levels. Change Lock Operations Page [LoC;o] to 3 and Lock Profiling Page
[LoC;P]
to 2. If Set Lockout Security [SLoC] is set to 2 or higher and the Read Lockout Security
[rLoC]
is set to 2, the Profiling Page and Home
Pages can be accessed, and all writable parameters can be written to. Pages with security levels greater than 2 will be locked out (inaccessible).
2 If Set Lockout Security [SLoC] is set to 0 and
Read Lockout Security [rLoC] is set to 5, all pages will be accessible, however, changes will not be allowed on any pages or menus, with one exception: Set Lockout Security [SLoC] can be changed to a higher level.
3. The operator wants to read all the menus and not allow any parameters to be changed.
In the Factory Page, Lockout Menu, set Read
Lockout Security [rLoC] to 5 and Set Lockout
Security [SLoC] to 0.
4. The operator wants to read and write to the
Home Page and Profiling Page, and lock all other pages and menus.
In the Factory Page, Lockout Menu, set Read
Lockout Security [rLoC] to 2 and Set Lockout
Security [SLoC] to 2.
In the Factory Page, Lockout Menu, set Lock
Operations Page [LoC;O] to 3 and Lock Profiling
Page [LoC;P] to 2.
5. The operator wants to read the Operations
Page, Setup Page, Profiling Page, Diagnostics
Menu, Lock Menu, Calibration Menu and Custom Menus. The operator also wants to read and write to the Home Page.
In the Factory Page, Lockout Menu, set Read
Lockout Security [rLoC] to 1 and Set Lockout
Security [SLoC] to 5.
In the Factory Page, Lockout Menu, set Lock
Operations Page [LoC;O] to 2 and Lock Profiling
Page [LoC;P] to 3.
Using Password Security
•
It is sometimes desirable to apply a higher level of security to the control where a limited number of menus are visible and not providing access to others without a security password. Without the appropriate password those menus will remain inaccessible.
If Password Enabled [pas;e] in the Factory Page under the [`loC] Menu is set to on, an overriding
Password Security will be in effect. When in effect, the only Pages that a User without a password has visibility to are defined in the Locked Access Level
[ loC;L]
prompt. On the other hand, a User with a password would have visibility restricted by the Read
Lockout Security [rloC]. As an example, with Password Enabled and the Locked Access Level [loC;L]
166
•
Chapter 7 Features
set to 1 and [rloC] is set to 3, the available Pages for a User without a password would be limited to the Home and Factory Pages (locked level 1). If the
User password is entered all pages would be accessible with the exception of the Setup Page as defined by level 3 access.
How to Enable Password Security
Go to the Factory Page by holding down the Infinity
ˆ
key and the Advance
‰
key for approximately six seconds. Once there, push the Down ¯ key one time to get to the [`loC] menu. Again push the Advance
‰
key until the Password Enabled [pas;e] prompt is visible. Lastly, push either the up or down key to turn it on. Once on, 4 new prompts will appear:
1. [loC;l] , Locked Access Level (1 to 5) correspond
ing to the lockout table above.
2. [roll] , Rolling Password will change the Cus-
tomer Code every time power is cycled.
3. [pas;u] , User Password which is needed for a Us-
er to acquire access to the control.
4. [pas;a] , Administrator Password which is need-
ed to acquire administrative access to the control.
The Administrator can either change the User and or the Administrator password or leave them in the default state. Once Password Security is enabled they will no longer be visible to anyone other than the
Administrator. As can be seen in the formula that follows either the User or Administrator will need to know what those passwords are to acquire a higher level of access to the control. Back out of this menu by pushing the Infinity ˆ key. Once out of the menu, the Password Security will be enabled.
How to Acquire Access to the Control
To acquire access to any inaccessible Pages or
Menus, go to the Factory Page and enter the [UloC] menu. Once there follow the steps below:
Note:
If Password Security (Password Enabled [pas;e]
is On) is enabled the two prompts mentioned below
in the first step will not be visible. If unknown,
call the individual or company that originally set-
up the control.
1. Acquire either the User Password [pas;u] or the
Administrator Password [pas;a].
2. Push the Advance
‰
key one time where the Code
[Code] prompt will be visible.
Note:
a. If the the Rolling Password is off push the Ad-
vance key one more time where the Password
[pass] prompt will be displayed. Proceed to
either step 7a or 8a. Pushing the Up ¿ or Down
¯ arrow keys enter either the User or Adminis-
trator Password. Once entered, push and hold
the Infinity ˆ key for two seconds to return to
the Home Page. b. If the Rolling Password [roll] was turned on
proceed on through steps 3 - 9.
3. Assuming the Code [Code] prompt (Public Key)
is still visible on the face of the control simply
push the Advance key
‰
to proceed to the
[ pass]
prompt. If not find your way
back to the Factory Page as described above.
4. Execute the calculation defined below (7b or 8b)
for either the User or Administrator.
5. Enter the result of the calculation in the upper
display play by using the Up ¿ and Down ¯ arrow
Software. keys or use EZ-ZONE Confgurator
6. Exit the Factory Page by pushing and holding the
ˆ
key for two seconds.
Formulas used by the User and the Administrator to calculate the Password follows:
Passwords equal:
7. User
a. If Rolling Password [roll] is Off, Password
[pass] equals User Password [pas;u].
b. If Rolling Password [roll] is On, Password
[pass] equals:
([pas;u] x code) Mod 929 + 70
8. Administrator
a. If Rolling Password [roll] is Off, Password
[pass] equals Administrator Password
[ pas ;a ]
.
b. If Rolling Password [roll] is On, Password
[pass] equals:
([pas;a] x code) Mod 997 + 1000
Differences Between a User Without Password,
User With Password and Administrator
- User without a password is restricted by the
Locked Access Level [loC;l].
- A User with a password is restricted by the
Read Lockout Security [rloC] never having ac-
cess to the Lock Menu [`loC].
- An Administrator is restricted according to the
Read Lockout Security [rloC] however, the Ad-
ministrator has access to the Lock Menu where
the Read Lockout can be changed.
Modbus - Using Programmable Memory
Blocks
When using the Modbus protocol, the RMC module features a block of addresses that can be configured by the user to provide direct access to a list of 40 user configured parameters. This allows the user easy access to this customized list by reading from or writing to a contiguous block of registers.
To acquire a better understanding of the tables found in the back of this manual ( See Appendix:
(
Modbus Programmable Memory Blocks ) please read
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
167
•
Chapter 7 Features
through the text below which defines the column headers used.
Assembly Definition Addresses
- Fixed addresses used to define the parameter
that will be stored in the "Working Addresses",
which may also be referred to as a pointer. The
value stored in these addresses will reflect (point
to) the Modbus address of a parameter within the
RM control.
Assembly Working Addresses
- Fixed addresses directly related to their associ-
ated "Assembly Definition Addresses" (i.e., As-
sembly Working Addresses 200 & 201 will as-
sume the parameter pointed to by Assembly Defi-
nition Addresses 40 & 41).
When the Modbus address of a target parameter is stored in an "Assembly Definition Address" its corresponding working address will return that parameter’s actual value. If it’s a writable parameter, writing to its working register will change the parameter’s actual value.
As an example, Modbus registers 726 and 727 contain the Limit 1 High Set Point (See Operations
Page, Limit Menu). If the value 726 and 727 is loaded into Assembly Definition Address 110 and 111 respectively (by default these registers are configured as
Alarm 8 State), the Limit 1 High Set Point will now be stored in Modbus registers 270 and 271.
The table (See Appendix: Modbus Programmable
Memory Blocks) identified as "Assembly Definition
Addresses and Assembly Working Addresses" reflects the assemblies and their associated addresses.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
168
•
Chapter 7 Features
Software Configuration
Using EZ-ZONE
®
Configurator Software
To enable a user to configure the RMC module using a personal computer (PC), Watlow has provided free software for your use. If you have not yet obtained a copy of this software insert the CD (Controller Support Tools) into your CD drive and install the software. Alternatively, if you are viewing this document electronically and have a connection to the internet simply click on the link below and download the software from the Watlow web site free of charge.
http://www.watlow.com/products/software/zone_config.cfm
Once the software is installed double click on the
EZ-ZONE Configurator icon placed on your desktop during the installation process. If you cannot find the icon follow the steps below to run the software:
1. Move your mouse to the "Start" button
2. Place the mouse over "All Programs"
3. Navigate to the "Watlow" folder and then the sub-
folder "EZ-ZONE Configurator"
4. Click on EZ-ZONE Configurator to run.
The first screen that will appear is shown below.
The available options allows the user to click on a drop down box to select a specific known communications port. Clicking on the Advanced button allows the user to define the number of EZ-ZONE devices to look for on the network. The screen that follows shows that the software is scanning for devices on the network and that progress is being made.
When complete the software will display all of the available devices found on the network as shown below.
If the PC is already physically connected to the RMC module click the next button to go on-line.
Note:
When establishing communications from PC to the
RMC module an interface converter will be required.
The Standard Bus network uses EIA-485 as the interface. Most PCs today would require a USB to EIA-485 converter. However, some PCs may still be equipped with EIA-232 ports, therefore an EIA-232 to EIA-485 converter would be required.
As can be seen in the above screen shot the software provides the user with the option of downloading a previously saved configuration as well as the ability to create a configuration off-line to download later.
The screen shots that follow will take the user online.
After clicking the next button above, it is necessary to define the communications port on the PC to use.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
169
•
Chapter 7 Features
In the previous screen shot the RMC is shown highlighted to bring greater clarity to the control in focus.
Any EZ-ZONE device on the network will appear in this window and would be available for the purpose of configuration or monitoring. After clicking on the control of choice simply click the next button once again. The next screen appears below.
brought to an individual parameter (single click of mouse) as is the case for Analog Input 1 in the left column, all that can be setup related to that parameter will appear in the center column. The grayed out fields in the center column simply mean that this does not apply for the type of sensor selected. As an example, notice that when TC Linearization is select
In the screen shot above notice that the device part number is clearly displayed at the top of the page
(green highlight added for emphasis). When multiple
EZ-ZONE devices are on the network it is important that the part number be noted prior to configuring so as to avoid making unwanted configuration changes to another control.
Looking closely at the left hand column (Parameter
Menus) notice that it displays all of the available menus and associated parameters within the control.
The menu structure as laid out within this software follows:
- Setup
- Operations
- Factory
- Profile
Navigating from one menu to the next is easy and clearly visible. Simply slide the scroll bar up or down to display the menu and parameter of choice. As an alternative, clicking on the negative symbol next to
Setup will collapse the Setup Menu where the Operations Menu will appear next and perhaps deliver more clarity for the area of focus by not displaying unwanted menus and parameters. Once the focus is
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
-ed, RTD Leads does not apply and is therefore grayed out. To speed up the process of configuration notice that at the bottom of the center column there is an option to copy settings. If Analog Input 1, 2 and
3 are the same type of sensor click on "Copy Settings" where a copy from/to dialog box will appear allowing for quick duplication of all settings.
Notice too, that by clicking on any of those items in the center column that context sensitive help will appear for that particular item in the right hand column.
170
•
Chapter 7 Features
Lastly, when the configuration is complete click the
"Finish" button at the bottom right of the previous screen shot. The screen that follows this action can be seen below.
Although the RMC module now contains the configuration (because the previous discussion focused on doing the configuration on-line) it is suggested that after the configuration process is completed that the user save this file on the PC for future use. If for some reason someone inadvertently changed a setting without understanding the impact it would be easy and perhaps faster to download a saved configuration back to the control versus trying to figure out what was changed.
Of course, there is an option to exit without saving a copy to the local hard drive.
After selecting Save above, click the "Finish" button once again. The screen below will than appear.
When saving the configuration note the location where the file will be placed (Saved in) and enter the file name (File name) as well. The default path for saved files follows:
\My Documents\Watlow\EZ-ZONE CONFIGURA-
TOR\Saved Configurations
The user can save the file to any folder of choice.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
171
•
Chapter 7 Features
Function Block Descriptions
Each of the next several pages graphically shows each of the RMC function blocks. Note that as you view each you will find text that is black and text that appears gray. The gray text represents inputs that are not currently available based on the functions defined use (red text). For instance, when the defined use of the Analog Input function is set for RTD, TC Linearization will appear gray. Ranges specified are in units or degrees F, if expressed in degrees C, the range will be smaller.
Alarm Function
The Alarm function will cause the output to change states when Alarm Source exceeds Alarm Set Points.
Alarm
Alarm Hysteresis
Alarm Bloc
Alarm Sides
Type hing king oint oint
Action Function
The Action Function will cause the action selected to occur when Source Function A = ON and Active
Level = High. The active level specifies when the action occurs. A digital value that is high causes the action function when Active Level = High. A digital value that is low causes the action function when Active Level = Low. Based on a given input (Digital I/O,
Event output, Logic function, etc), the Action function can cause other functions to occur. To name a few, starting and stopping a profile, silencing alarms, turn control loops off and placing alarms in nonalarm state.
Alarm Source
Alarm Source Instance
Alarm Source Zone
Alarm Source Error
Alarm State
Alarm Latched
Alarm Silenced
Alarm Clearable
Alarm Working Process Value
Control Loop
Alarm Working Set Point
Alarm
Overview
Instances - 8 per RMC
Error
Output Value
[ALM]
Alarm Menu
[`SEt]
Setup Page
Note:
Note: Action Function selection is module type and part number dependant.
Function Instance
Active Level
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Event Status
Action
Overview
Instances - 8 per RMC
[`ACt]
Action Menu
[`SEt]
Setup Page
[``fn]
Action Function : None, User Set Restore, Limit Reset
*
,
Alarm,
Silence Alarms, Control Loops Off and Alarms to Non-alarm
State, Force Alarm to Occur, Idle Set Point, Tune, Manual,
Switch Control Loop Off, Remote Set Point, TRU-TUNE+
Disable, Profile Disable, Profile Hold/Resume, Start Profile,
[``Fi]
Function Instance : 0 to 25
[sfn;a]
Source Function A : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital
I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,
Timer, Variable
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A : 1 to 250
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A : 0 to 16
[`Leu]
Active Level : High, Low
*
Not available in firmware release 6.0 and above
[`ACt]
Action Menu
[oPEr]
Operation Page
[`E;iS]
Event Status : On, Off
[`A;ty]
Alarm Type : Off, Deviation, Process
[`sr;a]
Alarm Source : Analog Input, Current,
Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value,
Variable, Current Read
[`iS;A]
Alarm Source Instance : 1 to 250
[`S2;A]
Alarm Source Zone : 0 to 16
[LooP]
Control Loop : 1 to 4
[`A;hy]
Alarm Hysteresis : 0.001 to 9,999.000
[`A;Lg]
Alarm Logic : Close on Alarm, Open on Alarm
[`A;Sd]
Alarm Sides : Both, High, Low
[`A;Lo]
Alarm Low Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F
[`A;hi]
Alarm High Set Point: -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F
[`A;LA]
Alarm Latching : Non-Latching, Latching
[`A;bL]
Alarm Blocking : Off, Startup, Set Point, Both
[`A;Si]
Alarm Silencing : Off, On
[A;dSP]
Alarm Display : Off, On
[`A;dL]
Alarm Delay Time : 0 to 9,999 seconds
[a;Clr]
Alarm Clear Request : 0
[a;sir]
Alarm Silence Request : 0
[`a;st]
Alarm State: Startup, None, Blocked, Alarm Low,
Alarm High, Error
[ALM]
Alarm Menu
[oPEr]
Operation Page
[`A;Lo]
Alarm Low Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`A;hi]
Alarm High Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Alarm Clear Request : Ignore, Clear
Alarm Silence Request : Ignore, Silence
Alarm State : Startup, None, Blocked, Alarm Low,
Alarm High, Error
Alarm Latched : No, Yes
Alarm Silenced : No, Yes
Alarm Clearable : No, Yes
Alarm Working Process Value : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Alarm Working Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Error : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad
Cal Data, Ambient Error, Fail, Not Sourced
Output Value : On, Off
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
172
•
Chapter 7 Features
Alarm
Alarm Hysteresis
Alarm Bloc
Alarm Sides
Type hing king
Alarm Dela
Alarm Displa y y Time oint oint
Alarm Source
Alarm Source Instance
Alarm Source Zone
Alarm Source Error
Alarm State
Alarm Latched
Alarm Silenced
Alarm Clearable
Alarm Working Process Value
Control Loop
Alarm
Off
Alarm Working Set Point
Error
Output Value
When function = Off THEN Output Value =
OFF Alarm State = None Alarm Indication =
None
Alarm
Alarm Hysteresis
Control Loop
Type hing king y y Time oint oint
Alarm Source
Alarm Source Instance
Alarm Source Zone
Alarm Source Error
Alarm State
Alarm Latched
Alarm Silenced
Control Loop
Alarm
Process
Alarm Clearable
Alarm Working Process Value
Alarm Working Set Point
Error
Output Value
When function= Process THEN Alarm
Variable = Process Value
Alarm
Alarm Hysteresis
Alarm Latc
Alarm Sides
Type hing king y y Time oint oint
Alarm Source
Alarm Source Instance
Alarm Source Zone
Alarm Source Error
Alarm State
Alarm Latched
Alarm Silenced
Alarm Clearable
Alarm Working Process Value
Control Loop
Alarm Working Set Point
Alarm
Deviation
Error
Output Value
When function = Deviation THEN Alarm
Variable = Process Value - Closed Loop Set
Point + Alarm Set Point
Analog Input Function
Note:
This Function configures and connects physical inputs to internal functions. Control Loop primary source instance must match Process Value or Analog Input instance.
TC Linearization
Sensor
Type
Scale Low
Units Value
Displa
Filter
Clear Latc y Precision hing h Request
Analog Input
Analog Input
Overview
Instances - 1 to 4 per RMC
Analog Input Value
Input Error
[``Ai]
Analog Input Menu
[`SEt]
Setup Page
[`sen]
Sensor Type : Off, Thermocouple, Millivolts, Volts, Milliamps,
RTD 100 Ohm, RTD 1000 Ohm, 1K Potentiometer,
Thermistor (optional)
[`rt;l]
Number of RTD Leads: 2 or 3
[`Lin]
TC Linearization : B, C, D, E, F, J, K, N, R, S, T
[Unit]
Units : Absolute Temperature, Power, Process, Relative
Humidity
[`S;Lo]
Scale Low : -100.00 to 1000.00
[`S;hi]
Scale High : -100.00 to 1000.00
[`r;Lo]
Range Low : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`r;hi]
Range High : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`P;EE]
Process Error Enable : Off, Low
[`P;EL]
Process Error Low Value : -100.00 to 1,000.00
[``t;C]
Thermistor Curve : Curve A, Curve B, Curve C, Custom
[``r;r]
Resistance Range : 5k, 10k, 20k, 40k
[`FiL]
Filter : 0.0 to 60.0 seconds
[`i;Er]
Input Error Latching : Off, On
[`dEC]
Display Precision : Whole, Tenths, Hundredths, Thousandths
[`i;CA]
Calibration Offset : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`Ain]
Analog Input Value : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[``Ai]
Analog Input Menu
[oPEr]
Operation Page
[`Ain]
Analog Input Value : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`i;er]
Input Error : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad
Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Not Sourced
[`i;CA]
Calibration Offset : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Clear Latch Request : Clear, Ignore
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
173
•
Chapter 7 Features
TC Linearization
Sensor
Type
Scale Low
Units Value
Displa
Filter
Clear Latc y Precision hing h Request
Analog Input
Analog Input
Off
Analog Input Value
Input Error
TC Linearization
Sensor
Type
Scale Low
Units
Process Error Low
Value
Filter y Precision hing h Request
Analog Input
Analog Input
Thermocouple
Analog Input Value
Input Error
TC Linearization
Sensor
Type
Scale Low
Units
Process Error Low
Displa
Calibration Offset y Precision h Request
ValueFilter hing
Analog Input
Analog Input
Analog Input Value
Process & Potentiometer
Input Error
Resistance Range
Displa
Clear Latc
Filter y Precision hing h Request
Compare Function
An error, when read, can indicate any of the following: None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad
Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale
Tolerance is expressed in the same units as Source
A. For the function to work properly Source A and
Source B must be without errors.
Error Handling
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Compare
Overview
Instances - 4 per RMC
Output Value
Error
[`CPE]
Compare Menu
[`SEt]
Setup Page
[``fn]
Function : Off, Greater Than, Less Than, Equal To, Not Equal
To,
[`toL]
Tolerance : 0.0 to 9,999.000 units or F
[SFn;a]
Source Function A : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,
Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point
Closed, Set Point Open, Variable
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A : 1 to 250
[`S2;A
] Source Zone A : 0 to 16
[SFn;b]
Source Function B : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,
Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point
Closed, Set Point Open, Variable
[`Si;b]
Source Instance B : 1 to 250
[`S2;b]
Source Zone B : 0 to 16
[`Er;h]
Error Handling : False Bad, False Good, True Bad, True Good
[`CPE]
Compare Menu
[oPEr]
Operation Page
[`Su;A]
Source Value A : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 units or F
[`Su;b]
Source Value B : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 units or F
[``o;u]
Output Value : Off, On
Error Handling
Analog Input
Analog Input
Thermistor
Analog Input Value
Input Error
TC Linearization
Sensor
Type
Scale Low
Units
Process Error Low
Displa
Value
Filter y Precision hing h Request
Analog Input
Analog Input
RTD
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
Analog Input Value
Input Error
•
174
•
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Value A
Source Value B
Compare
Off
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Output Value
Error
No Compare, Output Value = OFF
Chapter 7 Features
Error Handling
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Compare
Greater Than
Source Value A
Source Value B
Output Value
Error
A>B, Output Value = ON
Error Handling
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Compare
Less Than
Source Value A
Source Value B
Output Value
Error
A<B, Output Value = ON
Error Handling
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Compare
Equal To
A=B, Output Value = ON
Source Value A
Source Value B
Output Value
Error
Error Handling
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Compare
Not Equal To
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Output Value
Error
A not equal B, Output Value = ON
Error Handling
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Compare
Greater or Equal
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Output Value
Error
A>=B, Output Value = ON
Error Handling
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Compare
Less or Equal
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Output Value
Error
A<=B, Output Value = ON
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
175
•
Chapter 7 Features
Control Function
Heat
Cool Output Curve
Algorithm
Autotune
TRU-TUNE+ Enable
Aggressiveness y
User F
Input Error F ailure
Type
Fixed P
Action ailure ower
Time
Ramp
Action
Set P
Set P
Profiling Enable
Ramp Rate oint oint
Open oint
Remote Set P
Open
Limit oint
Limit
Low
High oint
Idle Set P
Heat Hysteresis oint oint
Loop Error Clear Request
Open Loop Set P
Deadband oint
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Control
Overview
Instances - 1 to 4 per RMC
[LooP]
Loop Menu
[`SEt]
Setup Page
[SFn;A]
Source Function A : Analog Input, Process Value
[`iS;A]
Source Instance A : (not changeable)*
`[h;Ag]
Heat Algorithm : Off, PID, On/Off
[`C;Ag]
Cool Algorithm : Off, PID, On/Off
`[C;Cr]
Cool Output Curve : Off, Non-linear curve 1, Non-linear curve 2
[t;tUn]
TRU-TUNE+ Enable : No, Yes
[t;bnd]
TRU-TUNE+ Band : 0 to 100
[`t;gn]
TRU-TUNE+ Gain : 1 to 6
[t;Agr]
Autotune Aggressiveness : Under, Critical, Over
[`P;dL]
Peltier Delay : 0.0 to 5.0
[`r;En]
Remote Set Point Enable : No, Yes
[SFn;b]
Source Function B : (Remote Set Point Source) : None, Analog
Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat Power, Power, Linearization,
Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open, Variable
[`Si;b]
Source Instance B (Remote Set Point Source Instance) : 1 to 250
[`S2;b]
Source Zone B : 0 to 16
[`r;ty]
Remote Set Point Type : Auto, Manual
[`Ufa]
User Failure Action : Off, Bumpless Transfer, Manual Power,
User
[fail]
Input Error Failure : Off, Bumpless Transfer, Manual Power,
User
[MAn]
Fixed Power : -100.0 to 100.0 %
[`L;dE]
Open Loop Detect Enable : No, Yes
[`L;dt]
Open Loop Detect Time : 0 to 3,600 seconds
[`L;dd]
Open Loop Detect Deviation : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[``rP]
Ramp Action : Off, Startup, Set Point, Both
[`r;SC]
Ramp Scale : Hours, Minutes
[`r;rt]
Ramp Rate : 0.000 to 9,999.000
[Pro;E]
Profiling Enable: No, Yes
[`L;SP]
Low Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`h;SP]
High Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[SP;Lo]
Set Point Open Limit Low : -100.0 to 100.0 %
[SP;hi]
Set Point Open Limit High : -100.0 to 100.0 %
Note: Control Loop primary source instance must match
Process Value or Analog Input instance.
[Mon]
Monitor Menu
[oPEr]
Operation Page
[C;MA]
Control Mode Active : Off, Auto, Manual
[`h;Pr]
Heat Power : 0.0 to 100.0 %
[`C;Pr]
Cool Power : 0.0 to 100.0 %
[`C;SP]
Closed Loop Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`Pu;A]
Process Value Active : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[LooP]
Loop Menu
[oPEr]
Operation Page
[`r;En]
Remote Set Point Enable : No, Yes
[`C;M]
Control Mode : Off, Auto, Manual
[A;tSP]
Autotune Set Point : 50 to 200 %
[`AUt]
Autotune : No, Yes
[`C;SP]
Closed Loop Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`id;S]
Idle Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`h;Pb]
Heat Proportional Band : 0.001 to 9,999.000
[`h;hy]
Heat Hysteresis : 0.001 to 9,999.000
[`C;Pb]
Cool Proportional Band : 0.001 to 9,999.000
[`C;hy]
Cool Hysteresis : 0.001 to 9,999.000
[``ti]
Time Integral : 0 to 9,999 seconds
[``td]
Time Derivative : 0 to 9,999 seconds
[``db]
Deadband : -1,000.000 to 1,000.000
[`o;SP]
Open Loop Set Point : -100.0 to 100.0 %
Loop Power : -100.0 to 100.0 %
Loop Error
Tune Status
Control Mode Active
Heat Power
Cool Power
Closed Loop Set Point
Open Loop Set Point
Process Value Active
Loop Power
Loop Error: None, Open Loop, Reversed Sensor
Loop Error Clear Request : Ignore, Clear
Tune Status : Off, Cross 1 Positive, Cross 1 Negative,
Cross 2 Positive, Cross 2 Negative, Cross 3 Positive,
Cross 3 Negative, Measuring Max, Measuring Min,
Calculating, Complete, Timeout
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
176
•
Chapter 7 Features
Heat
Cool Output Curve
Algorithm
Autotune
Peltier Dela
User F
Input Error F y ailure
Type
Action
Fixed P ower
Time
Ramp
Action
Set P
Set P
Profiling Enable
Ramp Rate oint oint
Open oint
Remote Set P
Open
Limit oint
Limit
Low
High
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Control
Off oint
Idle Set P
Heat Hysteresis oint oint
If Control Mode = Off : Heat Power, Cool Power and Loop Power = 0%
Loop Error Clear Request
Open Loop Set P
Deadband oint
Loop Error
Tune Status
Control Mode Active
Heat Power
Cool Power
Closed Loop Set Point
Open Loop Set Point
Process Value Active
Loop Power
Autotune
TRU-TUNE+ Enable
Heat
Cool
Algorithm
Peltier Dela
User F
Input Error F y ailure oint
Type
Action
Fixed P ailure ower Time
Ramp
Profiling Enable
Ramp Scale
Action
Set P
Set P oint oint
Remote Set P
Open oint
Open
Limit oint
Limit
Low
High oint oint oint
Loop Error Clear Request
Open Loop Set P
Deadband oint
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Control
Open Loop
Loop Error
Tune Status
Control Mode Active
Heat Power
Cool Power
Closed Loop Set Point
Open Loop Set Point
Process Value Active
Loop Power
If Control Mode = Open Loop :
Open Loop Set Point = user entered value
Heat Power, Cool Power and Loop Power = Open Loop Set Point
Heat
Cool Output Curve
Algorithm
Autotune
Peltier Dela
User F
Input Error F y ailure
Type
Action
Fixed P ailure ower Time
Ramp
Action
Set P
Set P
Profiling Enable
Ramp Rate oint oint
Open oint
Remote Set P
Open
Limit oint
Limit
Low
High oint
Heat Hysteresis oint oint
Loop Error Clear Request
Open Loop Set P
Time Derivative
Deadband oint
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Control
Closed Loop
Loop Error
Tune Status
Control Mode Active
Heat Power
Cool Power
Closed Loop Set Point
Open Loop Set Point
Process Value Active
Loop Power
If Control Mode = Closed Loop :
Closed Loop Set Point = user entered value
Heat Power, Cool Power and Loop Power = PID calculated power
Heat
Cool Output Curve
Algorithm
Autotune
Peltier Dela
User F
Input Error F y ailure
Type
Action
Fixed P ailure ower
Time
Ramp
Action
Set P
Set P oint
Profiling Enable
Ramp Scale oint
Open
Open oint
Remote Set P
Limit oint
Limit
Low
High
Idle Set P
Autotune oint oint oint
Loop Error Clear Request
Open Loop Set P
Time Integral
Deadband oint
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Control
Profile Engine
Loop Error
Tune Status
Control Mode Active
Heat Power
Cool Power
Closed Loop Set Point
Open Loop Set Point
Process Value Active
Loop Power
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
If Control Mode = Profiling :
Closed Loop Set Point = Profile Step
Heat Power, Cool Power and Loop Power = PID calculated power
•
177
•
Chapter 7 Features
Counter Function
Function counts up or down from Load Value and produces
Output Value = On when Count = Target Value.
Note:
Count value clears on power loss.
Load Value restored on power up.
Counter Operation:
Whenever a prescribed clock transition occurs without an error on source B the count will be equal to the Load Value.
If Function is an Up Counter:
Whenever a prescribed clock transition occurs without an error on Source A the count will increment by
+1. If the count is equal to 9,999 when the transition occurs count will be 1 after transition.
If Function is a Down Counter:
Whenever a prescribed clock transition occurs without an error on Source A the count will decrement by
-1. If the count is equal to 0 when the transition occurs the count will be 9,999 after transition.
An error, when read, can indicate any of the following:
None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data,
Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced,
Stale
Source Source
Active State
Function
A
Load
Target
Value Value
Latc hing
Custom Function
Custom
Overview
Instances - 20 per RMC
[CUSt]
Custom Menu
[FAct]
Factory Page
[`par]
Parameter : None, Process, Calibration
Offset, Display Units, User Settings Restore,
Alarm Low Set Point, Alarm High Set Point,
Alarm Hysteresis, Set Point, Active Process
Value, Active Set Point, Open-Loop Set Point,
Autotune, Control Mode, Heat Power, Cool
Power, Time Integral, Time Derivative, Dead band, Heat Proportional Band, Heat
Hysteresis, Cool Proportional Band, Cool
Hysteresis, Ramp Rate, TRU-TUNE+ Enable,
Idle Set Point, Custom, Profile Start, Profile
Action Request, Guaranteed Soak Deviation
Value, Current, Limit Low Set Point, Limit
High Set Point, Limit Hysteresis, Limit Status
[`iid]
Instance ID : 1 to 24
Diagnostic Function
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Count
Source Value A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Value B
Output Value
Counter
Overview
Instances - 4 per RMC
Error
[`Ctr]
Counter Menu
[`SEt]
Setup Page
[``Fn]
Function : Up, Down
[SFn;A]
Source Function A : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile
Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A : 1 to 250
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A : 0 to 16
[sas;a]
Source Active State A (Active State Clock) : High (rising), Low (falling),
Both (rising & falling)
[SFn;A]
Source Function A : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile
Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable
[`Si;b]
Source Instance B : 1 to 250
[`S2;b]
Source Zone B : 0 to 16
[SAS;b]
Source Active State B (Active State Load) : High, Low
[LoAd]
Load Value : 0 to 9,999
[trgt]
Target Value : 0 to 9,999
[`LAt]
Latching : No, Yes
[`Ctr]
Counter Menu
[`SEt]
Operation Page
[`Cnt]
Count : 0 to 9,999
[`Su;A]
Source Value A : Off, On
[`Su;b]
Source Value B : Off, On
[``o;u]
Output Value : Off, On
Part Number
Software Revision
Software Build Number
Serial Number
Date of Manufacture
Diagnostics
Overview
Instances - 1 per RMC
Hardware ID
Device Status
Device Name
[diAg]
Diagnostics Menu
[FAct]
Factory Page
[``Pn]
Part Number: scrolls on display
[`rEu]
Software Revision: 1.00, ...
[S;bLd]
Software Build Number : 0, 1, 2, ...
[``Sn]
Serial Number : xxxxxx
[dAtE]
Date of Manufacture : YWW format
Hardware ID : 23 (RMC)
Device Status : OK, Fail
Device Name : EZ-ZONE RM
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
178
•
Chapter 7 Features
Digital Input/Output Function
Note:
Input Value is passed to either profile event inputs or action function blocks.
Out
put Value determined by Source A and Digital Output Function.
Direction
Direction
Digital Input Value
Input State
Digital I/O Value
Digital IO as Input
Error
Output Function
Output Function Instance
Source Zone A
Output State
Digital I/O Value
Digital IO
Overview
Instances - 0 or 6 per RMC
Error
[`dio]
Digital I/O Menu
[`SEt]
Setup Page
[`dir]
Direction : Output, Input Voltage, Input Dry
[``fn]
Output Function : Off, Analog Input, Alarm, Cool Power, Heat
Power,
Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile Event Out A to H,
Function Key, Logic, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Special
Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable
[``Fi]
Output Function Instance : 1 to 250
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A : 0 to 16
[`o;Ct]
Output Control : Fixed Time Base, Variable Time Base
[`o;tb]
Output Time Base : 0.1 to 60.0 seconds
[`o;Lo]
Output Low Power Scale : 0.0 to 100.0 %
[`o;hi]
Output High Power Scale : 0.0 to 100.0 %
[`dio]
Digital I/O Menu
[`SEt]
Operation Page
[`di;S]
Input State : On, Off
[`do;S]
Output State : On, Off
Global Function
Direction
Output Function
Output Function Instance
Source Zone A
Output State
Digital I/O Value
Digital IO as Output
AC Line F
Displa
User Settings Sa
Displa y Plairs ve
Error
Digital Input Value : On, Off
An error, when read, can indicate any of the following:
None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data,
Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced,
Stale
Global
Overview
Instances - 1 per RMC
Output Value
[gLbL]
Global Menu
[`SEt]
Setup Page
[C_F]
Display Units : F, C
[AC;Lf]
AC Line Frequency : 50 Hz, 60 Hz
[d;PrS]
Display Pairs : 1 to 10
[USr;S]
User Settings Save : None, User Set 1, User Set 2*
[USr;r]
User Settings Restore : None, User Set 1, User Set 2, Factory
* Starting with firmware release 6, there is only one User Set.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
179
•
Chapter 7 Features
Limit Function
This function uses a dedicated input and the output will change state when Source A exceeds limit set points. The limit, when tripped, must be manually cleared to reset the output and clear the message.
The Analog Input and mechanical relay output are dedicated to each limit loop and are located in same module.
Set P oint (Maximum) High Limit
Limit Hysteresis
Limit Sides
Low
Limit oint oint
Linearization Function
This function will take an analog Source A and relinearize using a 10-point offset, then add Offset and produce an Output Value.
An error, when read, can indicate any of the following: None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad
Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale
Function
Input P
Units oint 1 oint 1 oint 2 oint 2
Output P oint 3 oint 3 oint 4
Output P oint 4 oint 5 oint 5 oint 6 oint 6 oint 7 oint 7 oint 8
Output P oint 8 oint 9 oint 9 oint 10 oint 10Offset
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Limit Message
Limit State
Limit Status
Limit
Overview
Instances - 0 to 4 per RMC
Output Value
Source Function A : Analog Input
Source Instance A : fixed to 1, 2, 3, or 4
[LiM]
Limit Menu
[`SEt]
Setup Page
[L;Sd]
Limit Sides : Both, High, Low
[L;hy]
Limit Hysteresis : 0.001 to 9,999.000
[SP;Lh]
Set Point (Maximum) High Limit : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[SP;LL]
Set Point (Minimum) Low Limit : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`lh;s]
Limit High Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`ll;s]
Limit Low Set Point: -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[Sfn;a]
Source Function: Digital I/O, Function Key, Variable
[`si;a]
Source Instance: 1 to 250
[`s2;a]
Source Zone: 0 to 16
[`lCr]
Limit Clear Request: Ignore or Clear
[`l;st]
Limit State: Off, None, Limit High, Limit Low, Error
[LiM]
Limit Menu
[oPEr]
Operation Page
[`LL;S]
Limit Low Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`Lh;S]
Limit High Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`lCr]
Limit Clear Request
[`l;st]
Limit State: Off, None, Limit High, Limit Low, Error
Limit Message : Limit High, Limit Low, Limit Error
Limit Status : Fail, Safe
Output Value : On, Off
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Linearization
Overview
Instances - 4 per RMC
[`Lnr]
Linearization
[`SEt]
Setup Page
Source Value A
Output Value
Error
[``Fn]
Function : Off, Interpolated, Stepped
[SFn;A]
Source Function A : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat Power,
Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open,
Variable
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A : 1 to 250
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A : 0 to 16
[Unit]
Units : Source, None, Absolute Temperature, Relative Temperature, Power,
Process, Relative Humidity
[`iP;1]
Input Point 1 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`oP;1]
Output Point 1 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`iP;2]
Input Point 2 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`oP;2]
Output Point 2 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`iP;3]
Input Point 3 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`oP;3]
Output Point 3 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`iP;4]
Input Point 4 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`oP;4]
Output Point 4 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`iP;5]
Input Point 5 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`oP;5]
Output Point 5 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`iP;6]
Input Point 6 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`oP;6]
Output Point 6 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`iP;7]
Input Point 7 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`oP;7]
Output Point 7 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`iP;8]
Input Point 8 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`oP;8]
Output Point 8 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`iP;9]
Input Point 9 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`oP;9]
Output Point 9 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[iP;10]
Input Point 10 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[oP;10]
Output Point 10 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`Lnr]
Linearization Menu
[oPEr]
Operation Page
[`Su;A]
Source Value A : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[oFSt]
Offset : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[``o;u]
Output Value : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Function
Input P
Units oint 1
Output P
Output P oint 1 oint 2 oint 2 oint 3 oint 3 oint 4
Output P
Output P oint 4 oint 5 oint 5 oint 6 oint 6 oint 7 oint 7 oint 8 oint 8 oint 9 oint 9 oint 10 oint 10Offset
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Linearization
Off
Output Value equals Source A Value
Source Value A
Output Value
Error
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
180
•
Chapter 7 Features
Function
Input P
Units oint 1 oint 1 oint 2 oint 2 oint 3 oint 3 oint 4 oint 4
Output P Output P oint 5 oint 5 oint 6 oint 6 oint 7 oint 7 oint 8
Output P oint 8 oint 9 oint 9 oint 10 oint 10Offset
Logic Function
IF Source A < Input Point 1 THEN Output Value =
Output Point 1 + Offset
ELSE WHILE ((Source A > Input Point n) AND (Input Point n < Input Point n+1)) n = n+1 UNTIL n is largest valid value. IF ((Source A >= Input Point n-1)
AND (Input Value < Input Point n)) THEN Output
Value = (Source A - Input Point n-1) * (Output Point n
- Output Point n-1) / (Input Point n - Input Point n-1)
+ Output Point n-1 + Offset ELSE Output Value =
Output Point n + Offset WHERE n = 1 to 10
Function
Input P
Units oint 1
Output P oint 1 oint 2
Output P oint 2 oint 3 oint 3 oint 4 oint 4 oint 5
Output P oint 5 oint 6
Output P oint 6 oint 7
Output P Output P oint 7 oint 8 oint 8 oint 9 oint 9 oint 10 oint 10Offset
Error Handling
Function
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Linearization
Interpolated
Linearization
Stepped
Source Value A
Output Value
Error
Source Value A
Output Value
Error
WHILE (Source A < Input Point n) n = n+1 FROM n
= 2 UNTIL n is largest valid value
Output Value = Output Point n-1 + Offset
Note: if Source A < Input Point 2 then Output Value
= Output Point 1; if Source A < Input Point 3 then out = Output Point 2; etc If Source A > last Input
Point the Output Value = last Output Point.
The list of Input Point values are assumed to be in increasing order. If Input Point n < Input Point n-1
THEN Output Value = Output Point n-1
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value G
Source Value H
Logic
Overview
Instances - 4 per RMC
Output Value
Error
An error, when read, can indicate any of the following:
None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal
Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error,
Not Sourced, Stale
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
181
•
Chapter 7 Features
[`LgC]
Logic Menu
[`SEt]
Setup Page
[``fn]
Function : Off, AND, OR, Equal To, NAND, NOR, Not Equal To, Latch, RS
Flip Flop
[SFn;A]
Source Function A : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile
Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4,
Timer, Variable
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A : 1 to 250
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A : 0 to 16
[SFn;b]
Source Function B : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile
Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4,
Timer, Variable
[`Si;b]
Source Instance B : 1 to 250
[`S2;b]
Source Zone B : 0 to 16
[SFn;C]
Source Function C : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile
Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4,
Timer, Variable
[`Si;C]
Source Instance C : 1 to 250
[`S2;C]
Source Zone C : 0 to 16
[SFn;d]
Source Function D : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile
Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4,
Timer, Variable
[`Si;d]
Source Instance D : 1 to 250
[`S2;d]
Source Zone D : 0 to 16
[SFn;e]
Source Function E : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile
Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4,
Timer, Variable
[`Si;E]
Source Instance E : 1 to 250
[`S2;E]
Source Zone E : 0 to 16
[SFn;f]
Source Function F : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile
Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4,
Timer, Variable
[`Si;F]
Source Instance F : 1 to 250
[`S2;F]
Source Zone F : 0 to 16
[SFn;g]
Source Function G : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile
Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4,
Timer, Variable
[`Si;g]
Source Instance G : 1 to 250
[`S2;g]
Source Zone G : 0 to 16
[SFn;h]
Source Function H : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile
Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4,
Timer, Variable
[`Si;h]
Source Instance H : 1 to 250
[`S2;h]
Source Zone H : 0 to 16
[`Er;h]
Error Handling : True Good, True Bad, False Good, False Bad
[`Su;A]
Source Value A : Off, On
[`Su;b]
Source Value B : Off, On
[`Su;C]
Source Value C : Off, On
[`Su;d]
Source Value D : Off, On
[`Su;E]
Source Value E : Off, On
[`Su;F]
Source Value F : Off, On
`[Su;g]
Source Value G : Off, On
`[Su;h]
Source Value H : Off, On
[``o;u]
Output Value : Off, On
[`LgC]
Logic Menu
[oPEr]
Operation Page
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
182
•
Function Error Handling
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value G
Source Value H
Logic
AND
Output Value
Error
A * B * C * D * E * F * G * H = ON
Function Error Handling
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value G
Source Value H
Logic
NAND
Output Value
Error
A * B * C * D * E * F * G * H = ON
Chapter 7 Features
Function Error Handling
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value G
Source Value H
Logic
OR
Output Value
Error
A + B + C + D + E + F + G + H = ON
Function Error Handling
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value G
Source Value H
Logic
NOR
Output Value
Error
A + B + C + D + E + F + G + H = ON
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
Function Error Handling
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value G
Source Value H
Logic
Not Equal
Output Value
Error
If A = B = C = D = E = F = G = H then ON
Function Error Handling
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value G
Source Value H
Logic
Equal
Output Value
Error
•
If A = B = C = D = E = F = G = H then ON
183
•
Chapter 7 Features
Function Error Handling
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value G
Source Value H
Logic
Latch
Output Value
Error
Output Value follows A, unless B = ON
Latch Output while B = ON
Function Error Handling
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value G
Source Value H
Logic
RS Flip Flop
Output Value
Error
A Sets Output Value ON
B Resets Output Value OFF
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
184
•
Function
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value G
Source Value H
Logic
Off
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Off
Error Handling
Math Function
The Math function block accepts up to 4 Analog Inputs and performs a programmed math function to derive an output value with Filter and Offset values applied. One digital input is used for enabling or disabling Process and Deviation
Scale and some math operations must be performed in the user's units.
Functions may combine multiple inputs. Those inputs may have incompatible units from a logical point of view. As a result, unless otherwise indicated, the presentation of the output value is the same as
Source A. This accommodates temperatures being multiplied, divided and offset by constants and process inputs.
Only inputs pointed to a source are used in the calculations.
An error, when read, can indicate any of the following:
None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data,
Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced,
Stale
Chapter 7 Features
Range Low
Altitude Units
Filter Offset
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Math
Overview
Instances - 8 per RMC
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Output Value
Error
[MAt]
Math Menu
[`SEt]
Setup Page
[``fn]
Function : Off, Average, Process Scale, Deviation Scale, Switch Over,
Differential, Ratio, Add, Multiply, Absolute Difference, Minimum,
Maximum, Square Root, Sample and Hold, Pressure to Altitude,
Dewpoint
[sfn;a]
Source Function A : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat
Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed,
Set Point Open, Variable
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A : 1 to 250
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A : 0 to 16
[sfn;b]
Source Function B : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat
Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed,
Set Point Open, Variable
[`Si;b]
Source Instance B : 1 to 250
[`S2;b]
Source Zone B : 0 to 16
[sfn;C]
Source Function C : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat
Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed,
Set Point Open, Variable
[`Si;C]
Source Instance C : 1 to 250
[`S2;C]
Source Zone C : 0 to 16
[sfn;D]
Source Function D : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat
Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed,
Set Point Open, Variable
[`S;id]
Source Instance D : 1 to 250
[`S2;d]
Source Zone D : 0 to 16
[sfn;e]
Source Function E : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,
Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable
[`Si;E]
Source Instance E : 1 to 250
[`S2;E]
Source Zone E : 0 to 16
[`S;Lo]
Scale Low : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0
[`S;hi]
Scale High : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0
[Unit]
Units : Source, None, Absolute Temperature, Relative Temperature, Power,
Process, Relative Humidty
[`r;Lo]
Range Low : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0
[`r;hi]
Range High : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0
[P;unt]
Pressure Units : PSI, Torr, mBar, Atmosphere, Pascal
[A;unt]
Altitude Units : Feet, Kilofeet
[`FiL]
Filter : 0.0 to 60.0 seconds
[MAt]
Math Menu
[oPEr]
Operation Page
[`Su;A]
Source Value A : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`Su;b]
Source Value B : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`Su;C]
Source Value C : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`Su;d]
Source Value D : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`Su;E]
Source Value E : Off, On
[``o;u]
Output Value : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[oFSt]
Offset : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Error : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data,
Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math
Off
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]
Display units follows Source A
Range Low
Altitude Units
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math
Process Scale
Output Value
Error
If E = OFF, Output Value = Filter [(Range
High - Range Low) / (Scale High - Scale
Low) * (A - Scale Low) + Range Low +
Offset] If E = ON, Output Value = Filter
[B + Offset] Scale Low/High and Range
Low/High follows Source A display units.
•
185
•
Chapter 7 Features
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math
Average
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [(Average (A + B + C +
D)) + Offset] Display units follows the last source that is temperature else follow Source A
Range Low
Altitude Units
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math
Switch Over
Output Value
Error
If E = OFF, Output Value = Filter [A +
Offset] If E = ON, Output Value =
Filter [B + Offset] Display units follows active source.
Range Low
Altitude Units
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math
Deviation Scale
Output Value
Error
If E = OFF, Output Value = Filter
[((Range High - Range Low) / (Scale High
- Scale Low)) * (A - Scale Low) + Range
Low + B + Offset] If E = ON, Output
Value = Filter [B + Offset] Scale Low/High and Range Low/High follows Source A display units.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math
Ratio
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [(A / B) + Offset]
If display units of Source A = Source B, no display units on output value, else follow Source A
•
186
•
Chapter 7 Features
Range Low
Altitude Units
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math
Differential
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [(A - B) + Offset]
Display units follows Source A plus relative Source B
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math
Multiply
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [(A * B * C * D) +
Offset] Display units follows last temperature source else follow Source A
Range Low
Altitude Units
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math
Add
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [(A + B + C + D) +
Offset] Display units follows last temperature source else follow Source A
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
187
•
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math
Minimum
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [Minimum Value
(A : B : C : D) + Offset] Display units follows Source with minimum value.
Chapter 7 Features
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Math
Absolute Difference
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [| A - B | +
Offset] Display units follow Source A plus relative Source B
Range Low
Altitude Units
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math
Square Root
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [Sqr Root A +
Offset]
Display units follows Source A
Range Low
Altitude Units
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math
Maximum
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [Maximum
Value (A : B : C : D) + Offset]
Display units follows Source with maximum value.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Math
Pressure to Altitude
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Output Value
Error
•
Output Value = Filter [Convert Source A in
Pressure to Altitude + Offset]
Note: Pressure Altitude calculation is based on the International Standard Atmosphere 1976.
Source A is a pressure signal and needs to be in
PSI units for the calculation. The calculation is accurate from sea level to 90,000 feet. It can be used beyond this range in both directions, but with loss of accuracy. The standard is based on an altitude of 0 feet (sea level) pressure of
14.6967 PSI and a temperature of 59 degrees F.
Result of calculation is in feet.
188
•
Chapter 7 Features
Range Low
Altitude Units
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math
Sample and Hold
Output Value
Error
If E = OFF, Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]
If E = ON, Output Value = Filter [last value of A + Offset]
Display units follows Source A
Range Low
Altitude Units
Output Function
This function configures and connects physical outputs to internal functions.
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math
Dewpoint
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [427.26 * (CP *
B / 8.8618)
/ (17.27- (CP * B / 8.8618)) + 32 +
Offset]
Source A is used for Calculated
Pressure or CP ;
Note: For dewpoint, Source A is temperature (F) and Source B is RH
(%). Saturation pressure calculation is identical to that used in wet/dry bulb. Result is in degrees F.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
189
•
Note:
Digital Outputs not included on these sheets
An error, when read, can indicate any of the following:
None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data,
Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced,
Stale
High P
Output Function
Output Function Instance
Output Source Zone
Output Source Error
Output
Overview
Output Value
Error
Instances - 0 to 8 per RMC
[otPt]
Output Menu
[`SEt]
Setup Page
[``Fn]
Output Function : Off, Analog Input, Alarm, Cool Power, Heat
Power, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O. Profile Event Out A to H,
Function Key, Logic, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Special
Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Limit
[``Fi]
Output Function Instance : 1 to 250
[``S2]
Output Source Zone : 0 to 16
[`o;Ct]
Output Control : Fixed Time Base, Variable Time Base
[`o;tb]
Output Time Base : 0.1 to 60.0 seconds
[`o;Lo]
Output Low Power Scale : 0 to 100 %
[`o;hi]
Output High Power Scale : 0 to 100 %
[`o;ty]
Output Type : Volts, Milliamps
[``Fn]
Output Function : Off, Analog Input, Alarm, Cool Power, Heat
Power, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O. Profile Event Out A to H,
Function Key, Logic, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Special
Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable
[``Fi]
Output Function Instance : 1 to 250
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A : 0 to 16
[`S;Lo]
Scale Low : 0.0 to 20.00
[`S;hi]
Scale High : 0.0 to 20.00
[`r;Lo]
Range Low : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`r;hi]
Range High : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`o;CA]
Calibration Offset : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[``o;u]
Output Value : On, Off
[``o;u]
Output Value : 0 to 10.0 volts or 0 to 20.00 milliamperes
Chapter 7 Features
High P
Output Function
Output Function Instance
Output Source Zone
Output Source Error
Output
Off
Output Value
Error
High P
Output Function
Output Function Instance
Output Source Zone
Output Source Error
Output
Digital
Output Value
Error
Output
Scale Low
Type
Calibration Offset
Output Function
Output Function Instance
Source Zone A
Output Source Error
Output
Analog
Output Value
Error
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
190
•
Chapter 7 Features
Profile Function
The the RMC module supports up to 25 profiles with each having up to 10 steps each. In some applications there is a need to execute a profile multiple times with varying frequency within multiple Profiles. When and if this need arises, rather than creating the same steps over and over again it would be wise to think of using a Subroutine. There can be a maximum of 15 Subroutines having up to 10 steps each. Subroutines can be called from within any Profile. The logic is, create it just once and execute it as needed from any given profile.
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4
Guaranteed Soak Enable
Control Mode Enable
Type
Type
Target Set P
Wait for Mode oint Loop 1 to 4
Step
Type
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4
Wait for Process 1 to 4
Da y of
Week
Event (Output State) 1 to 8
Profile
Subroutine Count
Jump Step
End
Type
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Profiling
Overview
1 instance per RMC
25 Files @
10 Steps Each (250 steps total)
15 Subroutines @ 10 Steps Each (150 steps total)
Current Step
Current Subroutine Step
Step Type
Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Step Time Remaining
Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)
Jump Count Remaining
Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the
Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
191
•
Chapter 7 Features
[`Pro]
Profile Menu
[`SEt]
Setup Page
[r;tyP]
Ramping Type : Rate, Time
[P;tyP]
Profile Type : Set Point, Process
[`gSE]
Guaranteed Soak Enable : Off, On
[gSd1] [gSd2] [gSd3] [gSd4]
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4 : 0 to 9,999.000
[CM;E]
Control Mode Enable : Off, On
[W;M]
Wait for Mode : Once, Complete
[sfn;a]
Source Function A (Wait Event Input 1) : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital
I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A : 1 to 250
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A : 0 to 16
[sfn;b]
Source Function B (Wait Event Input 2) : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital
I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable
[`Si;b]
Source Instance B : 1 to 250
[`S2;b]
Source Zone B : 0 to 16
[sfn;C]
Source Function C (Wait Event Input 3) : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital
I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable
[`Si;C]
Source Instance C : 1 to 250
[`S2;C]
Source Zone C : 0 to 16
[sfn;d]
Source Function D (Wait Event Input 4) : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital
I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable
[`Si;d]
Source Instance D : 1 to 250
[`S2;d]
Source Zone D : 0 to 16
[sfn;e]
Source Function E (Wait Analog 1) : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat
Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open,
Variable
[`Si;E]
Source Instance E : 1 to 250
[`S2;E]
Source Zone E : 0 to 16
[sfn;f]
Source Function F (Wait Analog 2) : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat
Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open,
Variable
[`Si;F]
Source Instance F : 1 to 250
[`S2;F]
Source Zone F : 0 to 16
[sfn;g]
Source Function G (Wait Analog 3) : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat
Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open,
Variable
[`Si;g]
Source Instance G : 1 to 250
[`S2;g]
Source Zone G : 0 to 16
[sfn;h]
Source Function H (Wait Analog 4) : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat
Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open,
Variable
[`Si;h]
Source Instance H : 1 to 250
[`S2;h]
Source Zone H : 0 to 16
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
192
•
Chapter 7 Features
[P;StA]
Profile Status Menu
[oPEr]
Operation Page
[P;Str]
Profile Start : 1 to 25
[P;ACr]
Profile Action Request : None, Profile, Pause, Resume, Terminate
[`StP]
Current Step : 0 to 250
[SUb;S]
Current Subroutine Step : 0 to 150
[styp]
Current Step Type : Unused Step, Time or Rate, Soak, Wait For Process or Event, Wait for Time,
State, Subroutine Step, Jump Loop, End
[t;SP1] [t;SP2] [t;SP3] [t;SP4]
Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4
[P;SP1] [P;SP2] [P;SP3] [P;SP4]
Produced SP ( Active Set Point) 1 to 4 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`Sti]
Step Time Remaining : 0 to 9,999 seconds
[Ent1] [Ent2] [Ent3] [Ent4] [Ent5] [Ent6] [Ent7] [Ent8]
Event (State Output) 1 to 8 : Off, On
[``JC]
Jump Count Remaining : 0 to 9,999
[``P_]
Profile Menu
[ProF]
Profiling Page
[StPt]
Step Number : 1 to 250
[styp]
Step Type : Unused Step, Time or Rate, State, Soak, Wait For Process & Event, Wait for Time,
Subroutine Step, Jump Loop, End
[CM;1] [CM;2] [CM;3] [CM;4]
Control Mode Loop 1 to 4 : Off, Auto, Manual
[t;SP1] [t;SP2] [t;SP3] [t;SP4]
Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[hoUr]
Hours : 0 to 99
[Min]
Minutes : 0 to 59
[SEC]
Seconds : 0 to 59
[rAtE]
Rate : 0 to 9,999.000
[P;E1] [P;E2] [P;E3] [P;E4]
Step Wait For Process Enable 1 to 4 : Off, Greater Than, Less Than
[W;P1] [W;P2] [W;P3] [W;P4]
Wait For Process 1 to 4 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[WE;1] [WE;2] [WE;3] [WE;4]
Wait Event 1 to 4 : None, Off, On
[dow]
Day of Week : Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Week Days,
Every Day
[gSE1] [gSd2] [gSd3] [gSd4]
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4 : Off, On
[``SS]
Subroutine Step : 1 to 15
[``SC]
Subroutine Count : 1 to 9,999
[``JS]
Jump Step : 1 to 250
[``JC]
Jump Count : 0 to 9,999
[`End]
End Type : Off, Hold, User
[Ent1] [Ent2] [Ent3] [Ent4] [Ent5] [Ent6] [Ent7] [Ent8]
Event 1 to 8 : Off, On, Unchanged
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
193
•
Chapter 7 Features
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4
Guaranteed Soak Enable
Control Mode Enable
Ramping
Profile
Type
Type
Target Set P
Wait for Mode
Step oint Loop 1 to 4
Type
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4
Wait for Process 1 to 4
Da y of
Week
Event (Output State) 1 to 8
Profile
End
Type
Profiling
Unused Step Type
Current Step
Current Subroutine Step
Step Type
Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Step Time Remaining
Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)
Jump Count Remaining
Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the
Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.
This is an empty step that can be used to plan for future steps to be inserted or temporarily deactivate a step in a profile. Change step type back when the step should be active again.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
194
•
Chapter 7 Features
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4
Guaranteed Soak Enable
Control Mode Enable
Ramping
Profile
Type
Type
Target Set P
Wait for Mode
Step oint Loop 1 to 4
Type
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Wait State Event 1 to 4
Rate
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4
Profiling
Da
Time Step Type
y of
Week
Event (Output State) 1 to 8
Profile
Subroutine Count
Jump Step
End
Type
Current Step
Current Subroutine Step
Step Type
Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Step Time Remaining
Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)
Jump Count Remaining
Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the
Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.
If Ramping Type in Setup Profile is set for Time, control loop 1 to 4 may be part of the profile and all enabled control loops follow independent set points over the specified time. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
195
•
Chapter 7 Features
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4
Guaranteed Soak Enable
Control Mode Enable
Ramping
Profile
Type
Type
Target Set P
Wait for Mode
Control Mode 1 to 4
Step oint Loop 1 to 4
Type
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4
Wait State Event 1 to 4
Rate
Da y of
Week
Event (Output State) 1 to 8
Profile
Subroutine Count
Jump Step
End
Type
Profiling
Rate Step Type
Current Step
Current Subroutine Step
Step Type
Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Step Time Remaining
Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)
Jump Count Remaining
Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the
Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.
If Ramping Type in Setup Profile is set for Rate, control loop 1 must be part of the profile and all other enabled control loops follow the same set point and rate in degrees or units per minute. Ensure all control loops have the same units of measure. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
196
•
Chapter 7 Features
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4
Guaranteed Soak Enable
Control Mode Enable
Type
Type
Target Set P
Wait for Mode
Control Mode 1 to 4 oint Loop 1 to 4
Step
Type
HoursMinutesSeconds
Rate
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4
Wait State Event 1 to 4
Da y of
Week
Event (Output State) 1 to 8
Profile
Subroutine Count
Jump Step
End
Type
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Profiling
Soak Step Type
Current Step
Current Subroutine Step
Step Type
Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Step Time Remaining
Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)
Jump Count Remaining
Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the
Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.
A Soak Step maintains the last Target Set Points for the designated time. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
197
•
Chapter 7 Features
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4
Guaranteed Soak Enable
Control Mode Enable
Ramping
Profile
Type
Type
Target Set P
Wait for Mode
Control Mode 1 to 4
Step oint Loop 1 to 4
Type
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Wait for Process 1 to 4
Rate
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4
Profiling
Da y of
Week
State Step Type
Event (Output State) 1 to 8
Profile
End
Type
Current Step
Current Subroutine Step
Step Type
Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Step Time Remaining
Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)
Jump Count Remaining
Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the
Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.
A State Step changes set points instantly to the specified values then maintains the Target Set Points for the designated time. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
198
•
Chapter 7 Features
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4
Guaranteed Soak Enable
Control Mode Enable
Type
Type
Target Set P
Wait for Mode
Step oint Loop 1 to 4
Type
HoursMinutesSeconds Rate
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4
Wait State Event 1 to 4
Da y of
Week
Event (Output State) 1 to 8
Profile
Subroutine Count
Jump Step
End
Type
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Profiling
Wait Process & Wait Event Step Type
Before using this step, ensure that Wait for
Mode and Source Functions are correctly configured in the Profile Menu,
Setup Page.
Current Step
Current Subroutine Step
Step Type
Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Step Time Remaining
Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)
Jump Count Remaining
Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the
Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.
A Wait For Process or Event Step will wait for four process values to match the Wait for Process Values (1 to
4), and/or for the four Wait For Event states (1 to 4) to match the specified state. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
199
•
Chapter 7 Features
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4
Guaranteed Soak Enable
Type
Control Mode Enable
Type
Target Set P
Wait for Mode
Control Mode 1 to 4 oint Loop 1 to 4
Step
Type
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4
Wait for Process 1 to 4
Profiling
Da
Jump Step Type
y of
Week
Event (Output State) 1 to 8
Profile
Subroutine Count
Jump Step
End
Type
Current Step
Current Subroutine Step
Step Type
Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Step Time Remaining
Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)
Jump Count Remaining
Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the
Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.
A Jump Loop step will repeat previous steps a number of times designated in Jump Count. Jump Loops can be nested up to four deep. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained. This step type not available in subroutine. Note: Use the Subroutine step type to jump forward to a set of common steps.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
200
•
Chapter 7 Features
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4
Guaranteed Soak Enable
Control Mode Enable
Type
Type
Target Set P
Wait for Mode
Control Mode 1 to 4 oint Loop 1 to 4
Step
Type
HoursMinutesSeconds
Rate
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4
Wait State Event 1 to 4
Da y of
Week
Event (Output State) 1 to 8
Profile
Subroutine Count
Jump Step
End
Type
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Profiling
Wait Time
Current Step
Current Subroutine Step
Step Type
Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Step Time Remaining
Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)
Jump Count Remaining
Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the
Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.
A Wait for Time Step is available with an Access module having the real-time calendar clock feature. This allows the program to wait for a specified day and time before proceeding to the next step. Used to have the profile execute steps everyday or only weekdays. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
201
•
Chapter 7 Features
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4
Guaranteed Soak Enable
Control Mode Enable
Type
Type
Target Set P
Wait for Mode
Control Mode 1 to 4 oint Loop 1 to 4
Step
Type
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4
Wait for Process 1 to 4
Profiling
Da y of
Week
Subroutine Step Type
Event (Output State) 1 to 8
Profile
Subroutine Count
Jump Step
End
Type
Current Step
Current Subroutine Step
Step Type
Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Step Time Remaining
Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)
Jump Count Remaining
Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the
Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.
A Subroutine Step jumps to a set of subroutine steps that are common to many profiles. This allows efficiency by utilizing several steps to be accessed and called upon. Once the subroutine is complete, control is passed back to the main profile at the next step. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained. This step type is not available within a subroutine.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
202
•
Chapter 7 Features
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4
Guaranteed Soak Enable
Control Mode Enable
Type
Type
Target Set P
Wait for Mode
Step oint Loop 1 to 4
Type
HoursMinutesSeconds Rate
Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4
Wait State Event 1 to 4
Da y of
Week
Event (Output State) 1 to 8
Profile
Subroutine Count
Jump Step
End
Type
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Error F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Error G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Source Error H
Profiling
End Step Type
Current Step
Current Subroutine Step
Step Type
Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4
Step Time Remaining
Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)
Jump Count Remaining
Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4
(used by control loop 1 to 4)
Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the
Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.
An End Step will end the profile and set the control modes and set points to match the End Type. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained. The event outputs will not be set off unless specifically stated in this step. If a profile does not have an End Step, the profile continues until step 250, then stops and maintains the last set points and control modes. In Subroutines, the End Step returns control back to the next profile step following the call.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
203
•
Chapter 7 Features
Process Value Function
The Process Value (PV) function block accepts up to 4 analog inputs and one digital input to perform a programmed math function to derive an output value with Filter and
Offset values applied. It is assumed that no input error conditions apply. Some PV operations must be performed in the user's units. Functions may combine multiple inputs. Those inputs may have incompatible units from a logical point of view. As a result, unless otherwise indicated, the presentation of the output value is the same as Source
A. This accommodates temperatures being multiplied, divided and offset by constants and process inputs. Only inputs that have a source associated to them are used in the calculations.
An error, when read, can indicate any of the following:
None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data,
Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced,
Stale
Barometric Pressure
Pressure Units
Function oint
Filter Offset
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Process Value
Overview
Instances - 4 per RMC
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Output Value
Error
[``Pu]
Process Value Menu
[`SEt]
Setup Page
[``fn]
Function : Off, AIN Backup Enable, Average, Crossover, Wet Bulb/Dry Bulb,
Switch Over, Differential, Ratio, Add, Multiply, Absolute Difference, Minimum,
Maximum, Square Root, Vaisala, Altitude
[sfn;a]
Source Function A : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math, Process Value,
Variable
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A : 1 to 250
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A : 0 to 16
[sfn;b]
Source Function B : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math, Process Value,
Variable
[`Si;b]
Source Instance B : 1 to 250
[`S2;b]
Source Zone B : 0 to 16
[sfn;C]
Source Function C : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math, Process Value,
Variable
[`Si;C]
Source Instance C : 1 to 250
[`S2;C]
Source Zone C : 0 to 16
[sfn;d]
Source Function D : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math, Process Value,
Variable
[`S;id]
Source Instance D : 1 to 250
[`S2;d]
Source Zone D : 0 to 16
[sfn;e]
Source Function E : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math, Process Value,
Variable
[`Si;E]
Source Instance E : 1 to 250
[`S2;E]
Source Zone E : 0 to 16
[``C;P]
Cross Over Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[``C;b]
Cross Over Band : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[P;unt]
Pressure Units : PSI, Torr, mBar, Atmosphere, Pascal
[A;unt]
Altitude Units : Feet, Kilofeet
[`b;Pr]
Barometric Pressure : 10.0 to 16.0
[`FiL]
Filter : 0.0 to 60.0 seconds
[``Pu]
Process Value Menu
[oPEr]
Operation Page
[`Su;A]
Source Value A : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`Su;b]
Source Value B : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`Su;C]
Source Value C : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`Su;d]
Source Value D : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[`Su;E]
Source Value E : Off, On
[``o;u]
Output Value : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[oFSt]
Offset : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
204
•
Chapter 7 Features
Function
Barometric Pressure
Pressure Units oint
Filter
Offset
Barometric Pressure
Pressure Units
Function oint
Filter
Offset
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value
Off
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value
Sensor Backup
Output Value
Error
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [first assigned Source without an error + Offset]
Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]
Display units follows Source A
Cross Over P
Function oint
Filter Offset
Cross Over P
Function oint
Filter Offset
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value
Average
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value
Crossover
Output Value
Error
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Output Value
Error
If A <= Cross Over Point - (Cross Over Band / 2) THEN Output
Value = Filter [(A + Offset)] If A >= Cross Over Point + (Cross
Over Band / 2) THEN Output Value = Filter[(B + Offset)]
Output Value = Filter [((A * X) + (B * (1-X))) + Offset] Where variable X = (Cross Over Point + (Cross Over Band / 2) - A) /
Cross Over Band
Output Value = Filter [(Average (A + B + C + D)) + Offset]
Display units follows the last source that is temperature else follow Source A
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
205
•
Chapter 7 Features
Barometric Pressure
Pressure Units
Function oint
Filter Offset
Cross Over P
Function oint
Barometric Pressure
Filter
Offset
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value
Wet Bulb/Dry Bulb
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [Calculated Humidity + Offset] where Source A is the Dry Bulb and Source B is the
Wet Bulb
Note: Wet/Dry bulb temperatures are in degrees F and pressures are in PSI. Output Value is % relative humidity. Useful temperature range is 10 to 350F
Barometric Pressure
Pressure Units
Function oint
Filter Offset
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value
Differential
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [(A - B) + Offset]
Display units follows Source A plus relative
Source B
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value
Switch Over
Output Value
Error
If E = OFF, Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]
If E = ON, Output Value = Filter [B + Offset]
Display units follows active source.
Cross Over P
Function oint
Barometric Pressure
Filter
Offset
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value
Ratio
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [(A / B) + Offset]
If display units of Source A = Source B, no display units on output value, else follow Source A
•
206
•
Chapter 7 Features
Barometric Pressure
Pressure Units
Function oint
Filter Offset
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value
Add
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [(A + B + C + D) + Offset]
Display units follows last temperature source else follow Source A
Barometric Pressure
Pressure Units
Function oint
Filter Offset
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value
Absolute
Difference
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [| A - B | + Offset]
Display units follow Source A plus relative
Source B
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
Barometric Pressure
Pressure Units
Function oint
Filter
Offset
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value
Multiply
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [(A * B * C * D) + Offset]
Display units follows last temperature source else follow Source A
Cross Over P
Function oint
Filter
Offset
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value
Minimum
Output Value
Error
•
Output Value = Filter [Minimum Value (A : B : C : D) +
Offset]
Display units follows Source with minimum value.
207
•
Chapter 7 Features
Barometric Pressure
Pressure Units
Function oint
Filter Offset
Function
Barometric Pressure
Pressure Units oint
Filter
Offset
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value
Maximum
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [Maximum Value (A : B : C : D) +
Offset]
Display units follows Source with maximum value.
Barometric Pressure
Pressure Units
Function oint
Filter Offset
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value
Square Root
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [Sqr Root A + Offset]
Display units follows Source A
Cross Over P
Function oint
Filter Offset
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value
Vaisala RH
Compensation
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [Calculated RH compensated for temperature + Offset].
Note: Source A is RH measured value from an uncompensated Vaisala RH sensor. Source B is temperature of the RH sensor in degrees F. The result is a "corrected" RH measured value. This calculation is effective over the temperature range of -75F to
350F.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Error C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Error D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value
Pressure to
Altitude
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [Convert Source A in Pressure to
Altitude + Offset]
•
Note: Pressure Altitude calculation is based on the
International Standard Atmosphere 1976. Source A is a pressure signal and needs to be in PSI units for the calculation. The calculation is accurate from sea level to
90,000 feet. The standard is based on an altitude of 0 feet
(sea level) pressure of 14.6967 PSI and a temperature of 59 degrees F. Result of calculation is in feet.
208
•
Chapter 7 Features
Security Function
Note:
Set on a Zone by Zone basis affecting any access using
Standard Bus communications. Does not affect field protocols.. This is independent of the RUI Security
Setting.
If the Password is enabled, the user must enter the Password to get to menus that have been blocked due to lock level settings. Rolling passwords require a new password each time the power has been cycled to the controller. It will be different for every controller. The administrator password is required to change the security settings even if the user enters their password to override the security settings.
Operations P
Loc
Write Security
Read Loc
Administrator P ked
Rolling P
Access Level age age k ey
Security Function Block - Overview
[LoC;o]
[LoC;P]
[PAS;E]
[roL;L]
[PAS;u]
[PAS;A]
[CodE]
[PASS]
Instances - 1 per RMC
[LoC]
Lock Menu
[FAct]
Operations Page : 1 to 3
Profiling Page : 1 to 3
Password Enable : Off, On
[r;LoC]
Read Lock : 1 to 5
[S;LoC]
Write Security: 1 to 5
[LoC;L]
Locked Access Level : 1 to 5
Rolling Password : Off, On
User Password : 10 to 999
Administrator Password : 10 to 999
[ULoC]
[FAct]
Factory Page
Unlock Menu
Factory Page
Public Key : xxx
Password : xxx
ing: None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal
Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not
Sourced, Stale
Function
Minimum On
Valve
Tra
Time vel
Time y
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Output Value 1
Output Value 2
Output Value 3
Output Value 4
Error 1 to 4
Special Output
Overview
Instances - 4 per RMC
[`SoF]
Special Output Function Menu
[`SEt]
Setup Page
[``fn]
Function : Off, Compressor, Motorized Valve,
Sequencer
[sfn;a]
Source Function A : None, Analog Input, Cool Power,
Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process
Value, Special Function Output 1, Variable
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A : 1 to 250
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A : 0 to 16
[sfn;b]
Source Function B : None, Cool Power, Heat Power,
Power, Linearization, Math, Variable
[`Si;b]
Source Instance B : 1 to 250
[`S2;b]
Source Zone B : 0 to 16
[Pon;A]
Power On Level 1 : -100.0 to 100.0 %
[PoF;A]
Power Off Level 1 : -100.0 to 100.0 %
[Pon;b]
Power On Level 2 : -100.0 to 100.0 %
[PoF;b]
Power Off Level 2 : -100.0 to 100.0 %
[`on;t]
On Time : 0 to 9,999 seconds
[`oF;t]
Off Time : 0 to 9,999 seconds
[``t;t]
Valve Travel Time : 10 to 9,999 seconds
[``db]
Dead Band : 1.0 to 100.0 %
[`o;S1]
Output 1 Size : 0 to 9,999
[`o;S2]
Output 2 Size : 0 to 9,999
[`o;S3]
Output 3 Size : 0 to 9,999
[`o;S4]
Output 4 Size : 0 to 9,999
[`t;dL]
Time Delay : 0 to 9,999 seconds
[`ot;o]
Output Order : Linear, Progressive
[`SoF]
Special Output Function Menu
[oPEr]
Operation Page
[Su;A]
Source Value A : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[Su;b]
Source Value B : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[o;u1]
Output Value 1 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 %
[o;u2]
Output Value 2 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 %
[o;u3]
Output Value 3 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 %
[o;u4]
Output Value 4 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 %
Special Output Function
This function is used to configure outputs when used with compressors, motorized valves or sequencers
An error (1 - 4), when read, can indicate any of the follow-
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
209
•
Chapter 7 Features
Function
Minimum On Valve
Tra
Time vel
Time
Output 2 Size
Output 4 Size y
Function
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Special Output
Off
Minimum On
Valve
Tra
Time vel
Time
Source Value A
Source Value B
Output Value 1
Output Value 2
Output Value 3
Output Value 4
Error 1 to 4 y
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Special Output
Compressor
Source Value A
Source Value B
Output Value 1
Output Value 2
Output Value 3
Output Value 4
Error 1 to 4
Note:
Typical use scenario for compressor control
is for cooling and/or dehumidification. The
application may have one or two loops of control
which utilize the compressor to accomplish the
cooling and/or dehumidificaition (negative power
levels). Because the compressor is a mechanical
device, it is desirable to minimize starts and stops.
Either loop can attempt to start or stop the
compressor, but this algorithm will make the
determination when it should or should not run.
Because you may not turn the compressor off
until the loop is in the heat or humidify region, the
input values to the compressor algorithm must be
loop power (+/- 100%).
Function
Power On Level 2
Minimum Off
Tra
Time vel
Time
Output 2 Size
Output 4 Size y
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Output Value 1
Output Value 2
Output Value 3
Output Value 4
Error 1 to 4
Special Output
Motorized Valve
Current Position is an approximation of the valve's position as it relates to a power level (0 - 100%) where 0% is fully closed and 100% is fully open.
Dead Time is the minimum on time that the valve will travel once it is turned on in either the closed or open direction. Dead Time = Valve Dead Band
/ 100 * Valve Travel Time. On Time is the amount of time the valve needs to be turned on (either open or close) to eliminate the error between the estimated valve position and the desired power level. A positive On Time value indicates the need to open the valve while a negative value indicates the need to close the valve. On Time = (Source A
Value - Current Position) / 100 * Valve Travel Time.
When power is applied to the controller, the valve is closed and time is set to 0. Output Value 1 is the close signal to the valve. Output Value 2 is the open signal to the valve.
Function
Valve
Tra
Time vel
Time
Output 4 Size
Output Order y
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Special Output
Sequencer
Source Value A
Source Value B
Output Value 1
Output Value 2
Output Value 3
Output Value 4
Error 1 to 4
A sequencer takes a single input power signal and splits it up into multiple output signals. Each output represents a portion of the total output capacity.
The primary output which is often referred to as the vernier output represents a larger portion of the total output capacity than any of the other outputs.
The vernier output is always a proportional signal while the other outputs are ON/OFF.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
210
•
Chapter 7 Features
Timer Function
An error, when read, can indicate any of the following:
None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data,
Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced,
Stale
Source
Source
Function
A
Active Level
Time
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Timer
Overview
Elapsed Time
Output Value
Instances - 4 per RMC
Error
[tMr]
Timer Menu
[`SEt]
Setup Page
[``Fn]
Function : Off, On Pulse, Delay, One Shot, Retentive
[sfn;a]
Source Function A (Timer Run) : None, Alarm, Compare,
Counter, Digital I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function
Key, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4, Variable
[`Si;A]
Source Instance A : 1 to 250
[`S2;A]
Source Zone A : 0 to 16
[SAS;A]
Source Active State A (Timer Run) : High (rising), Low (falling)
[sfn;b]
Source Function B (Timer Reset) : None, Alarm, Compare,
Counter, Digital I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function
Key, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer,
Variable
[`Si;b]
Source Instance B : 1 to 250
[`S2;b]
Source Zone B : 0 to 16
[SAS;b]
Source Active State B (Timer Reset) : High (rising), Low (falling)
[``ti]
Time : 0 to 9,999 seconds
[`LEu]
Active Level : High, Low
[tMr]
Timer Menu
[oPEr]
Operation Page
[`Su;A]
Source Value A : Off, On
`[Su;b]
Source Value B : Off, On
[``E;t]
Elapsed Time : 0.0 to 9,999.000 seconds
[``o;u]
Output Value : Off, On
Source
Source
Active State
Function
Active State B
Active Level
A
Time
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Timer
Off
Output Value = OFF
Source Value A
Source Value B
Elapsed Time
Output Value
Error
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
211
•
Chapter 7 Features
Source A (Run) [Sr;A]
Source Active State A [SAS;A] : High
Source Value A [uS;A] high low on
Active Level [Leu] : [High]
Output Value [o;u] off on
Active Level [Leu] : Low
Output Value [o;u] off
Source Source
Active State
Function
Active Level
A
Time
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Elapsed Time
Output Value
Error
Timer
On Pulse
An On Pulse Timer is used to produce an output pulse of a constant duration. It can be used as a minimum on time for compressor control or other devices that do not want excessive cycling.
Timing Diagram of On Pulse with active state rising edge
Time Time
Elapsed Time [E;t]
Time [ti]
0
0
Timing Diagram of On Pulse with active state falling edge
Source A (Run) [Sr;A]
Source Active State A [SAS;A] : Low
Source Value A [uS;A] high low on
Active Level [Leu] : High
Output Value [o;u] off on
Active Level [Leu] : Low
Output Value [o;u]
Elapsed Time [E;t]
Time [ti]
0 off
0
Time Time
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
212
•
Chapter 7 Features
Source A
Source
Source
Active State
Function
Active State B
A
Active Level
Time
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Timer
Delay
Source Value A
Source Value B
Elapsed Time
Output Value
Error
A delay timer is used to cause a delaying action. The delay can be made to happen on either the leading or trailing edge. This can be used to keep short input pulses from propagating or to have a secondary action occur at a known amount of time after the primary action; such as, turning on successive output devices.
Source A
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
213
•
Chapter 7 Features
Source
Source
Active State
Function
Active State B
A
Active Level
Time
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Timer
One Shot
Elapsed Time
Output Value
Error
The One Shot timer functions like a simple oven timer. The time value gets set by the user and it counts down to zero without retaining the original time (hence the name one-shot). This is intended to be used in applications where the user will manually set different times for each process.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
214
•
Chapter 7 Features
Source
Source
Active State
Function
Active State B
Active Level
A
Time
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Zone A
Source Error A
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Function B
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Error B
Timer
Retentive
Elapsed Time
Output Value
Error
A retentive timer is used to keep track of how much time something has been in a particular state.
This can be used to time how long something has been in an alarm state for example or how long it has been since a profile or step ran. The output can be used to trigger an event if the elapsed time has grown excessive.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
215
•
Chapter 7 Features
Variable Function
This function simply passes the stored value to its output.
An error, when read, can indicate any of the following:
None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal
Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error,
Not Sourced, Stale
A variable function block is used to store a user supplied value and provide a source input to another function block with that value. As an example, you could use a variable function value as one input to a compare function. The other input to the compare function would determine the output value based on the user's supplied value.
Value
Data
Value
Type
Units
Output Value
Variable
Overview
Error
Instances - 8 per RMC
[`uAr]
Variable Menu
[`SEt]
Setup Page
[tyPE]
Data Type : Analog, Digital
[`Dig]
Digital Value : On, Off
[AnLg]
Analog Value : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
[Unit]
Units : None, Absolute Temperature,
Relative Temperature, Power, Process
Relative Humidity
[``ou]
Output Value : -1,999.000 to
9,999.000 or On or Off
Value
Data
Value
Type
Units
Output Value
Variable
Digital
Error
Value
Data
Value
Type
Units
Output Value
Variable
Analog
Error
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
216
•
Chapter 7 Features
Chapter 8: Appendix
Troubleshooting Alarms, Errors and Control Issues
Indication Description Possible Cause(s) Corrective Action
Alarm won’t clear or reset
Alarm won’t occur
Alarm will not clear or reset with keypad or digital input
• Alarm latching is active
• Alarm set to incorrect output
Alarm will not activate output • Alarm silencing is active
Alarm state cannot be determined due to lack of sensor input
• Alarm is set to incorrect source
• Sensor input is out of alarm set point range
• Alarm set point is incorrect
• Alarm is set to incorrect type
• Digital input function is incorrect
• Alarm blocking is active
• Alarm is set to incorrect output
• Alarm is set to incorrect source
• Alarm set point is incorrect
• Alarm is set to incorrect type
• Sensor improperly wired or open
• Incorrect setting of sensor type
• Calibration corrupt
• Reset alarm when process is within range or disable latching
• Set output to correct alarm source instance
• Set alarm source to correct input instance
• Correct cause of sensor input out of alarm range
• Set alarm set point to correct trip point
• Set alarm to correct type: process, deviation or power
• Set digital input function and source instance
• Disable alarm silencing, if required
• Disable alarm blocking, if required
• Set output to correct alarm source instance
• Set alarm source to correct input instance
• Set alarm set point to correct trip point
• Set alarm to correct type: process, deviation or power
• Correct wiring or replace sensor
• Match setting to sensor used
• Check calibration of controller
Alarm Error
[AL;E1]
[AL;E2]
[AL;E3]
[AL;E4]
Alarm Low
[AL;L1]
[AL;L2]
[AL;L3]
[AL;L4]
Alarm High
[AL;h1}
[AL;h2]
[AL;h3]
[AL;h4]
Error Input
[Er;i1]
[Er;i2]
[Er;i3]
[Er;i4]
Limit Error
[Li;E1]
[Li;E2]
[Li;E3]
[Li;E4]
Limit won’t clear or reset
Sensor input below low alarm set point
Sensor input above high alarm set point
Sensor does not provide a valid signal to controller
Limit will not clear or reset with keypad or digital input
Limit state cannot be determined due to lack of sensor input, limit will trip
• Temperature is less than alarm set point
• Alarm is set to latching and an alarm occurred in the past
• Incorrect alarm set point
• Incorrect alarm source
• Temperature is greater than alarm set point
• Alarm is set to latching and an alarm occurred in the past
• Incorrect alarm set point
• Incorrect alarm source
• Sensor improperly wired or open
• Incorrect setting of sensor type
• Calibration corrupt
• Sensor input is out of limit set point range
• Limit set point is incorrect
• Digital input function is incorrect
• Sensor improperly wired or open
• Incorrect setting of sensor type
• Calibration corrupt
• Check cause of under temperature
• Clear latched alarm
• Establish correct alarm set point
• Set alarm source to proper setting
• Check cause of over temperature
• Clear latched alarm
• Establish correct alarm set point
• Set alarm source to proper setting
• Correct wiring or replace sensor
• Match setting to sensor used
• Check calibration of controller
• Correct cause of sensor input out of limit range
• Set limit set point to correct trip point
• Set digital input function and source instance
• Correct wiring or replace sensor
• Match setting to sensor used
• Check calibration of controller
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
217
•
Chapter 8 Appendix
Indication
Limit Low
[Li;L1]
[Li;L2]
[Li;L3]
[Li;L4]
Description
Sensor input below low limit set point
Possible Cause(s) Corrective Action
• Temperature is less than limit set point
• Limit outputs latch and require reset
• Incorrect alarm set point
• Check cause of under temperature
• Clear limit
• Establish correct limit set point
Limit High
[Li;h1]
Loop Open Error
[LP;o1]
[LP;o2]
[LP;o3]
[LP;o4]
Loop Reversed Error
[LP;r1]
[LP;r2]
[LP;r3]
[LP;r4]
Sensor input above high limit set point
Open Loop Detect is active and the process value did not deviate by a user-selected value in a user specified period with PID power at
100%.
• Temperature is greater than limit set point
• Limit outputs latch and require reset
• Incorrect alarm set point
• Setting of Open Loop Detect Time incorrect
• Setting of Open Loop Detect Deviation incorrect
• Thermal loop is open
• Open Loop Detect function not required but activated
• Check cause of over temperature
• Clear limit
• Establish correct limit set point
• Set correct Open Loop Detect Time for application
• Set correct Open Loop Deviation value for application
• Determine cause of open thermal loop: misplaced sensors, load failure, loss of power to load, etc.
• Deactivate Open Loop Detect feature
Open Loop Detect is active and the process value is headed in the wrong direction when the output is activated based on deviation value and user-selected value.
Controller is ramping to new set point
• Setting of Open Loop Detect Time incorrect
• Setting of Open Loop Detect Deviation incorrect
• Output programmed for incorrect function
• Thermocouple sensor wired in reverse polarity
• Set correct Open Loop Detect Time for application
• Set correct Open Loop Deviation value for application
• Set output function correctly
• Wire thermocouple correctly, (red wire is negative)
• Ramping feature is activated • Disable ramping feature if not required
Ramping
[`rP1]
[`rP2]
[`rP3]
[`rP4]
Autotuning
[tUN1]
[tUN2]
[tUN3]
[tUN4]
Controller is autotuning the control loop
• User started the autotune function
• Digital input is set to start autotune
No heat/cool action Output does not activate load • Output function is incorrectly set
• Control mode is incorrectly set
• Wait until autotune completes or disable autotune feature
• Set digital input to function other than autotune, if desired
No Display No display indication or LED illumination
• Output is incorrectly wired
• Load, power or fuse is open
• Control set point is incorrect
• Incorrect controller model for application
• Power to controller is off
• Fuse open
• Breaker tripped
• Safety interlock switch open
• Separate system limit control activated
• Wiring error
• Incorrect voltage to controller
• Set output function correctly
• Set control mode appropriately (Open vs Closed Loop)
• Correct output wiring
• Correct fault in system
• Set control set point in appropriate control mode and check source of set point: remote, idle, profile, closed loop, open loop
• Obtain correct controller model for application
• Turn on power
• Replace fuse
• Reset breaker
• Close interlock switch
• Reset limit
• Correct wiring issue
• Apply correct voltage, check part number
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
218
•
Chapter 8 Appendix
Indication
No Serial Communication
Description
Cannot establish serial communications with the controller
Possible Cause(s) Corrective Action
• Address parameter incorrect
• Incorrect protocol selected
• Baud rate incorrect
• Parity incorrect
• Wiring error
• EIA-485 converter issue
• Incorrect computer or PLC communications port
• Incorrect software setup
• Wires routed with power cables
• Termination resistor may be required
• Set unique addresses on network
• Match protocol between devices
• Match baud rate between devices
• Match parity between devices
• Correct wiring issue
• Check settings or replace converter
• Set correct communication port
• Correct software setup to match con- troller
• Route communications wires away from power wires
• Place 120 Ω resistor across EIA-485 on last controller
Process doesn’t control to set point
Process is unstable or never reaches set point
• Controller not tuned correctly
• Control mode is incorrectly set
• Control set point is incorrect
• Perform autotune or manually tune system
• Set control mode appropriately (Open vs Closed Loop)
• Set control set point in appropriate control mode and check source of set point: remote, idle, profile, closed loop, open loop
• Verify output function is correct (heat or cool)
Temperature runway Process value continues to increase or decrease past set point.
• Controller output incorrectly programmed
• Thermocouple reverse wired • Correct sensor wiring (red wire negative)
• Controller output wired incorrectly • Verify and correct wiring
Device Error
[`100]
[rEtn]
[`h;Er]
[`C;Er]
Heater Error
Current Error
Controller displays internal malfunction message at power up.
Heater Error
Load current incorrect.
• Short in heater
• Power controller connection to controller defective
• Controller output defective
• Controller defective
• Sensor input over driven
• Replace heater
• Replace or repair power controller
• Replace or repair controller
• Replace or repair controller
• Check sensors for ground loops, reverse wiring or out of range values.
• Current through load is above current trip set point
• Check that the load current is proper.
Correct cause of overcurrent and/or ensure current trip set point is correct.
• Current through load is below current trip set point
• Check that the load current is proper.
Correct cause of undercurrent and/or ensure current trip set point is correct.
• Shorted solid-state or mechanical relay
• Replace relay
• Open solid-state or mechanical relay • Replace relay
• Current transformer load wire associated to wrong output
• Route load wire through current transformer from correct output, and go to the [`C;Si] Source Output Instance parameter (Setup Page, Current
Menu) to select the output that is driving the load.
• Replace or repair sensor or controller • Defective current transformer or controller
• Noisy electrical lines • Route wires appropriately, check for loose connections, add line filters
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
219
•
Chapter 8 Appendix
Indication
Remote User Interface (RUI) menus inaccessible
RUI value to low
[ual;l]
RUI value to high
[ual;h]
Description Possible Cause(s) Corrective Action
Unable to access [`SEt],
[OPEr]
, [FCty] or [ProF] menus or particular prompts in Home Page
• Security set to incorrect level • Check [`loC] settings in Factory Page
• Enter appropriate password in [UloC] setting in Factory Page
• Digital input set to lockout keypad • Change state of digital input
• Custom parameters incorrect • Change custom parameters in Factory
Page
• Check scaling of source data Value to low to be displayed in 4 digit LED display
<-1999
Value to high to be displayed in 4 digit LED display
>9999
• Incorrect setup
• Incorrect setup • Check scaling of source data
Detection of and Rules Around Abnormal Sensor Conditions
Inputs Detection of Abnormal Conditions
Shorted
Open
Reversed
Thermocouple
No direct detection, Open loop firmware detection.
Yes, Parasitic pull-up
Yes, firmware detection
Shorted
Open
Reversed
Current Source
Range limiting only
Range limiting only
Range limiting only
Open
Shorted
Reversed
Voltage Source
Range limiting only
Range limiting only
Range limiting only
RTD
S1 open Yes, pulled up.
S2 open Not implemented.
S3 open Yes, pulled up.
S1 short to S2 Yes, pulled up
S1 short to S3 Yes, pulled down to under range.
S2 shorted to S3 Not implemented, Possible, monitor S2 voltage.
S1 and S2 open Yes, pulled down to under range.
S1 and S3 open Yes, S1 pulled up.
S2 and S3 open Yes pulled up.
Thermistor
S1 open Yes, pulled up to sensor over range.
S3 open Yes, pulled up to sensor over range.
S1 short to S3 Yes, pulled down to sensor under range.
S1 and S3 open Yes, S1 pulled up to sensor over range.
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
220
•
Chapter 8 Appendix
Modbus - Programmable Memory Blocks
The Modbus assembly contains 40 pointers to the parameters of your choosing starting at Modbus register
40 (shown on the following page). The pointers are 32-bits long so are stored in two sequential registers. As an example, if we want to move an alias to the analog input of the RMC (register 360) into register 40, we perform a multiple write command (0x10 function) of 360 into register 40 and 361 into register 41 as a single multi-write command.
Once the parameters of choice have been defined and written to the pointer registers, the working registers
200 to 279 then represent those parameters. Therefore, as in the example above, if 360 is in register 40, 361 in register 41, register 200 & 201 contains the 32-bit floating point result for analog input 1.
The screen shot above was taken from a program that can be found on the Watlow Support Tools DVD
(shipped with the product) as well as on the Watlow website. On the DVD, it can be found under "Utility
Tools" and is identified as "Modbus RTU Diagnostic Program for EZ-ZONE PM, RM and ST". A similar program can be found here as well for a connection utilizing Ethernet TCP.
If it is easier to go to the web to acquire this software click on the link below and type "modbus" in the search field where both versions can be found with the same name. http://www.watlow.com/literature/software.cfm
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
221
•
Chapter 8 Appendix
Assembly Pointer Registers and Assembly Working Registers
Pointer Registers Working Registers
96 & 97
98 & 99
100 & 101
102 & 103
104 & 105
106 & 107
108 & 109
110 & 111
112 & 113
114 & 115
116 & 117
118 & 119
76 & 77
78 & 79
80 & 81
82 & 83
84 & 85
86 & 87
88 & 89
90 & 91
92 & 93
94 & 95
56 & 57
58 & 59
60 & 61
62 & 63
64 & 65
66 & 67
68 & 69
70 & 71
72 & 73
74 & 75
40 & 41
42 & 43
44 & 45
46 & 47
48 & 49
50 & 51
52 & 53
54 & 55
256 & 257
256 & 259
260 & 261
262 & 263
264 & 265
266 & 267
268 & 269
270 & 271
272 & 273
274 & 275
276 & 277
278 & 279
236 & 237
238 & 239
240 & 241
242 & 243
244 & 245
246 & 247
248 & 249
250 & 251
252 & 253
254 & 255
200 & 201
202 & 203
204 & 205
206 & 207
208 & 209
210 & 211
212 & 213
214 & 215
216 & 217
218 & 219
220 & 221
222 & 223
224 & 225
226 & 227
228 & 229
230 & 231
232 & 233
234 & 235
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
222
•
Chapter 8 Appendix
Modbus Default Assembly Structure 40-119
Assembly Pointer
Registers
Default Pointers
Registers 40 & 41
Pointer 1 = 0 & 1
Closed Loop Set Point 1
Assembly Working
Registers
Registers 200 & 201
Value of Pointer 1
Registers 202 & 203
Value of Pointer 2
Registers 42 & 43
Pointer 2 = 0 & 1
Closed Loop Set Point 2
Registers 44 & 45
Pointer 3 = 0 & 1
Closed Loop Set Point 3
Registers 46 & 47
Pointer 4 = 0 & 1
Closed Loop Set Point 4
Registers 48 & 49
Pointer 5 = 0 & 1
Open Loop Set Point 1
Registers 50 & 51
Pointer 6 = 0 & 1
Open Loop Set Point 2
Registers 52 & 53
Pointer 7 = 0 & 1
Open Loop Set Point 3
Registers 54 & 55
Pointer 8 = 0 & 1
Open Loop Set Point 4
Registers 56 & 57
Pointer 9 = 0 & 1
Control Mode 1
Registers 58 & 59
Pointer 10 = 0 & 1
Control Mode 2
Registers 60 & 61
Pointer 11 = 0 & 1
Control Mode 3
Registers 204 & 205
Value of Pointer 3
Registers 206 & 207
Value of Pointer 4
Registers 208 & 209
Value of Pointer 5
Registers 210 & 211
Value of Pointer 6
Registers 212 & 213
Value of Pointer 7
Registers 214 & 215
Value of Pointer 8
Registers 216 & 217
Value of Pointer 9
Registers 218 & 219
Value of Pointer 10
Registers 220 & 221
Value of Pointer 11
Registers 62 & 63
Pointer 12 = 0 & 1
Control Mode 4
Registers 64 & 65
Pointer 13 = 0 & 1
Alarm 1 High Set Point
Registers 66 & 67
Pointer 14 = 0 & 1
Alarm 2 High Set Point
Registers 68 & 69
Pointer 15 = 0 & 1
Alarm 3 High Set Point
Registers 70 & 71
Pointer 16 = 0 & 1
Alarm 4 High Set Point
Registers 72 & 73
Pointer 17 = 0 & 1
Alarm 1 Low Set Point
Registers 74 & 75
Pointer 18 = 0 & 1
Alarm 2 Low Set Point
Registers 222 & 223
Value of Pointer 12
Registers 224 & 225
Value of Pointer 13
Registers 226 & 227
Value of Pointer 14
Registers 228 & 229
Value of Pointer 15
Registers 230 & 231
Value of Pointer 16
Registers 232 & 233
Value of Pointer 17
Registers 234 & 235
Value of Pointer 18
Registers 76 & 77
Pointer 19 = 0 & 1
Alarm 3 Low Set Point
Registers 236 & 237
Value of Pointer 19
Registers 78 & 79
Pointer 20 = 0 & 1
Alarm 4 Low Set Point
Registers 238 & 239
Value of Pointer 20
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
223
•
Registers 100 & 101
Pointer 31 = 0 & 1
Alarm 3 State
Registers 102 & 103
Pointer 32 = 0 & 1
Alarm 4 State
Registers 104 & 105
Pointer 33 = 0 & 1
Alarm 5 State
Registers 106 & 107
Pointer 34 = 0 & 1
Alarm 6 State
Registers 108 & 109
Pointer 35 = 0 & 1
Alarm 7 State
Registers 110 & 111
Pointer 36 = 0 & 1
Alarm 8 State
Registers 112 & 113
Pointer 37 = 0 & 1
Control Loop 1 Output Power
Registers 114 & 115
Pointer 38 = 0 & 1
Control Loop 2 Output Power
Registers 116 & 117
Pointer 39 = 0 & 1
Control Loop 3 Output Power
Registers 118 & 119
Pointer 40 = 0 & 1
Control Loop 4 Output Power
Assembly Pointer
Registers
Default Pointers
Registers 80 & 81
Pointer 21 = 0 & 1
Analog Input 1
Registers 82 & 83
Pointer 22 = 0 & 1
Analog Input 1 Error Status
Registers 84 & 85
Pointer 23 = 0 & 1
Analog Input 2
Registers 86 & 87
Pointer 24 = 0 & 1
Analog Input 2 Error Status
Registers 88 & 89
Pointer 25 = 0 & 1
Analog Input 3
Registers 90 & 91
Pointer 26 = 0 & 1
Analog Input 3 Error Status
Registers 92 & 93
Pointer 27 = 0 & 1
Analog Input 4
Registers 94 & 95
Pointer 28 = 0 & 1
Analog Input 4 Error Status
Registers 96 & 97
Pointer 29 = 0 & 1
Alarm 1 State
Registers 98 & 99
Pointer 30 = 0 & 1
Alarm 2 State
Assembly Working
Registers
Registers 240 & 241
Value of Pointer 21
Registers 242 & 243
Value of Pointer 22
Registers 244 & 245
Value of Pointer 23
Registers 246 & 247
Value of Pointer 24
Registers 248 & 249
Value of Pointer 25
Registers 250 & 251
Value of Pointer 26
Registers 252 & 253
Value of Pointer 27
Registers 254 & 256
Value of Pointer 28
Registers 256 & 257
Value of Pointer 29
Registers 258 & 259
Value of Pointer 30
Registers 260 & 261
Value of Pointer 31
Registers 262 & 263
Value of Pointer 32
Registers 264 & 265
Value of Pointer 33
Registers 266 & 267
Value of Pointer 34
Registers 268 & 269
Value of Pointer 35
Registers 270 & 271
Value of Pointer 36
Registers 272 & 273
Value of Pointer 37
Registers 274 & 275
Value of Pointer 38
Registers 276 & 277
Value of Pointer 39
Registers 278 & 279
Value of Pointer 40
Chapter 8 Appendix
Control Module Specifications
Line Voltage/Power
• 20.4 to 30.8Vı (ac/dc), 50/60Hz, ±5 percent
• Power consumption: 7 W, 14VA
• Any external power supply used should comply with a class 2 or
SELV rating. (Safety Extra Low Voltage)
• Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory
• Compliant with Semi F47-0200, Figure R1-1 voltage sag requirements
Available Power Supplies
• AC/DC Power supply converter 90-264VÅ (ac) to 24VÎ (dc) volts.
• P/N 0847-0299-0000: 31 W
• P/N 0847-0300-0000: 60 W
• P/N 0847-0301-0000: 91 W
Environment
• 0 to 149°F (-18 to 65°C) operating temperature
• -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C) storage temperature
• 0 to 90 percent RH, non-condensing
• RMC modules are considered to be open type equipment needing to be installed in a fire and shock protection enclosure, such as a NEMA Type 1 enclosure; unless all circuit connections are
Class 2 or SELV
Agency Approvals
• UL®/EN 61010 listed; c-UL C22.2 #61010 File E185611 QUYX,
QUYX7
• ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2007 Hazardous Locations Class 1, Div.
2-Group A, B, C, D Temperature code T4 (optional) File E184390
QUZW, QUZW7
• EN 60529 IP20; RM modules
• UL® 50, Type 4X Indoor use, EN 60529 IP66; 1⁄16 DIN RUI,
NEMA 4X
• RoHS by design, W.E.E.E.
• FM Class 3545 on limit control versions
• CE
Serial Communications
• The RMC module ships with isolated standard bus protocol for configuration and communication connection to all other EZ-
ZONE products, Modbus RTU is optional.
User Interface
• Seven-segment address LED, programmed via push-button switch
• Communication activity, 2 LEDs
• Error condition of each loop, 4 LEDs
• Output status indication, 16 LEDs
Maximum RM System Configuration
• Sixteen (16) modules, 152 loops. Maximum system capacity (all
RM modules) is 16 with one RM Access (RMA) module.
Mounting
• DIN-rail specification EN50022, 35 x 7.5 mm (1.38 x 0.30 in.)
• Can be DIN-rail mounted or chassis mounted with customersupplied fasteners
Dimensions
155.0 mm
(6.10 in)
116.08 mm
(4.57 in)
Weight
Controller:
453.59 g (16 oz.)
Wiring Termination—Touch-Safe Terminals
• Right angle and front screw type terminal blocks (slots A, B, D,
E)
- Input, power and controller output terminals, touch-safe re
movable 12 to 30 AWG
• Wire strip length 7.6 mm (0.30 in.)
• Torque 0.8 Nm (7.0 lb.-in.) right angle, 0.5 Nm (4.51 lb-in) front terminal block
• Dimensional Drawing
• Use solid or stranded copper conductors only
Connector
Standard
Straight
Ring Terminal
Dimension “A” (mm/in.)
148 (5.80)
155 (6.10)
166 (6.50)
Optional Accessories
Remote User Interface (RUI)
Basic RUI
• 1⁄16 DIN
• Dual 4 digit, 7-segment LED displays
• Keys: Advance, infinity, up, down keys, plus an EZ-KEY programmable function key
• Typical display update rate 1Hz
EZ-ZONE RMC Product Documentation
• User Manual, printed hard copy, P/N 0600-0070-0000
• Watlow Support Tools CD, P/N 0601-0001-0000
Process PID or over-temperature limit mode options
• User selectable heat/cool, on-off, P, PI, PD, PID or alarm action, not valid for limit controllers
• Auto-tune with TRU-TUNE+ adaptive control
• Control sampling rates: Input 10Hz, Output 10Hz
Profile Ramp and Soak
• 25 profiles, 15 sub-routines and 400 total steps
• Option for battery back-up and real-time clock via the access module.
Accuracy
• Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity: ±0.1% of span, ±1°C at the calibrated ambient temperature and rated line voltage
• Types R, S, B; 0.2%
• Type T below -50°C; 0.2%
• Calibration ambient temperature at 25°C ±3°C (77°F ±5°F)
• Accuracy span: 540°C (1000°F) min.
• Temperature stability: ±0.1°C/°C (±0.1°F/°F) rise in ambient max.
Universal Input
• Thermocouple, grounded or ungrounded sensors
- >20MΩ input impedance
• Max. 2KΩ source resistance
• RTD 2- or 3-wire, platinum, 100Ω and 1000Ω @ 0°C (32°F) calibration to DIN curve (0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C)
• Process, 0-20mA @100Ω, or 0-10VÎ (dc) @ 20kΩ input impedance; scalable, 0-50mV
Voltage Input Ranges
- Accuracy ±10mV ±1 LSD at standard conditions
- Temperature stability ±100 PPM/°C maximum
Milliamp Input Ranges
- Accuracy ±20µA ±1 LSD at standard conditions
- Temperature stability ±100 PPM/°C maximum
Resolution Input Ranges
- 0 to 10V: 200 µV nominal
- 0 to 20 mA: 0.5 mA nominal
• Potentiometer: 0 to 1,200Ω
• Inverse scaling
• Current: input range is 0 to 50mA, 100Ω input impedance
Response time: 1 second max., accuracy ±1mA typical
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
224
•
Chapter 8 Appendix
Input Type
Max
Error
@ 25
Deg C
S
B
C
E
R
T
N
J
K
±1.75
±2.45
±1.55
±2.25
±2.10
±3.9
±3.9
±2.66
±3.32
D
F (PTII)
±3.32
±2.34
RTD, 100 ohm ±2.00
RTD, 1000 ohm ±2.00
mV ±0.05
Volts ±0.01
Accuracy
Range
Low
Accuracy
Range
High
0
-200
-200
0
-200
0
0
870
0
0
0
-200
-200
-50
0
750
1250
350
1250
900
1450
1450
1700
2315
2315
1343
800
800
50
10 mAdc ±0.02
±5
0
0
20
50
Units
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
DegC mV
Volts mAmps
DC mAmps AC mAac
Potentiometer,
1K range
Resistance, 5K range
Resistance,
10K range
Resistance,
20K range
Resistance,
40K range
±1
±5
±10
±20
±40
0
0
0
0
0
1000
5000
10000
20000
40000
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Input Type
E
R
S
B
T
N
J
K
C
D
F (PTII)
RTD (100 ohm)
RTD (1000 ohm) mV
Volts mAdc
Operating Range
Range Low Range High Units
0
0
0
-200
-200
0
0
-210
-270
-270
-270
-270
-50
-50
0
1200
1371
400
1300
1000
1767
1767
1816
2315
2315
1343
800
800
50
10
0 20
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C mV
Volts mAmps
DC
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Input Type
mAac
Potentiometer,
1K range
Resistance, 5K range
Resistance, 10K range
Resistance, 20K range
Resistance, 40K range
Operating Range (cont.)
Range Low Range High Units
0 50 mAmps
AC
0
0
0
0
0
1200
5000
10000
20000
40000
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Input
Type
Thermistor Input
Max Error @ 25
Deg C
Accuracy
Range
Low
Accuracy
Range
High
Thermistor, 5K range
Thermistor, 10K range
±5
±10
0
0
5000
10000
Thermistor, 20K range
±20 0 20000
Thermistor, 40K ±40 0 40000 range
• 0 to 40KΩ, 0 to 20KΩ, 0 to 10KΩ, 0 to 5KΩ
• 2.252KΩ and 10KΩ base at 25°C
• Linearization curves built in
• Third party Thermistor compatibility requirements
Units
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Base R
@ 25C
2.252K
10K
10K
Alpha
Techniques
Curve A
Curve A
Curve C
Beta
THERM
2.2K3A
10K3A
10K4A
YSI
004
016
006
Thermistor
Curve
A
B
C
Digital Input
• Update rate 10Hz
• DC voltage
- Max. input 36V at 3mA
- Min. high state 3V at 0.25mA
- Max. low state 2V
Dry Contact
• Update rate 10Hz
• Min. open resistance 10KΩ
• Max. closed resistance 50Ω
• Max. short circuit 13mA
Single Input Current Measurement Input
• Accepts 0-50mA (ac) signal (user programmable range)
• Displayed operating range and resolution can be scaled and are user programmable
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
225
•
Chapter 8 Appendix
Output Hardware
• Switched dc:
- Max. 32VÎ (dc) open circuit
- Max. current 30mA per single output
- Max. current 40mA per paired outputs (1 & 2, 3 & 4, 5 & 6, 7
& 8)
Output Hardware (cont.)
• Open Collector
- Max. 30VÎ (dc) @ 100mA max. current sink
• Solid state relay (SSR), Form A, 1A at 10°C, derated to 0.5A at
65°C @ 24VÅ (ac) min., 264VÅ (ac) max., opto-isolated, without contact suppression
• Electromechanical relay, Form C, 5A, 24 to 240VÅ (ac) or 30VÎ
(dc) max., resistive load, 100,000 cycles at rated load. Requires a min. load of 20mA at 24V. 125VA pilot duty
• Electromechanical relay, Form A, 5A, 24 to 240VÅ (ac) or 30VÎ
(dc) max., resistive load, 100,000 cycles at rated load. Requires a min. load of 20mA at 24V, 125VA pilot duty
• NO-ARC relay, Form A, 15A @ 50°C derated to 10A @ 65°C; 85 to 264VÅ (ac), no VÎ (dc), resistive load, 2 million cycles at rated load
• Universal process/retransmit, output range selectable:
• Digital outputs
- Update rate 10Hz
- Switched DC
- Output voltage 20VÎ (dc) or 12VÎ (dc), user selectable
- Max. supply current source 40mA at 20VÎ (dc) and 80mA at
12VÎ (dc)
- Open Collector
- Switched voltage max.: 32VÎ (dc)
- Max. switched current per output: 1.5A
- Max. switched current for all 6 outputs combined: 8A
• Universal process/retransmit, Output range selectable:
- 0 to 10V Î(dc) into a min. 1,000Ω load
- 0 to 20mA into max. 800Ω load
Resolution
- dc ranges: 2.5mV nominal
- mA ranges: 5 µA nominal
Calibration Accuracy
- dc ranges: ±15 mV
- mA ranges: ±30 µA
Temperature Stability
- 100 ppm/°C
Programmable Application Blocks
Actions (events) 8 total
Alarms 8 total
Control Loop 4 total
Compare 4 total
Off, greater than, less than, equal, not equal, greater than or equal, less than or equal
Counters 4 total
Counts up or down loads, predetermined value on load signal.
Output is active when count value equals predetermined target value
Logic 4 total
Off, and, nand, or, nor, equal, not equal, Latch
Linearization 4 total
Interpolated or stepped relationship
Math 8 total
Off, average, process scale, deviation scale, differential (subtraction), ratio (divide), add, multiply, absolute difference, min., max., square root, sample and hold
Process Value 4 total
Off, sensor backup, average, crossover, wet/dry bulb, switch over, differential (subtraction), ratio (divide), add, multiply, absolute difference, min., max., square root
Special Output Function 4 total
Compressor turns on-off compressor for one or two loops (cool and dehumidify with single compressor)
Motorized Valve turns on-off motor open/closed outputs to cause valve to represent desired power level
Sequencer turns on-off up to four outputs to distribute a single power across all outputs with linear and progressive load wearing
Timers 4 total
On Pulse produces output of fixed time on active edge of timer run signal
Delay output is a delayed start of timer run, off at same time
One Shot oven timer
Retentive measures timer run signal, output on when accumulated time exceeds target
Variable 8 total
User value for digital or analog variable
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
226
•
Chapter 8 Appendix
EZ-ZONE Rail-Mount Control Module Ordering Information
Control module requires a Class 2 or SELV power supply 20.4 to 30.8 V ~(ac) / (dc), communication port for configuration with EZ-ZONE Configurator software.
Code Number
1 2
EZ-ZONE
Rail Mount
Control
Module
3
Input 1
Primary
4
Function
Outputs
1 & 2
5
Hardware
Options
Input 2
6
Outputs
3 & 4
7
Hardware
Options
Input 3
8
Outputs
5 & 6
Hardware
Options
9
Input 4
10
Outputs
7 & 8
11
Hardware
Options
12
Connector
Style
13
Enhanced
Options
14 15
Additional
Options
RM C
4
Input 1
1 = Control with universal input
2 = Control with thermistor input
3 = Ramp/Soak control with universal input (R/S applies to all loops in module)
4 = Ramp/Soak control with thermistor input (R/S applies to all loops in module)
5 = Limit with universal input(Only valid Output 1 and 2, options will be B, F, L)
6 = Limit with thermistor input(Only valid Output 1 and 2, options will be B, F, L)
7 = Current transformer input(NOT valid Output 1 and 2, options are N, P, R, S)
9 = Custom
5
Output 1 and 2 Hardware Options
Output 1 Output 2
A = None
B = None
U = Switched dc/open collector
D = Switched dc/open collector
E = Switched dc/open collector
F = Switched dc/open collector
G = Switched dc/open collector
H = Mechanical relay 5A, Form
J = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C NO-ARC 15A power control
K = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C Switched dc
L = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
M = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C SSR Form A, 0.5A
N = Universal process
P = Universal process
R = Universal process
S = Universal process
T = None
Y = SSR Form A, 0.5A
Z = SSR Form A, 0.5A
None
Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
None
NO-ARC 15A power control
Switched dc
Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
SSR Form A, 0.5A
None
None
Switched dc
Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
SSR Form A, 0.5A
SSR Form A, 0.5A
NO-ARC 15A power control
SSR Form A, 0.5A
6
7
Input 2
A = None
1 = Control with universal input
2 = Control with thermistor input
5 = Limit with universal input (Only valid Output 3 and 4, options
will be B, F ,L)
6 = Limit with thermistor input (Only valid Output 3 and 4, options
will be B, F, L)
7 = Current transformer input (Not valid Output 3 and 4, options
are N, P, R, S)
R = Auxillary 2nd Input (Universal Input)
P = Auxillary 2nd Input (Thermistor Input)
Output 3 and 4 Hardware Options
Output 3
A = None
B = None
U = Switched dc/open collector
D = Switched dc/open collector
E = Switched dc/open collector
F = Switched dc/open collector
G = Switched dc/open collector
H = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C
J = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C
K = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C
L = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C
M = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C
N = Universal process
P = Universal process
R = Universal process
S = Universal process
T = None
Y = SSR Form A, 0.5A
Z = SSR Form A, 0.5A
Output 4
None
Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
None
NO-ARC 15A power control
Switched dc
Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
SSR Form A, 0.5A
None
NO-ARC 15A power control
Switched dc
Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
SSR Form A, 0.5A
None
Switched dc
Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
SSR Form A, 0.5A
SSR Form A, 0.5A
NO-ARC 15A power control
SSR Form A, 0.5A
8
Input 3
A = None
1 = Control with universal input
2 = Control with thermistor input
5 = Limit with universal input(Only valid Output 5 and 6, options will be B, F, L)
6 = Limit with thermistor input(Only valid Output 5 and 6, options will be B, F, L)
7 = Current transformer input(Not valid Output 5 and 6, options are N, P, R, S)
R = Auxillary 2nd Input (Universal Input)
P = Auxillary 2nd Input (Thermistor Input)
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
9
Output 5 and 6 Hardware Options
Output 5 Output 6
A = None
B = None
U = Switched dc/open collector
D = Switched dc/open collector
None
Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
None
NO-ARC 15A power control
E = Switched dc/open collector
F = Switched dc/open collector
Switched dc
Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
G = Switched dc/open collector SSR Form A, 0.5A
H = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C None
J = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C NO-ARC 15A power control
K = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C Switched dc
L = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
M = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C SSR Form A, 0.5A
N = Universal process
P = Universal process
R = Universal process
S = Universal process
T = None
Y = SSR Form A, 0.5A
Z = SSR Form A, 0.5A
None
Switched dc
Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
SSR Form A, 0.5A
SSR Form A, 0.5A
NO-ARC 15A power control
SSR Form A, 0.5A
10
Input 4
A = None
1 = Control with universal input
2 = Control with thermistor input
5 = Limit with universal input(Only valid Output 7 and 8, options will be B, F, L)
6 = Limit with thermistor input(Only valid Output 7 and 8, options will be B, F, L)
7 = Current transformer input(Not valid Output 7 and 8, options are N, P, R, S)
R = Auxillary 2nd Input (Universal Input)
P = Auxillary 2nd Input (Thermistor Input)
11
Output 7 and 8 Hardware Options
Output 7 Output 8
A = None
B = None
U = Switched dc/open collector
D = Switched dc/open collector
None
Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
None
NO-ARC 15A power control
E = Switched dc/open collector
F = Switched dc/open collector
Switched dc
Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
G = Switched dc/open collector SSR Form A, 0.5A
H = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C None
J = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C NO-ARC 15A power control
K = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C Switched dc
L = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
M = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C SSR Form A, 0.5A
N = Universal process
P = Universal process
R = Universal process
S = Universal process
T = None
Y = SSR Form A, 0.5A
Z = SSR Form A, 0.5A
None
Switched dc
Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
SSR Form A, 0.5A
SSR Form A, 0.5A
NO-ARC 15A power control
SSR Form A, 0.5A
12
Connector Style
A = Right angle screw connector (standard)
F = Front screw connector
13
Enhanced Options
A = Standard bus
1 =
Standard bus and Modbus ® RTU 485
14 15
Additional Options
Firmware, Overlays, Parameter Settings
AA = Standard
AB = Replacement connectors hardware only for the entered model number
12 = Class 1, Div. 2 (not available with integrated limit controller or mechanical relay options)
XX = Custom, Locked Firmware
•
227
•
Chapter 8 Appendix
Index
[`A;bL]
[AC;LF]
[a;Clr]
[`ACt]
[A;dSP]
[`A;hi]
[`A;hy]
[``Ai]
[`A;iS]
[`A;LA]
[`A;Lg]
[ALM]
[`A;Lo]
[`A;Sd]
[`A;Si]
[A;sir]
[`a;st]
[A;tSP]
[Attn]
[`A;ty]
[a;unt]
[A;unt]
[`AUt]
[bAUd]
[`b;pr]
[`b;Pr]
[`C;Ag]
[`CAL]
[`C;Cr]
[`C;Er]
[`C_F]
[`C;hi]
[`C;hy]
[`C;Lo]
[`C;M]
[C;MA]
[Code]
[CoM]
[`C;Pb]
[`CPE]
[`C;Pr]
[`C;SP]
Closed Loop Working Set
[`Ctr]
[`CU;r]
[CUrr]
[CUSt]
[dAtE]
[``db]
[`dEC]
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
[dew]
[diAg]
[`dio]
Digital Input/Output Menu
[`dir]
[`do;S]
[d;prs]
[`Ei;S]
[ELi;o]
[ELi;S]
[ELo;o]
[ELo;S]
[`End]
[`End]
[Ent1]
[Ent1]
[Ent2]
[FAiL]
[``Fi]
Digital Output Function
[``Fi]
Output Function Instance
[`FiL]
[``Fn]
[gLbL]
[`gSd]
Guaranteed Soak Deviation
[`gSE]
Guaranteed Soak Enable
[`h;Ag]
[`h;Er]
[`h;hy]
[hoUr]
[`h;Pb]
[`h;Pr]
[`h;SP]
Control Loop High Set Point
[`i;CA]
[`id;S]
[`i;Er]
[`i;Er]
[iP;F4]
[``JC]
[``JC]
[``JL]
[``JS]
[`L;dd]
Open Loop Detect Devia-
[`L;dE]
Open Loop Detect Enable
[`L;dt]
[`LgC]
[`L;hy]
•
228
•
[Lim]
[`Lin]
[`LL;S]
[`Lnr]
[`LoC]
[loC;l]
[LoC;o]
[LoC;P]
[LooP]
[LooP]
[`L;Sd]
[`L;SP]
[MAn]
[MAt]
[M;hL]
[min]
[Min]
[Mon]
[`Mu]
[`nU;S]
[`o;CA]
[`o;Ct]
[`o;Fn]
[`o;hi]
Output High Power Scale
[`o;Lo]
Output Low Power Scale
[``oP]
[`o;tb]
[otPt]
[`o;ty]
[`PAr]
[pas;a]
[pas;e]
[pass]
[pas;u]
[`p;dl]
[`P;EE]
[`P;EL]
[``Pn]
[`Pro]
[P;StA]
[P;tyP]
[`Pu;A]
[p;unt]
[P;unt]
[``Pu]
[rAtE]
[`r;En]
[`rEu]
[`r;hi]
[`r;Lo]
[rLoC]
[roll]
Chapter 8 Appendix
[``rP]
[`r;rt]
[`r;SC]
[`rt;L]
[`seC]
[`SEC]
[`SEn]
[SFn;A]
[`S;hi]
[`Si;B]
Event Input Source Instance
[`S;Lo]
[SLoC]
[``Sn]
[SoAh]
[`SoF]
Special Output Function
[SP;hi]
Set Point High Limit Open
[S;bLd]
[SP;Lo]
Set Point Low Limit Open
[`StP]
[S;tyP]
[S;tyP]
[sutb]
Synchronized Variable Time
[t;Agr]
User Tune Aggressiveness
[t;bnd]
[``td]
[`t;gn]
[``ti]
[``ti]
[tMr]
[t;tUn]
[`UFA]
[ULoC]
[USr;r]
[USr;S]
[UStP]
[`uAr]
[W;bo]
[WE;1]
A
Active Event Output (1 or 2) 57, 58
Assembly Definition Addresses 168
Assembly Working Addresses 168
auto (closed loop) control 158
Autotune Set Point 45, 77, 153
autotuning 153–154 autotuning with TRU-TUNE+™ 154
B
C
Calibration Offset 41, 65, 84,
CIP - Communications Capabilities
Closed Loop Working Set Point 44
Control Module Factory Page 144
Control Module Menus
Factory Page
Security Setting Menu 145, 148
Operations Page
Special Output Function Menu
Setup Page
Special Output Function Menu
Cool Proportional Band 45, 75, 154,
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
229
•
Chapter 8 Appendix
D
Digital Input/Output Menu 42, 69
digital input specifications 224
E
Event Output (1 and 2) 133, 134,
F
Factory Page
Filter Time 64, 156 filter time constant 156
G
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 116,
H
Heat Proportional Band 45, 75, 154,
High Set Point
I
Input Error Failure 78, 158, 159
J
K
L
[`C;SP]
Low Set Point
M
Manual Control Indicator Light 159
manual (open loop) control 158
Modbus Default Assembly Structure
Modbus - Using Programmable
N
O
P
proportional control
plus integral (PI) control 160
plus integral plus derivative (PID)
Q
R
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
230
•
Chapter 8 Appendix
receiving a remote set point 157
S
sensor backup 156 sensor selection 156
Set Point High Limit Open Loop 80
Set Point Low Limit Open Loop 80
Sides
Special Output Function Menu 53,
standard connector, all modules 20
Synchronized Variable Time Base
T
terminal function
Time Derivative 46, 76, 154, 160
Time Integral 46, 76, 154, 160
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
U
Using EZ-ZONE® Configurator Soft-
V
W
Wait Event (1 and 2) 131, 132, 138
wiring
output 1 mechanical relay, form C
wiring a network 32 wiring a serial EIA-485 network 32
wiring, Controller Module
current transformer input 1 to 4 24
digital inputs/outputs 7 through 12
mechanical relay, form A output 2,
mechanical relay, form C output 1
no-arc relay, form A output 2, 4, 6
solid-state relay, form A outputs 1,
solid-state relay, form A outputs 2,
Switched DC/Open Collector out-
Switched DC output 2, 4, 6 or 8 27
universal process output 1, 3, 5 or
wiring termination, touch-safe termi-
X
Y
Z
•
231
•
Chapter 8 Appendix
Declaration of Conformity
EZ Zone Series RM
WATLOW
an
ISO 9001
approved facility since 1996.
1241 Bundy Blvd.
Winona, MN 55987 USA
Declares that the following Series RM (Rail Mount) products:
Model Numbers:
RM followed by additional letters or numbers describing use of up to four module
Classification:
Voltage and Frequency:
Power Consumption:
Environmental Rating: options of various inputs and outputs or communications.
Temperature control, Installation Category II, Pollution degree 2
SELV 24 to 28 V ac 50/60 Hz or dc
RMA models 4 Watts, any other RM model 7 Watts
IP20
Meet the essential requirements of the following European Union Directives by using the relevant standards show below to indicate compliance.
EN 61326-1
2004/108/EC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
2006 Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use – EMC
EN 61000-4-2 2008
requirements, Industrial Immunity, Class A Emissions (Not for use in a
Class B environment without additional filtering).
Electrostatic Discharge Immunity
EN 61000-4-3 2010
EN 61000-4-4 2011
EN 61000-4-5 2006
EN 61000-4-6 2008
Radiated Field Immunity
Electrical Fast-Transient / Burst Immunity
Surge Immunity
Conducted Immunity
EN 61000-4-11
SEMI F47
2004
EN 61000-3-2 2005
EN 61000-3-3
1
2005
2000
Voltage Dips, Short Interruptions and Voltage Variations Immunity
Harmonic Current Emissions
Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker
Specification for Semiconductor Sag Immunity Figure R1-1
1
NOTE: To comply with flicker requirements cycle time may need to be up to 160 seconds if load current comply with 61000-3-3 requirements.
EN 61010-1 2010
2006/95/EC Low-Voltage Directive
Safety Requirements of electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use. Part 1: General requirements
Compliant with 2002/95/EC RoHS Directive
Per 2002/96/EC W.E.E.E Directive Please Recycle Properly
Joe Millanes
Name of Authorized Representative
Director of Operations
Winona, Minnesota, USA
Place of Issue
September 2013
Date of Issue Title of Authorized Representative
Signature of Authorized Representative
CE DOC EZ-ZONE RM-09-13
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
Page 1 of 1
•
232
•
Chapter 8 Appendix
How to Reach Us
Corporate Headquarters
Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company
12001 Lackland Road
St. Louis, MO 63146
Sales: 1-800-WATLOW2
Manufacturing Support: 1-800-4WATLOW
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.watlow.com
From outside the USA and Canada:
Tel: +1 (314) 878-4600
Fax: +1 (314) 878-6814
Latin America
Watlow de México S.A. de C.V.
Av. Fundición No. 5
Col. Parques Industriales
Querétaro, Qro. CP-76130
Mexico
Tel: +52 442 217-6235
Fax: +52 442 217-6403
Europe
Watlow France
Tour d'Asnières.
4 Avenue Laurent Cély
92600 Asnières sur Seine
France
Tél: + 33 (0)1 41 32 79 70
Télécopie: + 33(0)1 47 33 36 57
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.watlow.fr
Watlow GmbH
Postfach 11 65, Lauchwasenstr. 1
D-76709 Kronau
Germany
Tel: +49 (0) 7253 9400-0
Fax: +49 (0) 7253 9400-900
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.watlow.de
Watlow Italy S.r.l.
Viale Italia 52/54
20094 Corsico MI
Italy
Tel: +39 024588841
Fax: +39 0245869954
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.watlow.it
Asia and Pacific
Watlow Singapore Pte Ltd.
16 Ayer Rajah Crescent,
#06-03/04,
Singapore 139965
Tel: +65 6773 9488 Fax: +65 6778 0323
Email: [email protected] Website: www.watlow.com.sg
Watlow Australia Pty., Ltd.
4/57 Sharps Road
Tullamarine, VIC 3043
Australia
Tel: +61 3 9335 6449
Fax: +61 3 9330 3566
Website: www.watlow.com
Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.
Room 501, Building 10, KIC Plaza
290 Songhu Road, Yangpu District
Shanghai, China 200433
China
Phone:
Local: 4006 Watlow (4006 928569)
International: +86 21 3381 0188
Fax: +86 21 6106 1423
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.watlow.cn
Watlow Ibérica, S.L.U.
C/Marte 12, Posterior, Local 9
E-28850 Torrejón de Ardoz
Madrid - Spain
T. +34 91 675 12 92
F. +34 91 648 73 80
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.watlow.es
Watlow UK Ltd.
Linby Industrial Estate
Linby, Nottingham, NG15 8AA
United Kingdom
Telephone: (0) 115 964 0777
Fax: (0) 115 964 0071
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.watlow.co.uk
From outside The United Kingdom:
Tel: +44 115 964 0777
Fax: +44 115 964 0071
Watlow Korea Co., Ltd.
#1406, E&C Dream Tower, 46, Yangpyeongdong-3ga
Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul 150-103
Republic of Korea
Tel: +82 (2) 2628-5770 Fax: +82 (2) 2628-5771
Website: www.watlow.co.kr
Watlow Malaysia Sdn Bhd
1F-17, IOI Business Park
No.1, Persiaran Puchong Jaya Selatan
Bandar Puchong Jaya
47100 Puchong, Selangor D.E.
Malaysia
Tel: +60 3 8076 8745 Fax: +60 3 8076 7186
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.watlow.com
瓦特龍電機股份有限公司
80143 高雄市前金區七賢二路189號 10樓之一
電話: 07-2885168 傳真: 07-2885568
Watlow Electric Taiwan Corporation
10F-1 No.189 Chi-Shen 2nd Road Kaohsiung 80143
Taiwan
Tel: +886-7-2885168 Fax: +886-7-2885568
Your Authorized Watlow Distributor
ワトロー・ジャパン株式会社
〒101-0047 東京都千代田区内神田1-14-4
四国ビル別館9階
Tel: 03-3518-6630 Fax: 03-3518-6632
Email: [email protected] Website: www.watlow.co.jp
Watlow Japan Ltd.
1-14-4 Uchikanda, Chiyoda-Ku
Tokyo 101-0047
Japan
Tel: +81-3-3518-6630 Fax: +81-3-3518-6632
Email: [email protected] Website: www.
watlow.co.jp
TOTAL
CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION
3 Year Warranty
Watlow EZ-ZONE
®
RMC Module
•
233
•
Chapter 8 Appendix
* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project